Edition October 2001 US

The LISEGA product program embraces all elements

that are required to create the latest, state of the art
pipe support concepts.
These components correspond to the LISEGA standardization
philosophy and are organized in a modular system
with load and attachment compatibility.
Containing the complete product program, this catalog is in full
compliance with LICAD (Rev. 8), the LISEGA pipe support design program.
The catalog is available, identical in all details, as a pdf-file:
either as a CD-Rom or directly from our homepage.
LISEGA reserves the right to introduce revisions in
the interests of further technical development.

Zeven, Germany
Headquarters

Bondoufle, France

Newport, TN, USA

Wittenburg, Germany
(LISEGA facility for fasteners)

STANDARD SUPPORTS 2010

LISEGA is different
As far as the mutual success of customers and suppliers is concerned, one cant
do without the other! Accordingly we act as partners for our clients and undertake every effort to make them aware of that. We know this can only be reached
by optimum performance. Not only that - we have to be the best. This way, we
can convince customers or perhaps even rouse their enthusiasm - and we are
only satisfied when thats achieved!
The constant challenge excites us, for we love success. There is no greater motivation than success.
In order to be the best, we have specialized.
Our whole concentration is centered on pipe
supports, and has been for more than 35 years.
Regarding our particular sphere, we have a comprehensive understanding of it. Not only quality
and price determine the customer benefits of the
product; low application costs are equally important. Often, these alone can prove decisive for the
success or failure of a project.
Customer benefit demands the highest efficiency
from us. This is why performance with system has
become the foundation of the organization and an
essential factor in our strategy. On this keynote
we also support product application: standardization, the modular system, series production and user software (LICAD) are the
most important elements to this end. Just for this, our customers have made us
international leaders!
With the catalog in hand, Standard Supports 2010, we wish to present our latest
technology, and via comprehensive and clearly structured information, make a
further contribution to efficient product application.
This is quite in the spirit of our objectives - superior product quality at the keenest costs for the customer! Even if these aims do seemingly compete, we stick
to them, because this is the most effective way to recommend ourselves as
partners - and above all, we have already proved it.
Thats why LISEGA is different through performance with system!

Hans-Herlof Hardtke

Rolf Mnnich

(from left to right)

Harald Lange, director international sales
Hans-Herlof Hardtke, president, CEO
Wolfgang Tetzlaff, head of German sales
Rolf Mnnich, exec. VP, marketing & sales

CONTENT

LICAD

EASYSTEEL

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

PRODUCT GROUP 1
Constant Hangers, Constant Supports

PRODUCT GROUP 2
Spring Hangers, Spring Supports

PRODUCT GROUP 3
Shock Absorbers, Energy Absorbers, Rigid Struts

PRODUCT GROUP 4
Pipe Clamps, Clamp Bases, Pipe Connecting Parts

PRODUCT GROUP 5
Pipe Bearing and Saddle Components

PRODUCT GROUP 6
Threaded Connecting Elements

PRODUCT GROUP 7
Structural Attachment Elements

PRODUCT GROUP 8
Design Development Tools

SERVICE
Extra Services

11:11 Uhr

Seite 2

LISEGA Inc. - USA

370 East Dumplin Valley Rd.
Kodak, TN 37764
Tel.: +1 (0) 865 940 5200
Fax: +1 (0) 865 940 5140
E-Mail: info@us.lisega.com
www.lisega.com
LISEGA SE - Germany
Hochkamp 5
27404 Zeven
Postfach 1357
27393 Zeven
Tel.: +49 (0) 42 81 - 713 - 0
Fax: +49 (0) 42 81 - 713 - 214
E-Mail: info@de.lisega.com
www.lisega.de
LISEGA SAS - France
Z.I. La Marinire
21, Rue Gutenberg
91919 Bondoufle, Cedex
Tel.: +33 (0)1 60 86 40 21
Fax: +33 (0)1 60 86 48 28
E-Mail: info@fr.lisega.com
www.lisega.fr
LISEGA Ltd. - Great Britain
Unit 3, Washington Centre
Halesowen Road
Netherton
West Midlands, DY2 9RE
Tel.: +44 (0) 13 84 458 660
Fax: +44 (0) 13 84 213 301
E-Mail: info@uk.lisega.com
www.lisega.co.uk
LISEGA - China
LISEGA Pipe Support Technologies
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
7800 Songze Av., Qingpu Industrial Zone
Shanghai, ZIP 201700, PR China
Tel.: +86 (0) 21 69 21 2888
Fax: +86 (0) 21 69 21 2999
E-Mail: info@cn.lisega.com
www.lisega.com.cn

LISEGA - 2011

US

01.08.2013

US

Umschlag US 2011.qxp

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

PRODUCT
GROUP

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
CONTENTS

1.
1.1
1.2
2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
9.
9.1
9.2
10.
10.1
10.2
11.
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
11.5
12.
13.
14.

PAGE

Standard supports ________________________________________________ 0.1

Requirements ____________________________________________________ 0.1
Definition________________________________________________________ 0.1
LISEGA standard supports _________________________________________ 0.1
Scope___________________________________________________________ 0.1
Design features __________________________________________________ 0.1
Principle of the optimum design type________________________________ 0.2
LISEGA modular system ___________________________________________ 0.2
Fundamentals ____________________________________________________ 0.2
Scope___________________________________________________________ 0.2
Product groups___________________________________________________ 0.2
Load groups _____________________________________________________ 0.2
Permissible loads_________________________________________________ 0.3
Travel ranges ____________________________________________________ 0.6
Type designations ________________________________________________ 0.6
Type designation system __________________________________________ 0.7
Standards and calculations_________________________________________ 0.9
Materials ________________________________________________________ 0.9
Qualification levels for standard and nuclear application________________ 0.9
Welding ________________________________________________________ 0.10
Surface treatment _______________________________________________ 0.10
Standard coating systems_________________________________________ 0.10
Standard surface protection acc. to products ________________________ 0.11
Extended surface protection_______________________________________ 0.11
Extended surface protection acc. to products ________________________ 0.12
Surface protection in extremely aggressive atmospheres _________________ 0.12
Connection dimensions ___________________________________________ 0.12
Installation dimension E __________________________________________ 0.12
Regulation of the total installation length ___________________________ 0.13
Operational behavior_____________________________________________ 0.13
Function _______________________________________________________ 0.13
Spring relaxation ________________________________________________ 0.14
Quality assurance________________________________________________ 0.14
Fundamentals ___________________________________________________ 0.14
Quality management _____________________________________________ 0.14
International qualifications ________________________________________ 0.14
Tests and qualifications __________________________________________ 0.15
Suitability tests acc. to KTA 3205.3 and VGB R 510 L _________________ 0.15
Shipment_______________________________________________________ 0.16
Warranty _______________________________________________________ 0.16
Technical modifications ___________________________________________ 0.16

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0.0

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
The products outlined in
this catalog - STANDARD
SUPPORTS 2010 - are fully
in line with the latest developments in support technology and satisfy general
requirements for plant
installation at the highest
level. For the general
design of LISEGA standard
supports, uniform criteria
are applied. They are
described in the following
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
and are binding for the
contents of this catalog.
Componentrelated features
are outlined in the corresponding sections of the
product groups and in the
type data sheets
Unless expressly agreed
otherwise, the stipulations
in the catalog STANDARD
SUPPORTS 2010 apply to
all our shipments.

1. STANDARD SUPPORTS
1.1 Requirements
For the support of industrial piping systems,
the use of standard supports is regarded as
well proven, up-to-date technology.
Only a correspondingly high level of standardization in support components can adequately
satisfy the justifiable demand for products
that are technically top-class and economically attractive at the same time. The complex
requirements for modern pipe supports are:

reliable functioning
maintenance-free operation
low unit prices
simple planning with DP systems
instant availability
economical installation strategy
easy to install designs
supplementary service benefits

1.2 Definition
Standard supports must fulfill the following
criteria:
component shapes are uniform and
designed for optimum exploitation
of material
units are compatible regarding connecting
dimensions and loading capacity
units are cataloged and clearly identifiable
by a designation system
components are manufactured in
series production
components comply with the relevant
standards and international regulations
functional capacity, suitability and
durability of the units is well proven
components are certified and
approved for use
The relevant codes for pipe supports in
German plant construction (power plants),
VGB guideline R 510 L, require the preferential use of standard supports and define the
criteria as follows:

0.1

Standard supports are pipe support components, the construction of which, in form
and dimensions as well as in the design
data relating to loading capacity, is certificated
and cataloged, and which are manufactured
according to firmly established, reproducible
procedures, e.g. series production.
2. LISEGA STANDARD SUPPORTS
2.1 Scope
At LISEGA, standard supports form the basis
of a comprehensive performance package.
A complete program from more than 8000
standardized components thereby covers all
operational loads, temperatures and travel
ranges normally met in piping systems in
industrial plant construction:
 1200F operating temperature for
pipe clamps and clamp bases
90 kips nominal load for all mainly
statically determined components
224 kips nominal load for rigid struts
and standard shock absorbers
1124 kips design load for large bore
shock absorbers
36 inch travel range for constant hangers
16 inch travel range for spring hangers
2.2 Design features
Specially developed components are available
for the various support functions. In the
design and construction of the units, fundamental design principles have been taken
into consideration:

symmetrical design shapes

compact installation dimensions
especially reliable function principles
extra wide adjustment ranges
fully compatible load ranges and
connection dimensions
favorable performance/weight ratios
integrated installation aids

0
In addition, LISEGA hangers feature only one
upper attachment point. As a result, and due
also to the compact and symmetrical design
shape, the load transfer free of moments to
the connecting elements is ensured and
simple installation enabled. The operational
position of the moving parts (hangers,
supports and shock absorbers) can be read
directly off a travel scale. Load adjustment
of the constant hangers and supports can be
modified at all times, also in the installed
condition under load. Hangers and supports
can be blocked in any travel position.
2.3 Principle of the optimum design type
For the design of support components, optimum coverage of the specific support function is the decisive factor. For each function
only one component is therefore required,
namely, the optimum one for the purpose.
The project engineer is spared costly selection
from a series of alternative solutions. This
not only facilitates application but also
increases safety. Above and beyond this, it
is a prerequisite for the rational application
of standardized construction on the principle
of the modular system.
Theres only ONE best solution!
3. LISEGA MODULAR SYSTEM
3.1 Fundamentals
The cost of pipe supports is a major element
in the total cost of a piping system.
The cost of the supports is the accumulated
total cost arising from:

project management (processing)

design and engineering work
use of materials (components) as well as
installation work

The pipe supports are almost always critical

for the commissioning deadline and can,
through delayed delivery, cause incalculable
extra costs. The aim of LISEGA product strategy is to forge, out of all the cost factors involved, the common cost minimum for the
user in the sense of the economic principle.

The LISEGA modular system is specially targeted towards this efficiency. The standardization of components forms the foundation and
is the precondition for rational series production, dependable quality, systematic warehousing and computer assisted application. With
the LICAD design system and corresponding
logistics, significant rationalization effects
can be achieved in engineering, design and
installation.

The economic principle:

= from the least possible
effort the maximum
possible profit

= Total Cost Minimum/TCM

=====================

3.2 Scope
The standardization at LISEGA extends beyond the components to their systematic interaction. To this end, load and travel distribution as well as function and connections
are meaningfully coordinated.
In this way the LISEGA standard support
program has been developed as a functional
modular system with logical linking. The individual units form modules therein and are
compatible regarding loads and connections.
This enables the formation of meaningful combinations to produce support configurations
fulfilling all requirements. The large selection
of components makes adaptation possible to
widely differing support and application
situations.
Product groups
3.3 Product groups
The standardized units are divided into 7
product groups according to their basic modes
of function (see diagram, page 0.3, and table,
Standardized Components, page 0.4).
3.4 Load groups
To guarantee compatible loads in unit combinations, the load spectrum is split into
fixed load groups.
Within a load group (nominal load), all components feature uniform load limits and stress
safety characteristics. The connection shapes
of the units (threads - either metric or UNC
according to market area - or pin diameters)
are uniform within a group and thus compatible. Components of different product groups
can therefore be connected only within a uniform load group to safe load chains and the
faulty combination of different load groups
is precluded. As all units in a load group are
designed uniformly regarding strength, the
stresses on a complete chain of components

+ load groups
+ travel ranges
+ connection compatibility

= Modular System
===================

Modular System
+ CAD design
+ DP logitic systems

= High tech application

===================

0.2

are uniformly determined.

For permissible stresses, a difference is made
between statically and dynamically determined
components. The units in product groups 1,
2, 4, 5, 6 and 7 are stressed in only one
load direction (statically or quasistatically)
and are considered to be statically determined
components. The components in Product
Group 3, as well as their accessories, are
loaded in alternating directions and are therefore regarded as dynamically determined
components.

groups and load cases, are set out in the

LISEGA load tables (see page 0.5). The definition of load cases is regulated according to
ASME III, Div. 1 Subsection NF, ASME B
31.1/MSS SP58 and DIN 18800, VGB-R 510
L, KTA 3205.
The load table applies uniformly to all components in the LISEGA modular system and
to other LISEGA units systematically connected
to it, e.g. integral special designs (see load
table, page 0.5).

3.5 Permissible loads

The permissible loads for components,
arranged in matrix form according to load

constant
hangers

dynamically
loaded components

spring
hangers

pipe surrounding
components

pipe bearing and

saddle components

structural
attachment elements

threaded connecting
components

design development
tools

0.3

LOAD GROUPS
NOMINAL LOADS (lbs)

CONNECTING THREADS
CONNECTING BOLTS

load & connection

compatibility

0
Standardized components
Product
Group
group designation

Constant
hangers

Spring
hangers

Dynamically
loaded
components

Pipe
surrounding
components

Pipe
bearings
and saddle
components

Threaded
connecting
elements

Structural
attachment
elements

Unit
type
11
12-14
16
16
17
71
79
20
21
22
25
26
27
28
29
72
79
30
31
32
33
35
36-37
39
40
41
42-44
45-48
49
51
52
53
54
54
54
55
56
57
58
58
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Unit
designation
constant hanger
multi-cell constant hanger
constant support
angulating const. support
servo hanger
support
const. hanger, trapeze
articulated spring support
spring hanger
heavy duty spring hanger
spring hanger, seated
heavy d. spr. hang., seated
sway brace
heavy duty spring support
variable spring support
base plate
spring hanger trapeze
shock absorber
large bore shock absorber
energy absorber
installation extension
weld-on bracket
dynamic pipe clamp
rigid strut
U-bolt
weld-on lug
horizontal clamp
riser clamp
clamp base, lift-off restraints
cylinder roller bearing
double taper roller bearing
double cylinder roller bear.
weld-on pipe saddle
pipe saddle w. pipe clamp
support tray
lift-off restraint
insulated pipe bearing
weld-on pipe shoe
stanchion
elbow pad
eye nut
clevis
turnbuckle
hexagon nut
rod coupling
tie rod L/R
tie rod
threaded rod / stud bolt
weld-on clevis
weld-on pl. w. spher. wash.
weld-on eye nut
beam adapter
connecting plate
beam clamp
trapeze

Statically defined components

Product group 1, 2, 4, 6, 7
Load
group
C
D
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
20
30
40
50

Nominal Connection
load [lbs]
thread
3/
70
8
3/
141
8
1/
281
2
1/
562
2
5/
1125
8
3/
2250
4
4495
1
8990
11/4
13490
11/2
17985
13/4
22480
2
35970
21/4
44960
21/2
53955
23/4
67400
3
90000
31/4

Wrench
size
11/
16
11/
16
7/
8
7/
8
11/16
11/4
15/8
2
23/8
23/4
31/8
31/2
37/8
41/4
45/8
5

Dyn. defined components

Product group 3

Pin
3/
8
3/
8
1/
2
1/
2
5/
8
13/
16
1
15/16
19/16
13/4
2
23/8
23/4
23/4
31/8
31/2

3.5.1 Static components

The nominal load is used for the determination of load groups. For the statically determined components in Product Groups 1, 2,
4, 6, 7, the nominal load corresponds to
the max. adjustment load of the spring elements, such as spring hangers and constant
hangers. The maximum permissible hot load
(load case H) lies considerably higher than
the nominal load when components are
used as rigid supports, and is tied to the
load capacity of the connection threads.
LISEGA threaded rods should therefore only
be replaced in kind (see page 6.5, 6.6).
Spring and constant hangers in the blocked
position also count as rigid supports, whereby for cold loads in hydrostatic tests (short
duration) the emergency loads (level C) can
be exploited.

Load
group

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
20
30
40
50

Nominal
load [lbs]

675
900
1800
4000
10350
22450
44900
78600
123500
224000
448000
670000
900000
1124000

Pin

0.39
0.39
0.47
0.59
0.78
1.18
1.96
2.36
2.75
3.93
4.72
5.51
6.29
7.08

3.5.2 Dynamic components

For dynamically determined
units, the stipulation of the
nominal loads follows from
the meaningful division of
the standardizable load
spectrum. Here, the nominal
load corresponds at the
same time to the operating
load for load event level
A/B (ASME).
As these components are
generally used to guard
against emergencies, the
load event level C (ASME),
possibly even level D, is
usually adopted as the max.
expected operating load.
In each case the project
engineers instructions
apply.

For Product Group 4 (pipe connections) a limited area of overlapping in the load groups
is foreseen, due to the temperature-related,
variable spectrum of loading capacities. Data
on the permissible loads relating to the respective operating temperature are set out for
pipe connection components in the individual type data sheets.
For Product Group 5 see 3.5.5, page 0.5.

0.4

3.5.3 Max. permissible loads (lbs) for statically determined components

 Max. operating load for spring
and constant hangers corresponding to max. load on load springs.

 Permissible loads according to

the design criteria for US code
MSS SP 58 (ASME B 31.1).
 All loads are to be included
hereunder that can possibly result
from the normal operation of the
plant, including start-up and shutdown, load tolerances and hydrostatic tests.
 Loads outside normal operation
are grouped hereunder, possibly
also hydrostatic tests. In each case
a final inspection of the whole
support arrangement is recommended.
 For the given loads, the yield
stress of components can be
reached. In each case replacement
is recommended.

Load
group
C
D
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
20
30
40
50

Normal operation 
Nominal
Level A/B
Upset

176F
302F
load 
70
157
179
157
141
494
562
382
281
831
944
629
562
1350
1505
990
1125 1910
2270
2540
2250 3150
4700
5240
4495 6070
6745
7645
8990 9665 12590
11240
13490 14160 18660
16635
17985 19110 25620
22925
22480 25180 33935
30340
35970 40015 49895
44725
44960 48330 66750
59780
53955 60700 76410
68545
67400 71940 85400
76400
90000 90000 110100
98900

Emergency 
Level C
176F
302F
224
247
651
741
1124
1258
1800
2025
3010
3370
6250
6970
9215
10340
14835
16635
21800
24275
30340
33715
39555
44050
59555
66300
79780
88700
91245
101580
113500 101200
146100 131500

Faulted condition 
Level D
176F
302F
292
314
854
966
1438
1618
2700
2990
4495
4990
8320
9215
13710 12365
21575 19330
31465 28320
43825 39330
57310 51690
85625 77085
115065 103605
131470 118210
146100 131500
188800 169700

3.5.4 Max. permissible loads (lbs) for dynamically determined components, Product Group 3
 Hereunder all dynamic loads
are to be included that can possibly result from plant operation,
including pressure shock forces
from valve operation, and perhaps
operating basis earthquakes (OBE).

 Hereunder all the dynamic

loads are grouped which lie outside normal operation, as for
example safe shutdown earthquakes
(SSE). In each case a final inspection of the whole support arrangement is recommended.

 Dynamic loads from faulted

conditions. For the given loads,
the yield stress of components
can be reached. Replacement is
recommended in each case.
 Load groups 1 and 2 are load
and connection compatible, whereby load group 1 applies to the
smallest shock absorber and load
group 2 to the corresponding
rigid struts and weld-on brackets.

0.5

Load
group
1

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
20
30
40
50

Normal (Fn)/Upset 
Level A/B
176F
302F
675
650
900
875
1800
1680
4000
3710
10350
9900
22450
21200
44900
39300
78600
76100
123500
120000
224000
210000
448000
426000
670000
640000
900000
854000
1124000
1067000

Emergency 
Level C
176F
302F
900
850
1190
1150
2380
2180
5380
4950
13700
13150
31000
28000
60000
53500
106000
95000
165000
160000
300000
277000
597000
566000
898000
853000
1195000
1135000
1495000
1420000

3.5.5 Product Group 5

The units in Product Group 5, pipe clamp
bases for cold piping systems, cryogenic
systems, as well as roller bearings and pipe
saddles, are regarded as statically determined,
but are not directly connected with the hanger
supports. As they are comparable with secondary steel components, they constitute a special group. The nominal load corresponds
here to the max. operational load according
to level A.

Faulted condition 
Level D
176F
302F
1160
1120
1550
1500
3070
2800
6960
6400
17300
16700
40400
36400
75500
67500
147000
132000
210000
205000
391000
362000
773000
734000
1159000
1101000
1545000
1465000
1930000
1830000

3.5.6 Max. permissible loads (lbs) for

Product Group 5
permissible loads (lbs)
Normal load H 900 1800 3600 7870 13500 27000
Emerg. load HZ 1235 2470 4945 10560 18000 36000

0
3.6. Travel ranges

3.7 Type designation

3.6.1 Travel ranges of static components

Moving parts such as spring and constant
hangers are divided into travel ranges corresponding to the usable spring travel of the
standard springs employed.
The appropriate travel range in each case is
marked by the 4th digit of the type designation according to the following table.

All components can be clearly identified via

coded type designations. Six digits contain
all the necessary information required.
The type designation system facilitates the
use of modern information technology and
enables the unrestricted application of the
modular system in current CAD programs.

Complete integrated
application of 8000
components possible
through clearcut type
designation key!

3.7.1 Example of constant hanger, type 11

0
0
0
0
0
0

Constant hanger
Travel range
Designation No.
-6
inch [150mm]
1. .2 . .
- 12
1. .3 . .
inch [300mm]
1. .4 . .
- 18
inch [450mm]
1. .5 . .
- 24
inch [600mm]
1. .6 . .
- 291/2 inch [750mm]
1. .7 . .
- 351/2 inch [900mm]

0
0
0
0
0

Spring hanger
Travel range
Designation No.
-2
inch [50mm]
2. .1 . .
-4
2. .2 . .
inch [100mm]
2. .3 . .
-8
inch [200mm]
2. .4 . .
- 12
inch [300mm]
2. .5 . .
- 16
inch [400mm]

1 1 5 3 2 5
1985
standard
travel range 3/0-12 inch
load group 5/FN 4495 lbs
single cell
constant hanger
3.7.2 Example of clamp base, type 49

4 9 5 1 8 5
high design, welded
13CrMo4-5, Nuclear spec.

For spring hangers and supports (Product

Group 2) the springs are already installed
preset to approx. 1/3 of their nominal load.
The initial load follows from this and the
spring travel is correspondingly reduced.
3.6.2 Shock absorber travel ranges
The maximum strokes of LISEGA shock absorbers are divided into economical stroke
ranges as standard, and are so designated
in the 4th digit of the type designation according to the following table.

5 7/8
11 3/4
15 3/4
19 3/4
23 5/8
29 1/2
4
8

Shock absorber
Type
Stroke
inch [150mm]
30
inch [300mm]
30
inch [400mm]
30
inch [500mm]
30
inch [600mm]
30
inch [750mm]
30
inch [100mm]
30/31
inch [200mm]
30/31

pipe diameter 20 inch

clamp base
pipe conn. part
3.7.3 Example of rigid strut, type 39

3 9 6 2 5 4
standard spec.
length 981/4 inch

Design. No.
. . .2 . .
. . .3 . .
. . .4 . .
. . .5 . .
. . .6 . .
. . .7 . .
. . .8 . .
. . .9 . .

load group 6 / FN 22480 lbs

rigid strut

0.6

3.8 Type designation system

The LISEGA type designations can be decoded using the
following tables.

3.8.1 Constant hangers and constant supports

3.8.3 Dynamic components (cont.)

Digit
1

Digit
2

Digit
3

Digit
4

Digit
5

Digit
6

Digit
1

Digit
2

Digit
3

Digit
4

Product
group

Model

Load group

Travel
range
2=6inch
3=12inch
4=18inch
5=24inch
6=30inch
7=36inch

Field of
application
2=standard
6=nuclear
application
STANDARD
1=std. design
2=angulated
design
NUCLEAR
APPLICATION
5=std. design
6=ang. design
3=standard
7=nuclear
application

Prod.
series
5=1985
9=1999

Product
group

Model

Load group

Travel
range

1= constant C=3/8UNC-70lbs
hanger
D=3/8UNC-141lbs

1=1/2UNC-281lbs
2=1/2UNC-562lbs
3=5/8UNC-1125lbs
4=3/4UNC-2250lbs
5=1UNC-4495lbs
6=11/4UNC-8990lbs
7=11/2UNC-13490lbs
8=13/4UNC-17985lbs
9=2UNC-22480lbs
2= CH
8=21/4UNC-35970lbs
2-cell coupl. 9=21/2UNC-44960lbs
3= CH
8=23/4UNC-53955lbs
3-cell coupl. 9=3UNC-67400lbs
4= CH
8=3UNC-71940lbs
4-cell coupl. 9=31/4UNC-90000lbs
7= servo
5=1UNC-4495lbs
2=6inch
hanger
6=11/4UNC-8990lbs 3=12inch
7=11/2UNC-13490lbs
8=13/4UNC-17985lbs
9=2UNC-22480lbs

6= constant
support/
angulating
constant
support

Digit
2

Digit
3

Product
group

Model

Load group

0= angul.
C=3/8UNC-56lbs
spring supp. D=3/8UNC-120lbs
0= extens. f. 1=1/2UNC-281lbs
type 20
2=1/2UNC-562lbs
1= spring h. 3=5/8UNC-1125lbs
suspended 4=3/4UNC-2250lbs
5= spring h. 5=1UNC-4495lbs
seated
6=11/4UNC-8990lbs
7= sway brace 7=11/2UNC-13490lbs
7= extens. f. 8=13/4UNC-17985lbs
type 27
9=2UNC-22480lbs
9= spring sup.
2= SH,
1=21/4UNC-35970lbs
suspended 2=21/2UNC-44960lbs
6= SH,
3=23/4UNC-53955lbs
seated
4=3UNC-67400lbs
8= spring sup. 5=31/4UNC-90000lbs

Digit
4

Digit
2

Digit
3

9= rigid
struts
2=standard
6=nuclear
application

Product
group

Model

Load group

3= 670000lbs
4= 900000lbs
5= 1124000lbs

STANDARD
1= up to 660F
2= up to 930F
3= up to 1040F

NUCLEAR
APPLICATION
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0

=
900lbs
= 1800lbs
= 4000lbs
= 10350lbs
= 22450lbs
= 44900lbs
= 78600lbs
= 123500lbs
= 224000lbs

Digit
6
Prod.
series
4=1994
8=1978
9=1999

Digit
6
Prod.
series
2=2002
3=1993
6=1986
8=1988
at Type 32
6=1996

Digit
1

Digit
2

6= up to 660F
7= up to 930F
8= up to 1040F

Prod.
series
1=1991
3=1993
6=1986
9=1989

1-6=
U-bolts

1-9=
flat steel
strap

3-4=
standard
8-9=
nuclear
application

middle
installation
dimension
in inch/4

Product
group

Model

1= weld-on
lug

horiz. clamp
2=clevis clamp
2=2 bolt clamp
3=3 bolt clamp
4= with Ubolt or strap
riser clamps
5=formed
riser clamp
6=riser cl., lugs
8=riser clamp,
trunnions
9= clamp
bases

Digit
3+4

Digit
5

Field of
application
D9 = 141lbs 59 = 4495lbs 1= standard
29 = 562lbs 69 = 8990lbs
39 = 1125lbs 79 = 13490lbs
49 = 2250lbs
01 = 0.84
1= standard
24 = 9.63
02 = 1.06
26 = 10.50
03 = 1.33
27 = 10.75
04 = 1.67
32 = 12.75
05 = 1.90
36 = 14.00
06 = 2.37
STANDARD
37 = 14.50
07 = 2.87
1= up to 660F
41 = 16.00
08 = 3.00
2= up to 930F
42 = 16.50
09 = 3.50
3= up to 1040F
46 = 18.00
10 = 4.25
4= up to 1110F
51 = 20.00
11 = 4.50
5= up to 1200F
56 = 22.00
13 = 5.25
61 = 24.00
14 = 5.50
NUCLEAR
66 = 26.00
16 = 6.25
APPLICATION
71 = 28.00
17 = 6.63
6= up to 660F
76 = 30.00
19 = 7.63
7= up to 930F
81 = 32.00
22 = 8.63
8= up to 1040F
91 = 36.00
Pipe diameter in inch

0= U-bolts

0= 224000lbs

0.7

Digit
5

Travel
Field of
range
application
0= hydraulic 1= 675lbs 4= 4000lbs 2=57/8inch 1= standard
shock absor. 2= 900lbs 5=10350lbs 3=113/4inch 5= nuclear
stand. design 3= 1800lbs 6=22450lbs 4=153/4inch application
2= energy 7= 44900lbs
5=193/4inch
absorber
8= 78600lbs
8=4inch
3= extension 9= 123500lbs
9=8inch
1= hydraulic 9= 123500lbs
shock absor. 0= 224000lbs
large bore
2= 448000lbs

39=
49= 4000lbs 09= 224000lbs
59= 10350lbs 20= 448000lbs
69= 22450lbs
pipe diameter
in inch2.54 [mm/10]

Digit
6

3.8.4 Pipe clamps and clamp bases

Digit
5

Travel
Field of
range
application
1=2inch
1,2=standard
2=4inch
5,6=nuclear
3=8inch
application
4=12inch
5=16inch
9=extens.
f. type 20
&. type 27

Digit
4

Field of
application
675lbs 79= 44900lbs 1= standard
900lbs 89= 78600lbs 5= nuclear
1800lbs 99= 123500lbs application

7=dynamic
pipe clamp
with strap

3.8.3 Dynamic components

Digit
1

5= weld-on 19=
29=
bracket

6= dynamic
pipe clamp
with U-bolt

3.8.2 Spring hangers and spring supports

Digit
1

Digit
5

8=4inch
9=8inch
00=Lift-off
9=Lift-off
restraints for restraints
clamp bases

2= carbon
steel
4= stainless
steel
0=Lift-off
restraints

Digit
6
Prod.
series
f. straight pipes,
max. insul. thickn.
1=3/8inch
2=4inch
for pipe elbows
R1.5OD
max. insul. thickn.
3,4=3/8inch
5,6=4inch
depends
on load
range and
design

1=low
2=medium
3=low,
welded
4=medium,
welded
5=high,
welded
8=standard

1-4=size

0
3.8.5 Roller bearings, cryogenic clamp bases

3.8.6 Connecting elements, connecting rods (cont.)

Digit
1

Digit
2

Digit
3+4

Digit
5

Digit
6

Digit
1

Digit
2

Digit
3

Digit
4

Digit
5

Digit
6

Product
group

Model

Load group
Pipe diameter
04= 900lbs
08= 1800lbs
12= 27000lbs
16= 3600lbs
35= 7870lbs
60= 13500lbs

Field of
application
1=standard
2=movable
laterally

Prod.series
9=1989

Product
group

Model

Load group

Length

Prod.series
3=1993
8=1978
9=1999

01 =
02 =
03 =
05 =
06 =
07 =
08 =
09 =
10 =
11 =
13 =
14 =
16 =
17 =
19 =
22 =
24 =
26 =
27 =
32 =
36 =
37 =
41 =
42 =
46 =
51 =
56 =
61 =
66 =
71 =
76 =
81 =
91 =

1=weldable
2=with pipe
clamp
3=support
plate
1=
12inch long
2,4,6=
20inch long

Field of
application
1=standard
6=nuclear
application
2=standard
6=nuclear
application
4=hot dip
galvanized

1=cylinder
roller bearings
2=double taper
roller bearings
3=double cylinder
roller bearings
5=lift-off restr.
f. roller bear.
4=pipe saddle/
support tray

6= preinsulated pipes

7= weld-on
pipe bases

8=
stanchions

8=elbow
pads

0.84
1.06
1.33
1.90
2.37
2.87
3.00
3.50
4.25
4.50
5.25
5.50
6.25
6.63
7.63
8.63
9.63
10.50
10.75
12.75
14.00
14.50
16.00
16.50
18.00
20.00
22.00
24.00
26.00
28.00
30.00
32.00
36.00

Insul. thickn.
0=1inch
1=11/2inch
2=2inch
3=3inch
4=4inch
5=5inch
6=6inch
7=7inch
8=8inch
9=10inch
9=cold block 1= Cold
Block
1=standard 1=from
T-sections
2=from
C-sections
1=
1,2= for
stanchions
streight
2=telescopic
pipes
stanchions
3,4= for
elbow
R OD
5,6= for
elbow
R1,5OD
3=standard 1=carbon steel
2=stainless steel

3.8.6 Connecting elements, connecting rods

Digit
1

Digit
2

Digit
3+4

Digit
5

Digit
6

Product
group

Model

Load group

Field of
application
2=standard
6=nuclear
4=hot dip
galvanized

Prod.series
2=1982
5=1995
8=1978
9=1999

0=eye nut
1=clevis
2=turnbuckle
4=rod
coupling

D9 = 3/8UNC-141lbs
29 = 1/2UNC-562lbs
39 = 5/8UNC-1125lbs
49 = 3/4UNC-2250lbs
59 = 1UNC-4495lbs
69 = 11/4UNC-8990lbs
79 = 11/2UNC-13490lbs
89 = 13/4UNC-17985lbs
99 = 2UNC-22480lbs
10 = 21/4UNC-35970lbs
20 = 21/2UNC-44960lbs
30 = 23/4UNC-53955lbs
40 = 3UNC-67400lbs
50 = 31/4UNC-90000lbs

3=hexag.
nut

D=3/8UNC-141lbs
2=1/2UNC-562lbs
3=5/8UNC-1125lbs
5=tie rod
4=3/4UNC-2250lbs
left/right
5=1UNC-4495lbs
6=tie rod
6=11/4UNC-8990lbs
right/right
7=11/2UNC-13490lbs
7=stud bolt/ 8=13/4UNC-17985lbs
threaded rod 9=2UNC-22480lbs

length
not
standardized

9 (Model 3)

1=not standardized
2=24inch
3=48inch
4=72inch
5=96inch
6=120inch
7=144inch
10 = 21/4UNC-35970lbs
20 = 21/2UNC-44960lbs
30 = 23/4UNC-53955lbs
40 = 3UNC-67400lbs
50 = 31/4UNC-90000lbs

3.8.7 Structural attachments and trapezes

Digit
1

Digit
2

Digit
3

Digit
4

Digit
5

Digit
6

Product
group

Model

Load group

Function

Field of
application
STANDARD
6= bolted
7= loose
NUCLEAR
8= bolted
9= loose

Prod.series
5,9 =
bracket 1x
6=
bracket 2x
7=
bracket 3x
8=
bracket 4x
1=1991/
2001
2=1982
3=1993
4=1994
5=1985
6=1996
8=1978
9=1989

1= support C = 3/8UNC-70lbs
for constant D = 3/8UNC-141lbs
hanger
1 = 1/2UNC-281lbs
2 = 1/2UNC-562lbs
3 = 5/8UNC-1125lbs
4 = 3/4UNC-2250lbs
5 = 1UNC-4495lbs
6 = 11/4UNC-8990lbs
2=base plate f. 7 = 11/2UNC-13490lbs
spring hanger 8 = 13/4UNC-17985lbs
3=weld-on clevis 9 = 2UNC-22480lbs
4=weld-on plate
5=weld-on eye 10 = 21/4UNC-35970lbs
nut
20 = 21/2UNC-44960lbs
6=beam adapter 30 = 23/4UNC-53955lbs
and bolts
40 = 3UNC-67400lbs
8=beam clamp 50 = 31/4UNC-90000lbs

2...7=
travel
range of
constant
hanger
6-36inch

9=trapeze
0=PTFE slide
plate

2=2 connections
3=3 connections
1...3= travel
range of
spring hanger 2-8 inch

7=connecting plate

1, 2, 3, 9= 1=standard
depends
5=nuclear
on design application

2=const.hang. 4, 6 and 9=
trapeze
U-sections
1 and 2=
7=
spring hanger L-sections
trapeze
3=rigid trapeze

3rd to 6th digits correspond to clamps to be coupled

0.8

Worldwide coverage
of recognized codes
and standards!

4. STANDARDS AND CALCULATIONS

In design, stress and load calculations, as
well as in manufacturing, the relevant German
and international standards, technical regulations and codes are taken into account.

The characteristic values of materials that all

design calculations are based on are taken
from the relevant standards and recognized
technical codes.

The following codes apply:

MSS SP 58
MSS SP 69
ANSI ASME B31.1
ASME III Div.I - NF
VGB-R 510 L
DIN 18800
KTA 3205.1/2/3
AD-Merkbltter
TRD-Regel
BS 3974
RCC-M
MITI 501
JEAG 4601

Standardized selection
of high temperature
materials!

Pipe supports - material and design

Pipe supports - applications
Pressure piping systems
Supports for nuclear components
Standard supports
Steelwork
Nuclear regulations
Working group for pressure vessels
Techn. regulations, steam boilers
Pipe supports
Specifications for pipe supports
Technical regulations
Nuclear design regulations

5. MATERIALS
Materials are exclusively used which correspond to ASTM material requirements and
DIN or DIN-EN norms.

USA
USA
USA
USA
Germany
Germany
Germany
Germany
Germany
UK
France
Japan
Japan

As a matter of principle, only materials of

guaranteed strength properties are used for
supporting components.

5.1 Preferred materials for pipe connection parts

Material
EN

Material-No. EN 10027-2

S235JRG2
S235JRG2
S235JRG2
S355J2G3
S355J2G3
S355J2G3
P235T1
P235G11TH
16Mo 3
13CrMo 4-5
10CrMo 9-10
X10CrMoVNb9-1
X5CrNi 18-10

1.0038
1.0038
1.0038
1.0570
1.0570
1.0570
1.0254
1.0305
1.5415
1.7335
1.7380
1.4903
1.4301

42CrMoV 4

1.7225

X10CrMoVNb9-1
21 CrMoV 5-7
X22CrMoV12-1
24CrMo 5

1.4903
1.7709
1.4923
1.7258

Temperature of medium in F
660 840 930 985 1040 1110 1200
COMPONENTS
x
A 36
x
A 515 Gr. 60
x
A 675 Gr. 55
x
A 675 Gr. 70
x
A 299
x
A 516 Gr. 70
x
A 53 S Gr. A
x
A 53 S Gr. A
x
x
x
A 204
x
x
x
x
x
A 387 Gr. 12
x
x
x
x
x
x
A 387 Gr. 22
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
A 387 Gr. 91 Cl.II
x
x
x
x
A 312 TP 304
MEANS OF CONNECTION
x
A 193 B7
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
A 193 B8
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
A 182 F91
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
A 194 Gr. 2H
ASTM

6. QUALIFICATION LEVELS FOR STANDARD AND

NUCLEAR APPLICATION
Standard supports have the same function
both in the conventional and in the nuclear
field of application, and therefore do not

0.9

differ in design. Due to additional qualityassuring measures and materials with special certification, separate manufacture is however necessary.

0
In the field of nuclear application, all materials are traceable right through to the finished
product via heat number restamping, and the
components themselves are marked according to ASME and KTA regulations. In the
type designation, the nuclear design is noted
in the 5th digit (for struts, the 6th digit). The
relevant component documentation relates
to this and to the fabrication order number.
In this catalog, the standard design, i.e. nonnuclear applications, provides the basis for
the type designations. As the given functional data and unit dimensions are the same for
nuclear applications, selection can also be
made here with the help of the catalog.
On planning or ordering, attention must however be paid to corresponding conformity of
the type designations. The table showing the
type designation system (3.8, page 0.7) can be
consulted in this respect.
7. WELDING
All welding is carried out as gas metal arc
welding - in special cases by stick welding.
LISEGA holds certifications according to:
ASME III Div I NCA NPT stamp
DIN EN 729-2 by the German TV
AD-HPO, production and testing of
pressure vessels, by the TV
DIN 18800 T7 Extended suitability
certification for steelwork and bridge
construction by the SLV, the training
and testing institute for welding
technology
LISEGA welding inspection personnel are qualified according to ASME III NCA 4000 NF,
DIN EN 719, AD HP3 and HP4. Nondestructive tests are carried out by testing
staff qualified acc. to ASME IX and DIN EN
473, level 2, and SNT-TC-1A, level II.
Supporting connections are produced corresponding to the material group by qualified
welders according to ASME IX or DIN EN
287, part 1. The welding procedure is qualified according to ASME IX and DIN EN 288.

8. SURFACE TREATMENT
8.1 Standard coating systems
The surfaces of LISEGA products are protected
as standard from corrosive influences by high
quality protection systems that are also suitable for external use in aggressive conditions
(coastal, industrial and chemical areas).
The following coating systems are applied
to the different products:

Separate manufacture
of products for nuclear
applications for the
traceability of
qualified materials!

8.1.1 Primer coating

Components that are either to be welded
to existing structure in the plant or simply
require higher quality transport protection are
coated on a bright metal surface with weldable primer (thickness app. 1.18 mil [30m],
color reddish brown).
8.1.2 Electrogalvanizing
Spring hangers and supports up to load size
9, as well as all threaded parts and special
function parts, are electrogalvanized (zinc
thickness app. 0.59 mil [15m], yellow chromatized).
UNC threaded parts are white chromatized.
8.1.3 Paint coatings
Constant hangers and supports and other
products according to table 8.2 receive the
following surface treatment:
1. Steel grit blasting according to SP-6 or
SP-10 for the U.S. and EN ISO 12944-4
grade SA 2 1/2 for Europe.
2. Undercoat of 1-component polyurethane
zinc dust primer, dry film thickness 2.36 mil
[60m], approx. 62% zinc in solid state
volume, color grey.
3. Final coating of 2-component acrylic polyurethane paint, dry film thickness 2.36 mil
[60m], color RAL 5012, light blue.
The total dry film thickness of the system
amounts to approx. 4.72 mil [120m].
8.1.4 Hot dip galvanization
Roller bearings, pipe saddles and cryogenic
pipe clamp bases are hot dip galvanized as
standard, zinc thickness approx. 2.36 mil
[60m].

0.10

8.1.5 Stainless steel designs

Shock absorbers and energy absorbers
(E-Bars) are made entirely of non-corroding
materials. Connecting parts are electrogalvanized according to 8.1.2.
8.1.6 Cathodic immersion process (CIP)
All LISEGA springs are given special treatment because of their distinctive functional

significance. The peeled surface of the springs

is steel ball blasted and zinc-phosphated; subsequently a 2-component epoxy resin coating
is applied via electroimmersion and then
burnt in at approx. 392F [200C] (CIP).
This highly sophisticated process has been
adopted from the automobile industry.

8.2 Standard surface protection in order of products (corresp. to 8.1)

Standardized procedures
for surface protection for
constant quality!

Primer

Product

Type

11 - 17
Constant hangers, constant supports
71
Support for constant hangers
21, 25, 27
Spring hangers, sway braces
20, 29
Spring supports (incl. load group 9)
22, 26
Spring hangers
28
Spring supports (from load group 10)
35
Weld-on brackets
36, 37
Dynamic pipe clamps
39
Rigid struts
33
Shock absorber extensions
40
U-bolts
41, 42, 43, 44,
Weld-on lugs, pipe clamps
45, 46, 48, 49
Riser clamps, pipe clamp bases
51, 53
Cylinder roller bearings
52
Taper roller bearings
54
Pipe saddles/support tray
55
Lift-off restraints
56
Pipe clamp bases f. cryogenic appl.
57
Weld-on pipe shoe
58
Elbow pads
58
Stanchions
60, 61
Eye nuts, clevises
62, 64
Turnbuckles, rod couplings
63, 65
Hexagonal nuts, tie rods
66, 67
Threaded rods, stud bolts
72, 73
Base plates, weld-on clevises
74, 75
Spherical washers, weld-on eye nuts
76
Beam adapters
77
Connection plates
78
Beam clamps
79
Trapezes

8.3 Extended surface protection

For applications in the open involving highly
corrosive conditions, such as coastal sites or
chemical plants, extra protection can be supplied, insofar as this has not already been
provided as standard by hot dip galvanizing
or special steel versions. The following coating systems are thereby applied:

0.11

Electrogalvanized

Standard
Hot dip
paint
galvanized
coating
acc. to 8.1.1 acc. to 8.1.2 acc. to 8.1.3 acc. to 8.1.4
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

8.3.1 Electrogalvanization with additional

coats of paint
1. A barrier layer (dry film thickness 18 mil
[30m]) is applied to the galvanized surface
acc. to 8.1.2.
2. As a final layer, a 2-component acrylic
polyurethane finish (dry film thickness 2.36
mil [60m], color RAL 5012 - light blue) is
applied.

0
8.3.3 Hot dip galvanizing
Hot dip galvanized surface, layer thickness
approx. 2.36 mil [60m], bolts approx.
1.57 mil [40m].

8.3.2 Extra paint layer

Over the standard paint coating according to
8.1.3, a third protective layer consisting of a
2-component acrylic polyurethane coating is
applied. Dry film thickness 2.36 mil [60m],
color RAL 5012 - light blue, total dry film
thickness app. 7.085 mil [180m].

8.3.4 Stainless steel

For the connecting parts of shock absorbers,
energy absorbers (E-Bars) and rigid struts,
stainless steel designs can be supplied.

8.4 Extended surface protection in order of products acc. to 8.3

Product

Type

Electrogalvanization with Extra paint coating

add. coating acc. to 8.3.1
acc. to 8.3.2

11 - 17
Constant hangers, constant supports
71
Supports for constant hangers
21, 25, 27
Spring hangers, sway braces
20, 29
Spring supp. (incl. load group 9)
22, 26
Spring hangers
28
Spring supp. (from load group 10)
39
Rigid struts
33
Shock absorber extensions
60, 61,
Eye nuts, clevises
62, 64
Turnbuckles, rod couplings
63, 65,
Hexagon nuts, tie rods
66, 67
Threaded rods, stud bolts
79
Trapezes

Hot dip galvanizing

acc. to 8.3.3

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

8.5 Surface protection in extremely

aggressive atmospheres
For applications in specially aggressive atmospheres, e.g. coastal areas, certain industrial
gases or offshore, special measures are to be
agreed on.
9. CONNECTION DIMENSIONS
9.1 Installation dimension E
For the simple determination of minimum
installation lengths, the installation dimension E is given for all components except the
connecting rods (Product Group 6). This
dimension comprises the installation length
minus the engaging length of the connecting
part. For load chains, the E therefore designates the complete rod section.

To determine the total length of the rods in

a load chain, all the E dimensions are to be
added together. The sum of these is then to
be compared with the total installation length.
If the resulting difference is greater than the
sum of the engagement depths (X dimensions),
the chain selected is appropriate for the total
installation height.

Special product-related features are to be

taken into account as follows:

For load chains consisting solely of pin connections, the minimum installation dimension
follows from the sum of all E dimensions.

Simple checks for

installation possibilities
through dimension E !

0.12

Sensible devices on hand

for readjusting installation
lengths!

9.2 Regulation of the total installation

length
9.2.1 Turnbuckle function of the connecting
threads
For length adjustment in installation condition
(adjustment of pipe installation position, actuation of loading), the lower connections in
constant and spring hangers provide a turnbuckle function. This way, subsequent adjustment of the installation lengths (attachment
rods) within a sufficient range is possible:
for constant hangers type 11,
by 113/4 inch [300mm]
for spring hangers type 21, by the
adjustment possibility of a turnbuckle,
type 62

9.2.4 Rigid struts, type 39

The connections in rigid struts type 39 are
supplied as left/right, with fine threading for
length adjustment in the installation condition
as standard.
Flat faces on the body of the rigid struts enable simple adjustment with a wrench.
10. OPERATIONAL BEHAVIOR
10.1 Function
Constant hangers type 1 are designed so that
in theory no load deviation occurs over the
whole range of action. The total deviation
resulting from springs, bearing friction, and
fabrication tolerances is held to within  5%
in series production.
The load adjustment follows with a level of
accuracy of 2%.

All connection threads are supplied as right

hand threads.
9.2.2 Spring supports
For spring supports types 28 and 29, the
installation height can be regulated by the
support tube, functioning as a spindle independently of the presetting.
The necessary load is actuated on installation
by screwing the support tube upwards.
9.2.3 Turnbuckle, type 62, tie rod, left
hand/right hand thread, type 65
For rigid hanging support arrangements with
short installation lengths, a defined reserve
length in the connection parts type 60 and
61 usually enables sufficient length adjustment. For longer installation lengths, the use
of a turnbuckle L/R, type 62, in conjunction
with a tie rod L/R, type 65, is appropriate.
For easy access, this combination should be
arranged at the lower end of the load chain.

travel s
FN
F min
F max
SN

nominal load
min. load (upwards)
max. load (downwards)
nominal travel (incl. reserve)

For spring hangers and supports, the load

alters linearly corresponding to the spring
travel. The deviation of the spring force from
theoretical values, resulting from spring hysteresis and fabrication tolerances, amounts to
less than  5% within the ordered travel.

operating load

travel s
FN
SN
S

0.13

=
=
=
=

load F

for spring hangers types 25 and 26,

the load bearing rod is fed through the
weld-on support tube and fixed with
an adjustment nut. The adjustment can
be made within the scope of the available threaded length of the rod.

load F

for spring hangers type 22,

by min. 51/2 inch [140mm]

= nominal load
= nominal travel (incl. reserve)
= operating travel

0
10.2 Spring relaxation
Conventional helical coil springs under load,
depending on time and temperature factors,
lose part of their tension by relaxation (settling loss), a loss that is not inconsiderable.
If no appropriate measures are taken, for
constant and spring hangers this can in the
long run lead to a reduction in adjusted ultimate load of more than 10%.
In contrast to common practice, LISEGA only
uses springs that, through special treatment,
permit no settling loss of any significance.
In these springs the settling loss normally to
be expected is anticipated via the process of
hot setting from a longer coil length, producing corresponding prerelaxation.

measures are prescribed. They are an integral

part of order processing and embrace the
whole LISEGA group.

QMP and Processing

constitute a single entity!

11.2 Quality management program, QMP

The QMP is clearly laid out in a quality management manual, QMM, and regulates all the
quality-assuring activities in the company.
The QMM covers the organization as a whole,
whereby the observance of rules is monitored
by the independent quality management department QM. The QMM has been compiled
according to international quality norms and
standards and specifically takes into account
the regulations according to ASME III - NCA
3800 and NCA 4000 incl. NF as well as DIN
EN ISO 9001 and KTA 1401.

Relaxation

The QMM applies in principle to both the conventional and nuclear fields. The extent of
monitoring of materials and tests, as well as
the documentation, can in each case be
exactly adapted to special requirements by the
use of extended QA levels. All international
requirements concerning nuclear applications
can be covered. Corresponding qualifications
are available and are regularly renewed.
11.3 International qualifications

Shear stress
Relaxation behavior of helical coil springs
Cold set helical coil springs
(values loosely based on DIN 2089)
LISEGA hot set helical coil springs
qualified by TV and VGB suitability tests
(independent German authorities)

11. QUALITY ASSURANCE

11.1 Fundamentals
Superior product quality has an important place
among the fundamental company goals at
LISEGA and also involves the activities of
and relationships with our business partners.
The organization and attitudes of those working in the company are correspondingly attuned to this aim. In a quality management
program (QMP), special quality-assuring

Certification code

Certification No.

Certifying body

DIN/EN/ISO 9001
DIN/EN/ISO 9001
ASME-III NCA 4000/NF
(NPT-Stamp)
ASME-III NCA 3800/NF

Reg.Nr. 200550
1996/5030
N-2951

Stamping agreement
AD-Merkblatt HP 0; HP 3; HP 4
Welding certification according to EN 729-2
DIN 18800T7
Major qualification certificate
ASME III - NCA/NF; ASME IX
SKIFS 1994:1
ASME-III NF/NCA 3800;
10CFR50 App. B; 10CFR21;
N45.2; NQA1

0121WO29784
07-702-0194
07-703-0080
60317/62/9804

Lloyds Register QA
LAFAQ
ASME Accreditation and
Certification
ASME Accreditation and
Certification
TV Nord e.V.
(independent German
authority)
SLV-Hannover

No. 1606
No. DNV 5477
CEXO-99/00210

TRACTEBEL (Vincotte)
DET NORSKE VERITAS
NUPIC

QSC 552

0.14

11.4 Tests and qualifications

11.4.1 Raw material and material reception
All materials used undergo receiving control
by the quality management department. The
materials used are qualified, corresponding
to requirements by material tests according
to ASME and DIN EN 10204.
Proven operational safety
and long life through type
and suitability tests!

11.4.2 Monitoring of manufacture

Manufacture is monitored via accompanying
quality control according to the QM manual.
In particular, for nuclear applications the
quality-assuring requirements according to
ASME III NF and KTA are fulfilled.
11.4.3 Final inspection
Before shipment, constant and spring hangers
as well as shock absorbers undergo a function test on test benches by quality management personnel. The tests are carried out
using computer-assisted equipment. The
values measured can be recorded by means
of a diagram. In addition, for constant and
spring hangers the digital values can be
printed out over the whole travel range.
The specific test benches employed undergo
regular inspections by an independent supervisory body.
11.4.4 Documentation on shipment
If so ordered, the materials used are documented by certification from material tests according to ASME and DIN EN 10204. In addition, the results of the function tests can be
confirmed by issuing an acceptance test
certificate, also from a supervisory body if
desired.

0.15

Stress reports according to particular specifications and quality-assuring documents can

be agreed between customer, manufacturer
and supervisory body.
11.5 Suitability test according to KTA 3205.3
and type test according to VGB R 510 L
For the use of series-made standard supports
in conventional power plants, a type test by a
supervisory body (according to 14 of the
appliance safety law GSG) is foreseen in the
VGB code R 510 L.
For use in nuclear installations a corresponding suitability test, according to directive 35
of the TVs nuclear technology supervisory
body at the Vd TV, is prescribed by nuclear
code KTA 3205.3.
The test program prescribed comprises in
essence the following components:
inspection of the quality management
program
inspection of material used
inspection of the design documentation
inspection of design report summaries
experimental function tests
experimental overload tests
experimental testing of continuous
load capacity
For the broad range of LISEGA products, type
and suitability tests have been conducted
by the German TV and VGB and the corresponding permits granted. Qualifications can
be supplied on request

0
12. FORM OF SHIPMENT
All components are shipped in appropriate
packaging for transport and short-term storage. They are clearly marked and, if required,
protected through special preventive measures against corrosive influences.
Special features are noted in the type data
sheets or installation instructions. By special
order, complete pipe support arrangements
(load chains from different components) are
preassembled, bundled and labelled for
identification.
13. WARRANTY
For all LISEGA components a two-year warranty is issued from date of commissioning
or for 8,000 hours of operation, limited to
four years after commissioning. For the
number of hours of operation the plant
records are applicable; the duration of the
warranty is limited to a maximum of five
years after shipment.
14. TECHNICAL MODIFICATIONS
LISEGA expressly reserves the right to introduce modifications in the interests of further
technical development.

0.16

CONSTANT HANGERS,
CONSTANT SUPPORTS

1
PRODUCT
GROUP

CONSTANT HANGERS
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
CONTENTS

PAGE

Constant hangers and constant supports ____________________________1.1

Selection table __________________________________________________1.3

PRODUCT
GROUP

Constant hangers type 11 C3 29 to 11 96 25 __________________________1.5

Brackets for constant hanger type 11, type 71 C3 .9 to 71 96 .5__________1.6
Constant hangers type 12 82 35 to 14 96 35 __________________________1.7

Brackets for constant hangers type 71 82 .6 to 71 96 .8 ________________1.8

Constant supports type 16 D2 19 to 16 93 15 ________________________1.9
Angulating constant supports type 16 D2 29 to 16 93 25 ______________1.10

Constant hanger trapeze type 79 D2 25 to 79 96 25 __________________1.11

Function tests __________________________________________________1.12
Operational function______________________________________________1.13

Design features __________________________________________________1.15

Types of installation______________________________________________1.17
LISEGA servo hanger ____________________________________________1.19

Installation and operating instructions ______________________________1.21

6
7
8
9
1.0

CONSTANT HANGERS, CONSTANT

SUPPORTS, PRODUCT GROUP 1
To avoid detrimental constraints in the system,
thermal expansion in piping and other plant
components must not be prevented.
Constant hangers
Constant hangers compensate for vertical
movement caused by thermal expansion.
Via constant hangers, the respective piping
loads are constantly absorbed and transferred
with no significant deviation over the whole
range of movement.
Significant deviations would act as harmful
and uncontrolled extra loads in the system.
Constant hanger type 11 52 25

In this case, connection points are especially

at risk because of unacceptable forces and
moments.
It is vital that the constant hangers work
reliably and efficiently, as this is decisive for
the operational safety and long life of the
piping system.
Constant hangers - the LISEGA system
For nearly forty years LISEGA constant hangers
have proven themselves convincingly in all
kinds of operating conditions. The special
functional principle, based on the parallelogram
of forces, is patented worldwide and has
fundamental significance in this respect.
Continued development of LISEGA constant
hangers on this foundation has led to matured products of superior quality with worldwide recognition.
See the sections Operational Function,
page 1.13 and Design Features, page 1.15,
in this regard.

For the user, the following features of LISEGA

constant hangers provide special benefits:

1. Simple planning
standard cover for the respective load
spectrum 10 - 112400 lbs [0.05 - 500kN],
travel range up to 351/2 inch [900mm]
easy selection via load groups and
travel ranges
clearly arranged type identification
system facilitates orientation
symmetric and particularly compact
designs of low installed weight
user-friendly planning documentation,
such as informative catalogs, technical
manuals and special publications
efficient LICAD design software, the
special planning system for LISEGA
standard supports
optimum fit within installation environment via standard variants and accessories (e.g. constant hangers suspended,
seated, as supports or trapezes)
only one load connection point for the
steel structure is needed

LISEGA constant hangers

installed

1.1

1
Construction series 64

LISEGA constant hangers are available at short notice

2. Easy installation
compact, symmetric designs with only
one suspension point and practical
installation aids
favorable weight performance ratios of
the units reduce skeleton weight
precision fit attachment devices by way
of standardized elements
intelligent travel stop enables easy
conformity checks of set load and
operating load
extra wide load adjustment ranges
(40 - 100% of nominal load) permit later
adjustment in the event of deviation in
piping weights

3. Reliable operational safety

due to the fundamental principle, absolute constancy over total set load range
reduced frictional forces through a
minimum of bearing points - the load is
transferred vertically via the main spring
(no friction through high lever bearing
loads)

operational travel runs straight through

the symmetrical axis of the hanger, no
load variations from radial deflection of
the load distribution point
(lever arm hanger)

Construction series 72

attachment point and load point always

lie in the symmetrical axis (no moment
of force exertion on the connection
structures through radial deflection)
Construction series 76

lasting loadbearing performance

through the use of specially treated
prerelaxed springs
lasting operating performance through
corrosion protection and maintenancefree special steel bearings

4. Easy monitoring

Construction series 85

directly readable scales for travel

position and operating load

The 4 development stages of

LISEGA constant hangers

permanent marking for cold/hot

positions and set load
controlled subsequent load adjustment
possible after installation
simple reinstallation of blocking devices
for inspection work

1.2

SELECTION TABLE
Constant hangers, constant supports 
30

28

26

24

22

20

18

16

14

12

10

Travel (inch)

Load (lbs)

Selection
example:
5485 lbs /
101/2 inch

Type description

11 66
11 76
11 86
11 96
12 86
12 96
13 86
13 96
14 86
14 96

Intermediate
values can be
interpolated

11 15
11 25
11 35
11 45
11 55
11 65
11 75
11 85
11 95
12 85
12 95
13 85
13 95
14 85
14 95

11 14
11 24
11 34
11 44
11 54
11 64
11 74
11 84
11 94
12 84
12 94
13 84
13 94
14 84
14 94

11 C3
11 D3
11 13
11 23
11 33
11 43
11 53
11 63
11 73
11 83
11 93
12 83
12 93
13 83
13 93
14 83
14 93

Load (lbs)

11 D2
11 12
11 22
11 32
11 42
11 52
11 62
11 72
11 82
11 92
12 82
12 92
13 82
13 92
14 82
14 92

27 
55 
109
219
438
877
1755
3505
5260
7010
8765
14020
17525
21030
26290
28045
35055

30
61
121
243
486
972
1945
3885
5830
7770
9715
15545
19430
23315
29150
31095
38865

33
66
133
267
533
1070
2135
4265
6400
8535
10670
17070
21335
25605
32005
34140
42675

35
70
140
281
562
1125
2250
4495
6745
8990
11240
17985
22480
26975
33720
35970
44960

37
74
147
295
591
1180
2365
4725
7090
9445
11810
18900
23625
28345
35435
37800
47245

40
79
159
319
638
1280
2555
5105
7660
10210
12765
20425
25530
30635
38290
40845
51055

43
85
171
343
686
1375
2745
5485
8230
10970
13715
21950
27435
32920
41150
43895
54865

46
91
183
367
733
1470
2935
5865
8805
11735
14670
23470
29340
35205
44005
46945
58675

5 1/2

53/4

515/16

53/4

51/2

51/4

117/8

111/2

10

...2..(515/16 inch)

5 1/4

10 1/2

11

111/2

11

101/2

...4..(173/4 inch) 

15 3/4

16 1/2

171/4

173/4

171/4

161/2

153/4

15

23

22

21

20

283/4

271/2

261/4

25

...3..(117/

8 inch)

...5..(233/4 inch) 

21

22

23

233/4

...6..(291/2 inch) 

26 1/4

27 1/2

283/4

291/2

1.3

 For the selection of constant supports type 16

(see 1.9 and 1.10 ), the load group and travel range
of the corresponding hanger type 11 apply.

 Loads  55 lbs [0.25kN] or 27 lbs [0.13kN] on request.

 This range can only be set at the factory.

Travel (inch)

 Total travel. Travel range 7 (36 inch) can be provided on request.

18000

Load (lbs)

22500

27000

31500

36000

40500

45000

49500

54000

58500

63000

67500

72000

76500

81000

85500

Load (lbs)
61
121
242
486
972
1945
3890
7770
11660
15540
19430
31095
38865
46635
58295
62185
77725

64
127
254
510
1020
2040
4080
8150
12230
16305
20385
32615
40770
48920
61155
65235
81540

66
133
266
533
1065
2135
4270
8535
12805
17065
21335
34140
42675
51205
64010
68280
85350

70
141
281
562
1125
2250
4495
8990
13490
17985
22480
35970
44960
53955
67440
71940
89925

33/4

31/2

31/4

215/16

in. 

71/

61/2

515/16

in. 

12 3 / 4

12

111/4

101/2

93/4

87/8

in. 
in. 
in. 

52
103
206
414
829
1660
3320
6630
9945
13255
16575
26520
33150
39775
49725
53040
66295

55
109
218
438
876
1755
3510
7010
10520
14020
17525
28045
35055
42065
52580
56090
70105

4 3/4

4 1/2

4 1/4

9 1/2

8 1/

14 1/4

13 1/2

19

18

17

23 3/4

22 1/

211/4

Type description

81
163
326
654
1305
2615
5235
10455
15690
20910
26145
41835
52290
62745
78435
83670
104580

49
97
195
391
781
1565
3125
6245
9375
12495
15620
24995
31245
37490
46865
49990
62485

58
115
230
462
924
1850
3700
7390
11090
14780
18480
29570
36960
44350
55440
59135
73915

16

15

14

13

117/8

20

183/

171/2

161/4

143/4

90000


93
186
373
748
1495
2995
5990
11970
17960
23940
29935
47895
59865
71835
89800
95790
119730

11 D2
11 12
11 22
11 32
11 42
11 52
11 62
11 72
11 82
11 92
12 82
12 92
13 82
13 92
14 82
14 92

11 C3
11 D3
11 13
11 23
11 33
11 43
11 53
11 63
11 73
11 83
11 93
12 83
12 93
13 83
13 93
14 83
14 93

11 14
11 24
11 34
11 44
11 54
11 64
11 74
11 84
11 94
12 84
12 94
13 84
13 94
14 84
14 94

11 15
11 25
11 35
11 45
11 55
11 65
11 75
11 85
11 95
12 85
12 95
13 85
13 95
14 85
14 95

11 66
11 76
11 86
11 96
12 86
12 96
13 86
13 96
14 86
14 96

1.4

CONSTANT HANGER
TYPE 11
Constant hanger
Type 11 C3 29 to 11 96 25
Series-made standard
design, available from stock.

 Installation dimension E
applies to the uppermost blocking position.
In other positions, E increases
accordingly.

 X = minimum thread
engagement.
On lower connection
max thread engagement =
X + 12 inch.

Order details:
Constant hanger
type 11 .. ..
Marking:
Operating load: lbs
Travel: inch up/down
Blocking position
(if required):

1.5

Type

11 C3 29
11 D2 29
11 D3 29
11 12 25
11 13 25
11 14 25
11 15 25
11 22 25
11 23 25
11 24 25
11 25 25
11 32 25
11 33 25
11 34 25
11 35 25
11 42 25
11 43 25
11 44 25
11 45 25
11 52 25
11 53 25
11 54 25
11 55 25
11 62 25
11 63 25
11 64 25
11 65 25
11 66 25
11 72 25
11 73 25
11 74 25
11 75 25
11 76 25
11 82 25
11 83 25
11 84 25
11 85 25
11 86 25
11 92 25
11 93 25
11 94 25
11 95 25
11 96 25

133/4
113/4
161/4
151/4
161/4
171/4
181/4
171/2

5 1/4
4 1/4
5 1/4
5 1/4
5 1/4
5 1/4
5 1/4
6 1/4
6 1/4
6 1/4
6 1/2
6 3/4
6 3/4
6 3/4
6 3/4
7 1/

18
19
203/4
171/2
191/4
203/4
231/2
193/4
221/2
24
261/4
231/4
28
291/4
331/4
281/2
32
331/4
343/4
45
303/4
331/2
391/4
453/4
501/4
32
371/4
433/4
471/4
491/2
34
43
483/4
491/2
511/2

7 1/4
7 1/4
7 1/2
9
9
9
9
10 3/4
10 3/4
10 3/4
10 3/4
11
11 3/4
11 3/4
11 3/4
12
12
12 1/2
12 1/2
12 1/2
12 1/2
12 3/4
13 3/4
13 3/4
13 3/4
14
14

6
6
6 3/4
5 1/2
5 1/2
5 1/2
6
7
7 1/4
7 1/4
7 3/4
7 1/2
7 1/2
7 1/2
7 3/4
8 3/4
8 3/4
8 3/4
9 1/2
103/4
103/4
111/4
111/4
131/4
131/4
131/2
131/2
131/2
15
15
153/4
153/4
153/4
151/4
151/4
153/4
161/2
161/2
171/4
171/4
18
18
18

D
4 1/4
3 1/2
4 1/4
4 1/4
4 1/4
4 1/4
4 1/4
5 1/4
5 1/4
5 1/4
5 1/4
5 1/4
5 1/4
5 1/4
5 1/4

d2
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4

UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
6
UNC
6
UNC
6
UNC
6
UNC
7 1/2 1 UNC
7 1/2 1 UNC
7 1/2 1 UNC
7 1/2 1 UNC
9 1 1/4 UNC
9 1 1/4 UNC
9 1 1/4 UNC
9 1 1/4 UNC
9 1/4 1 1/4 UNC
10 1 1/2 UNC
10 1 1/2 UNC
10 1 1/2 UNC
10 1 1/2 UNC
10 1 1/2 UNC
10 1 3/4 UNC
10 1 3/4 UNC
10 1 3/4 UNC
10 1 3/4 UNC
10 1/4 1 3/4 UNC
10 3/4 2 UNC
10 3/4 2 UNC
10 3/4 2 UNC
11 2 UNC
11 2 UNC

d5
0.35
0.43
0.43
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.78
0.78
0.78
0.78
0.98
0.98
0.98
0.98
0.98
1.37
1.37
1.37
1.37
1.37
1.37
1.37
1.37
1.37
1.37
1.37
1.37
1.37
1.37
1.37

d6
0.35
0.43
0.43
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M12
M12
M12
M12
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24

E
20 3/4
13 3/4
21 1/2
14 3/4
25 1/2
36 3/4
48 1/4
15 1/4
25 1/2
37 1/4
47 3/4
15 1/4
26 1/2
38 1/4
49 1/2
17 1/2
29 1/4
42 1/4
54
18 1/2
30 1/4
43 1/2
55 1/4
21 3/4
35 1/4
50 1/2
64 1/4
80
24
37 1/4
54
67 1/4
84 3/4
27 3/4
45
64 3/4
82
101 3/4
30
46 3/4
68 1/4
85
106 1/4

H
18
9 3/4
17 1/2
10 1/2
17 1/2
24 1/4
31 1/4
10 3/4
18
25
32
10 3/4
18 1/2
25 1/2
32 3/4
12 1/2
19 1/2
26 1/2
33 3/4
13 1/2
20 1/4
27 3/4
34 3/4
16 1/2
22 1/4
29 1/2
36 1/2
52 1/4
18
25
31
38 1/2
56
23
28 1/4
36 1/2
44
64
24 3/4
31
37 3/4
43
63 3/4

L
10
9
10 1/4
11 1/4
11 1/4
11 1/4
11 1/2
13 3/4
14 1/4
141/4
14 1/2
14 1/4
14 1/4
14 1/4
14 1/2
15 3/4
16 1/4
16 1/4
16 1/2
19 1/4
19 1/4
19 1/4
19 1/4
22 3/4
22 3/4
23 1/2
231/2
23 1/2
25 1/2
25 1/2
25 1/2
26
26
251/2
25 1/2
26 1/2
27 1/4
27 1/4
29 1/2
29 1/2
30 1/4
30 1/4
301/4

11/

101/

9 1/

13/4
13/4
13/4
33/8
33/8
33/8
33/8
33/8
33/8
33/8
33/8
43/8
43/8
43/8
43/8
41/8
41/8
41/8
41/8
41/2

0
73/4
13/4 11
51/4
1
3/
3
4 10 /4
1
123/4
1
173/4
3/
51/2
4
3
1 /4 103/4
13/4 121/2
1
18
1/
61/2
2
3
2 /4 101/4
2
141/2
2
181/4
1
101/4
1
4 /4 93/4
21/4 141/2
21/2 211/4
11/4 81/4
41/4 111/4
3
161/4
21/4 203/4
11/2 91/2
61/4 113/4
6
14
43/4 18
251/2
6
2
111/4
1
/
5 2 113/4
73/4 153/4
21/2 261/4
81/4 28
13
2
81/2 131/2
12
151/4
5
291/4
3
/
9 4 331/2
2
133/4
93/4 14
15
15
93/4 23
111/2 311/2

5
10
1 1/ 2
6 1/ 2
8 3/ 4
133/4
1 3/ 4
7 3/ 4
9 3/ 4
141/4
1 1/ 4
7 1/ 4
101/2
141/2
5 1/ 4
8 1/ 4
103/4
18
2 3/ 4
8 1/ 2
121/4
161/4
3 1/ 4
101/4
121/4
15
231/2
4 1/ 4
8
141/4
191/4
261/2
4 1/ 2
11
161/2
231/2
321/2
5 1/ 4
123/4
19
221/2
321/4

5
5
51/4
53/4
53/4
57/8
57/8
57/8
63/4
63/4
7
71/4
71/4
77/8
77/8
77/8
77/8
77/8
75/8
75/8
75/8
75/8
75/8

X Weight
(lbs)
1/
31
2
1/
22
2
1/
42
2
1/
33
2
1/
55
2
1/
75
2
1/
115
2
1/
46
2
1/
77
2
1/
106
2
1/
165
2
3/
60
4
3/
95
4
3/
134
4
3/
223
4
1
97
1
146
1
203
1
331
11/4 161
11/4 253
11/4 350
11/4 467
11/2 295
11/2 403
11/2 582
11/2 743
11/2 1090
13/4 430
13/4 578
13/4 833
13/4 1213
13/4 1520
2
580
2
802
2 1122
2 1612
2 2130
21/4 741
21/4 1047
21/4 1493
21/4 1900
21/4 2490

BRACKETS FOR
CONSTANT HANGER TYPE 11

Brackets for constant

hanger type 11
type 71 C3 .9 to 71 96 .5
Series-made standard
design available from
stock.
The brackets can
be supplied according to requirements.
They can be shop
fitted or supplied
separately for subsequent fitting on
site.

Detail Z
Lug for transport

Base plate

Const h. Brackets
Type Type
11 C3 29 71 C3 .9
11 D2 29 71 D2 .9
11 D3 29 71 D3 .9
11 12 25 71 12 .5
11 13 25 71 13 .5
11 22 25 71 22 .5
11 23 25 71 23 .5
11 32 25 71 32 .5
11 33 25 71 33 .5
11 34 25 71 34 .5
11 35 25 71 35 .5
11 42 25 71 42 .5
11 43 25 71 43 .5
11 44 25 71 44 .5
11 45 25 71 45 .5
11 52 25 71 52 .5
11 53 25 71 53 .5
11 54 25 71 54 .5
11 55 25 71 55 .5
11 62 25 71 62 .5
11 63 25 71 63 .5
11 64 25 71 64 .5
11 65 25 71 65 .5
11 66 25 71 66 .5
11 72 25 71 72 .5
11 73 25 71 73 .5
11 74 25 71 74 .5
11 75 25 71 75 .5
11 76 25 71 76 .5
11 82 25 71 82 .5
11 83 25 71 83 .5
11 84 25 71 84 .5
11 85 25 71 85 .5
11 86 25 71 86 .5
11 92 25 71 92 .5
11 93 25 71 93 .5
11 94 25 71 94 .5
11 95 25 71 95 .5
11 96 25 71 96 .5

 The 5th digit of the type desA1

16 1/2
14 1/2
19
19 1/2
20 1/2
22 3/4
23 1/4
22 3/4
24 1/2
25 3/4
28 1/2
25 1/4
28
29 1/2
31 3/4
29 1/2
34 1/4
35 3/4
39 1/2
36
39 1/2
40 3/4
42 1/4
52 1/2
38 1/2
41 1/4
47 1/4
53 1/2
58
40 1/4
45 1/2
52
55 1/2
58
43 1/2
52 1/2
58 1/4
58 3/4
60 3/4

B1
23/4
23/4
23/4
41/2
41/2
51/2
51/2
51/2
51/2
51/2
51/2
61/4
61/4
61/4
61/4
73/4
73/4
73/4
73/4
93/4
93/4
93/4
93/4
93/4
103/4
103/4
103/4
103/4
103/4
11
11
113/4
121/2
121/2
113/4
113/4
121/2
131/2
131/2

C
6
6
6 3/4
5 1/2
5 1/2
7
7 1/4
7 1/2
7 1/2
7 1/2
7 3/4
8 3/4
8 3/4
8 3/4
9 1/2
10 3/4
10 3/4
11 1/4
11 1/4
13 1/4
13 1/4
13 1/2
13 1/2
13 1/2
15
15
15 3/4
15 3/4
15 3/4
15 1/4
15 1/4
15 3/4
16 1/2
16 1/2
17 1/4
17 1/4
18
18
18

d4
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8

1
1
1
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4

E F G1
10 1/2 1 1/2 32
5 3/4 1 1/2 20
10 1/2 1 1/2 32 1/2
5 3/4 2 1/4 21
10 1/2 2 1/4 36 1/2
21 1/2
5 3/ 4 3
1
36 1/2
10 /2 3
22
6
3
38
10 3/4 3
54 1/4
15 1/4 3
70 1/4
20
3
1
/
6
3 4 24 1/2
10 3/4 3 1/4 41
15 1/2 3 1/4 58 1/2
20 1/4 3 1/4 75 1/4
6 1/4 3 1/2 26
11
3 1/2 42 1/2
3
15 /4 3 1/2 60 1/2
20 1/2 3 1/2 77
6 1/2 4 1/4 29 3/4
11 1/4 4 1/4 48
16
4 1/4 68
3
20 /4 4 1/4 86 1/4
13 1/2 4 1/4 95
7
4 1/2 32 3/4
1
11 /2 4 1/2 50 1/2
16 1/4 4 1/2 72 1/4
21
4 1/2 90 1/4
11
4 1/2 97 1/2
7
4 3/4 36 3/4
3
11 /4 4 3/4 58 3/4
16 1/2 4 3/4 83 1/4
21 1/4 4 3/4 105 1/4
10 3/4 4 3/4 114 1/2
7 1/2 5 1/2 39 3/4
12 1/4 5 1/2 61 1/2
17
5 1/2 87 1/2
3
21 /4 5 1/2 109
10 1/4 5 1/2 119

K1
14
10 1/4
15
10 3/4
19
10 3/4
18 3/4
11 1/4
19 1/2
28 3/4
37 1/2
12
21 1/2
32
41 1/2
12 1/2
22 1/4
32 3/4
42 1/4
13 1/4
25 3/4
38 1/2
49 3/4
42 1/2
14 3/4
25 1/2
41 1/4
51 3/4
41 1/4
13 3/4
30 1/2
46 3/4
61 1/2
50 1/2
15
30 1/2
49 3/4
66 1/4
55

L
10
9
10 1/4
11 1/4
11 1/4
13 3/4
14 1/4
14 1/4
14 1/4
14 1/4
14 1/2
15 3/4
16 1/4
16 1/4
16 1/2
19 1/4
19 1/4
19 1/4
19 1/4
22 3/4
22 3/4
23 1/2
23 1/2
23 1/2
25 1/2
25 1/2
25 1/2
26
26
25 1/2
25 1/2
26 1/2
27 1/4
27 1/4
29 1/2
29 1/2
30 1/4
30 1/4
30 1/4

M
151/2
131/2
18
171/4
181/2
20
201/2
20
213/4
23
253/4
221/2
251/4
263/4
29
261/2
31
321/2
361/2
32
353/4
363/4
381/2
483/4
341/2
371/4
43
491/2
54
363/4
42
481/2
52
541/4
391/4
481/4
54
541/2
561/2

N
T
U
1/
2 1/4
4
1/
2 1/4
4
1
/
2 1/4
4
1/
2
4
4
1/
2
4
4
21/2 1/4 4 3/4
21/2 1/4 4 3/4
23/4 3/8 4 3/4
23/4 3/8 4 3/4
23/4 3/8 4 3/4
23/4 3/8 4 3/4
31/8 3/8 5 1/2
31/8 3/8 5 1/2
31/8 3/8 5 1/2
31/8 3/8 5 1/2
43/8 1/2 7
43/8 1/2 7
43/8 1/2 7
43/8 1/2 7
53/8 1/2 8 3/4
53/8 1/2 8 3/4
53/8 1/2 8 3/4
53/8 1/2 8 3/4
53/8 1/2 8 3/4
53/8 5/8 9 1/2
53/8 5/8 9 1/2
53/8 5/8 9 1/2
53/8 5/8 9 1/2
53/8 5/8 9 1/2
51/2 5/8 9 1/2
51/2 5/8 9 1/2
51/2 5/8 10 1/4
51/2 5/8 11
51/2 5/8 11
51/2 3/4 10 1/4
51/2 3/4 10 1/4
51/2 3/4 11
51/2 3/4 12 1/2
51/2 3/4 12 1/2

y
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4

Weight
(lbs)
11
11
18
26
37
33
46
35
51
71
88
40
64
90
108
66
93
128
159
99
137
198
247
247
123
176
234
282
282
143
201
306
406
406
181
240
357
602
602

cription indicates the design:

6 for brackets bolted on,
standard specification.
7 for loose brackets,
standard specification.
8 for brackets bolted on,
nuclear specification.
9 for loose brackets,
nuclear specification.

 E in the uppermost blocking

position. In other positions, E
decreases accordingly.

 Constant hangers can be

mounted directly above the structure and welded in place. When
doing this, care must be taken to
provide access to the adjusting
screws and lock nut.
If this access cannot be provided,
type 71 brackets should be used.

Order details:
Constant hanger
type 11 .. .. with bracket
type 71 .. ..
(bracket bolted on)
Marking:
Operating load: lbs,
Travel: inch up/down
Blocking position
(if required):

1.6

CONSTANT HANGER
TYPE 12-14

+97/8
-23/4

Constant hangers
type 12 82 35 to 14 96 35
Standard design, multi-cell
hanger.
Assembly possible at short
notice from stock units.

 Dimension E applies to
uppermost blocking position.
For other positions E increases
accordingly.

Order details:
Constant hanger
type 1. .. 35
Marking:
Operating load: lbs
Travel: inch up/down
Blocking position
(if required):

1.7

Type
12 82 35
12 83 35
12 84 35
12 85 35
12 86 35
12 92 35
12 93 35
12 94 35
12 95 35
12 96 35
13 82 35
13 83 35
13 84 35
13 85 35
13 86 35
13 92 35
13 93 35
13 94 35
13 95 35
13 96 35
14 82 35
14 83 35
14 84 35
14 85 35
14 86 35
14 92 35
14 93 35
14 94 35
14 95 35
14 96 35

A
333/4
39
451/2
49
511/4
353/4
45
501/2
511/4
531/4
333/4
39
451/2
49
511/4
353/4
45
501/2
511/4
531/4
333/4
39
451/2
49
511/4
353/4
45
501/2
511/4
531/4

B
25
25
25
25
251/2
271/4
271/4
271/4
273/4
273/4
363/4
363/4
363/4
363/4
371/2
401/4
401/4
401/4
41
41
481/2
481/2
481/2
481/2
491/4
531/4
531/4
531/4
541/4
541/4

C
151/4
151/4
153/4
161/2
161/2
171/4
171/4
18
18
18
151/4
151/4
153/4
161/2
161/2
171/4
171/4
18
18
18
151/4
151/4
153/4
161/2
161/2
171/4
171/4
18
18
18

D
213/4
213/4
213/4
213/4
221/4
233/4
233/4
233/4
241/4
241/4
333/4
333/4
333/4
333/4
341/4
363/4
363/4
363/4
371/2
371/2
451/2
451/2
451/2
451/2
46
493/4
493/4
493/4
501/2
501/2

d3
E H
23/8 471/2 23
23/8 641/2 281/4
23/8 841/2 361/2
23/8 1013/4 44
23/8 1211/2 64
23/4 511/2 243/4
23/4 681/2 31
373/4
23/4 90
3
3
2 /4 106 /4 43
633/4
23/4 128
23/4 511/2 23
23/4 681/2 281/4
23/4 881/2 361/2
23/4 1053/4 44
23/4 1251/2 64
243/4
31/8 56
1
3
3 /8 72 /4 31
31/8 941/4 373/4
43
31/8 111
31/8 1321/4 633/4
31/8 541/2 23
31/8 713/4 281/4
31/8 911/2 361/2
31/8 1083/4 44
31/8 1281/2 64
31/2 571/2 243/4
31/2 741/2 31
31/2 953/4 373/4
31/2 1121/2 43
31/2 1333/4 633/4

L
31/4
31/4
31/4
31/4
31/4
31/2
31/2
31/2
31/2
31/2
31/4
31/4
31/4
31/4
31/4
31/2
31/2
31/2
31/2
31/2
31/4
31/4
31/4
31/4
31/4
31/2
31/2
31/2
31/2
31/2

M
211/4
211/4
211/4
211/4
211/2
231/4
231/4
231/4
231/2
231/2
33
33
33
33
331/4
361/4
361/4
361/4
361/2
361/2
45
45
45
45
451/4
491/4
491/4
491/4
491/2
491/2

N
113/4
113/4
113/4
113/4
12
13
13
13
131/8
131/8
2x113/4
2x113/4
2x113/4
2x113/4
2x12
2x13
2x13
2x13
2x131/8
2x131/8
3x113/4
3x113/4
3x113/4
3x113/4
3x12
3x13
3x13
3x13
3x131/8
3x131/8

O
2
81/2
12
5
93/4
2
93/4
15
93/4
111/2
2
81/2
12
5
93/4
2
93/4
15
93/4
111/2
2
81/2
12
5
93/4
2
93/4
15
93/4
111/2

P
13
131/2
151/4
291/4
331/2
133/4
14
15
23
311/2
13
131/2
151/4
291/4
331/2
133/4
14
15
23
311/2
13
131/2
151/4
291/4
331/2
133/4
14
15
23
311/2

R
31/2
31/2
31/2
31/2
31/2
41/4
41/ 4
41 / 4
41/ 4
41/4
41/4
41/4
41/4
41/4
41/4
43/4
43/4
43/4
43/4
43/4
43/4
43/4
43/4
43/4
43/4
51/4
51/ 4
51/4
51/ 4
51/4

R1max. S
33/4 11/8
33/4 11/8
33/4 11/8
33/4 11/8
33/4 11/8
41/4 13/8
41/4 13/8
41/4 13/8
41/4 13/8
41/4 13/8
5 13/8
5 13/8
5 13/8
5 13/8
5 13/8
51/2 13/8
51/2 13/8
51/2 13/8
51/2 13/8
51/2 13/8
7 13/8
7 13/8
7 13/8
7 13/8
7 13/8
7 11/2
7 11/2
7 11/2
7 11/2
7 11/2

W
61/4
61/4
61/4
61/4
61/4
7
7
7
7
7
81/4
81/4
81/4
81/4
81/4
9
9
9
9
9
93/4
93/4
93/4
93/4
93/4
93/4
93/4
93/4
93/4
93/4

Weight
(lbs)
1355
1805
2450
3430
4455
1730
2355
3250
4070
5250
2110
2790
3750
5225
6770
2675
3610
4950
6190
7975
2870
3780
5070
7030
9095
3670
4920
6710
8360
10740

BRACKETS FOR
CONSTANT HANGER TYPE 12-14
11/4

Brackets for constant

hanger type 12 - 14
Type 71 82 .6 - 71 96 .8
Standard design.
The brackets are normally
shop assembled.
On request they can
be supplied loose for
assembly on site.

+97/8
-23/4

Lug for transport

Detail Z

11/4

Const. h.
Type
12 82 35
12 83 35
12 84 35
12 85 35
12 86 35
12 92 35
12 93 35
12 94 35
12 95 35
12 96 35
13 82 35
13 83 35
13 84 35
13 85 35
13 86 35
13 92 35
13 93 35
13 94 35
13 95 35
13 96 35
14 82 35
14 83 35
14 84 35
14 85 35
14 86 35
14 92 35
14 93 35
14 94 35
14 95 35
14 96 35

Brackets
Type
71 82 .6
71 83 .6
71 84 .6
71 85 .6
71 86 .6
71 92 .6
71 93 .6
71 94 .6
71 95 .6
71 96 .6
71 82 .7
71 83 .7
71 84 .7
71 85 .7
71 86 .7
71 92 .7
71 93 .7
71 94 .7
71 95 .7
71 96 .7
71 82 .8
71 83 .8
71 84 .8
71 85 .8
71 86 .8
71 92 .8
71 93 .8
71 94 .8
71 95 .8
71 96 .8

A1
401/4
451/2
52
551/2
58
431/2
521/2
581/4
583/4
603/4
401/4
451/2
52
551/2
58
431/2
521/2
581/4
583/4
603/4
401/4
451/2
52
551/2
58
431/2
521/2
581/4
583/4
603/4

B1
223/4
223/4
231/2
241/2
241/2
243/4
243/4
251/2
261/2
261/2
341/2
341/2
351/2
361/4
361/4
373/4
373/4
381/2
393/4
393/4
461/2
461/2
471/4
48
481/2
503/4
503/4
511/2
523/4
523/4

C
151/4
151/4
153/4
161/2
161/2
171/4
171/4
18
18
18
151/4
151/4
153/4
161/2
161/2
171/4
171/4
18
18
18
151/4
151/4
153/4
161/2
161/2
171/4
171/4
18
18
18

E
7
113/4
161/2
211/4
103/4
71/2
121/4
17
213/4
101/4
7
113/4
161/2
211/4
103/4
71/2
121/4
17
213/4
101/4
7
113/4
161/2
211/4
103/4
71/2
121/4
17
213/4
101/4

F
43/4
43/4
43/4
43/4
43/4
51/2
51/2
51/2
51/2
51/2
43/4
43/4
43/4
43/4
43/4
51/2
51/2
51/2
51/2
51/2
43/4
43/4
43/4
43/4
43/4
51/2
51/2
51/2
51/2
51/2

G1
383/4
601/2
851/4
1071/4
1161/4
42
631/2
893/4
1111/4
121
383/4
601/2
851/4
1071/4
1161/4
42
631/2
893/4
1111/4
121
383/4
601/2
851/4
1071/4
1161/4
42
631/2
893/4
1111/4
121

G2
43
601/4
80
971/2
117
463/4
633/4
851/4
102
1231/4
45
621/4
82
991/2
119
49
66
871/2
1041/4
1251/2
461/2
633/4
831/2
101
1203/4
493/4
663/4
881/4
105
1261/4

K1
133/4
301/2
463/4
611/2
501/2
15
301/2
493/4
661/4
55
133/4
301/2
463/4
611/2
501/2
15
301/2
493/4
661/4
55
133/4
301/2
463/4
611/2
501/2
15
301/2
493/4
661/4
55

M1
363/4
42
481/2
52
541/2
391/4
481/4
54
541/2
561/2
363/4
42
481/2
52
541/2
391/4
481/4
54
541/2
561/2
363/4
42
481/2
52
541/2
391/4
481/4
54
541/2
561/2

N T
113/4 1/2
113/4 1/2
113/4 1/2
113/4 1/2
1/
12
2
3/
13
4
3/
13
4
3/
13
4
131/8 3/4
131/8 3/4
113/4 1/2
113/4 1/2
113/4 1/2
113/4 1/2
1/
12
2
3/
13
4
3/
13
4
3/
13
4
131/8 3/4
131/8 3/4
113/4 1/2
113/4 1/2
113/4 1/2
113/4 1/2
1/
12
2
3/
13
4
3/
13
4
3/
13
4
131/8 3/4
131/8 3/4

U
91/2
91/2
101/4
11
11
101/4
101/4
11
121/2
121/2
91/2
91/2
101/4
11
11
101/4
101/4
11
121/2
121/2
91/2
91/2
101/4
11
11
101/4
101/4
11
121/2
121/2

Z
113/4
113/4
113/4
113/4
12
13
13
13
131/8
131/8
235/8
235/8
235/8
235/8
24
26
26
26
261/4
261/4
351/2
351/2
351/2
351/2
36
39
39
39
391/2
391/2

Weight
(lbs)
313
428
644
844
844
399
518
752
1265
1265
476
648
970
1270
1270
608
787
1135
1905
1905
637
864
1294
1695
1700
814
1052
1515
2542
2545

 The 5th digit of the type description indicates the specification:

6 for brackets bolted on,
standard specification.
7 for brackets loose,
standard specification.
8 for brackets bolted on,
nuclear specification.
9 for brackets loose,
nuclear specification.

 Dimensions E and G2 apply to

the uppermost position. In other
positions E and G2 change
accordingly.

Order details:
Constant hanger type 1. .. ..
with bracket type 71 .. ..
bolted on.
Marking:
Operating load: lbs
Travel: inch up/down
Blocking position
(if required):

1.8

CONSTANT SUPPORT
TYPE 16
Constant support
type 16 D2 19 to 16 93 15
Standard design

 Dimension E applies to the

uppermost blocking position.
It has an adjustment tolerance
of +23/8 inch.

Order details:
Constant support
type 16 .. ..
Marking:
Operating load: lbs
Travel: inch up/down
Blocking position
(if required):

Type
16 D2 19
16 D3 19
16 12 15
16 13 15
16 22 15
16 23 15
16 32 15
16 33 15
16 42 15
16 43 15
16 52 15
16 53 15
16 62 15
16 63 15
16 72 15
16 73 15
16 82 15
16 83 15
16 92 15
16 93 15

A
113/4
161/4
151/4
161/4
171/2
18
171/2
191/4
193/4
221/2
231/4
28
281/2
32
303/4
331/2
32
371/4
34
43

A1
91/2
101/4
103/4
103/4
131/2
131/2
133/4
133/4
151/4
151/4
19
19
221/2
221/2
251/4
251/4
251/4
251/4
291/4
291/4

B
41/4
51/4
51/4
51/4
61/4
61/4
63/4
63/4
71/4
71/4
9
9
103/4
103/4
113/4
113/4
121/2
121/2
133/4
133/4

B1
23/4
23/4
41/2
41/2
51/2
51/2
51/2
51/2
61/4
61/4
73/4
73/4
93/4
93/4
103/4
103/4
11
11
113/4
113/4

D
31/2
41/4
41/4
41/4
51/4
51/4
51/4
51/4
6
6
71/2
71/2
9
9
10
10
10
10
103/4
103/4

d4
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
3/
4
3/
4
7/
8
7/
8

1
1
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4

For considerable horizontal load movement

PTFE slide plates are recommended.
(See also p. 2.1, type 29) 

1.9

E
28
471/2
283/4
511/4
29
511/4
291/4
521/4
313/4
551/4
323/4
561/2
361/4
611/2
39
64
431/4
721/4
46
741/2

F
13/4
13/4
21/4
21/4
3
3
3
3
31/4
31/4
31/2
31/2
41/4
41/4
41 / 2
41 / 2
43/4
43/4
51/2
51/2

H
93/4
171/2
101/2
171/2
101/2
18
103/4
181/2
121/2
191/2
131/2
201/4
161/2
221/4
18
25
23
281/4
243/4
31

K
101/2
161/4
103/4
201/4
103/4
193/4
103/4
201/4
11
213/4
11
213/4
111/4
251/4
121/2
241/2
113/4
293/4
121/2
291/4

L1

L
31/4
31/4
31/4
31/4
4
4
4
4
43/4
43/4
6
6
63/4
63/4
73/4
73/4
73/4
73/4
91/2
91/2

M
7
73/4
81/4
81/4
101/4
101/4
103/4
103/4
113/4
113/4
15
15
173/4
173/4
201/4
201/4
191/4
191/4
221/2
221/2

N
2
2
21/2
21/2
23/4
23/4
31/8
31/8
43/8
43/8
53/8
53/8
53/8
53/8
51/2
51/2
51/2
51/2

P
S
73/4 1/4
1/
13/4 11
4
1
1
5 /4 1/4
3/ 103/
1/
4
4
4
3/
1/
1/
5
4
2
4
13/4 103/4 1/4
1/
1
1/
2 6 /2
4
3
1
/
/
2 4 10 4 1/4
1 101/4 1/4
41/4 93/4 1/4
11/4 81/4 3/8
41/4 111/4 3/8
11/2 91/2 3/8
61/4 113/4 3/8
2 111/4 1/2
51/2 113/4 1/2
5/
2 13
8
1
1
8 /2 13 /2 5/8
2 133/4 3/4
3/
93/4 14
4

Weight
(lbs)
1/
33
4
1/
55
4
1/
51
4
1/
86
4
1/
73
4
1/
4 123
3/
86
8
3/
8 141
3/
8 130
3/
8 205
1/
2 212
1/
2 342
1/
2 362
1/
2 527
5/
8 521
5/
8 736
5/
8 675
5/
8 990
3/
4 855
3/ 1257
4
T

Type
Load group
70 19 16
D, 1
70 39 16
2, 3
70 49 16
4
70 59 16
5
70 69 16
6
70 79 16
7
70 89 16
8
70 99 16
9

L1
15/8
15/8
21/2
21/2
43/8
43/8
57/8
57/8

ANGULATING CONSTANT SUPPORTS

TYPE 16

Angulating constant
supports
type 16 D2 29 to 16 93 25
equipped with ball bush
connections.
For use where lateral forces
from horizontal travel are
to be avoided.

weld-on bracket 
LH thread
RH thread

Type
16 D2 29
16 D3 29
16 12 25
16 13 25
16 22 25
16 23 25
16 32 25
16 33 25
16 42 25
16 43 25
16 52 25
16 53 25
16 62 25
16 63 25
16 72 25
16 73 25
16 82 25
16 83 25
16 92 25
16 93 25

A
113/4
161/4
151/4
161/4
171/2
18
171/2
191/4
193/4
221/2
231/4
28
281/2
32
303/4
331/2
32
371/4
34
43

A1
91/2
101/4
103/4
103/4
131/2
131/2
133/4
133/4
151/4
151/4
19
19
221/2
221/2
251/4
251/4
251/4
251/4
291/4
291/4

B1
23/4
23/4
41/2
41/2
51/2
51/2
51/2
51/2
61/4
61/4
73/4
73/4
93/4
93/4
103/4
103/4
11
11
113/4
113/4

d3
0.393
0.393
0.393
0.393
0.472
0.472
0.590
0.590
0.590
0.590
0.787
0.787
0.787
0.787
1.181
1.181
1.181
1.181
1.968
1.968

E1
31
501/2
32
541/2
321/2
543/4
331/4
561/4
353/4
591/2
381/2
62
42
671/4
46
71
501/2
791/2
54
823/4

G+23/8
73/4
131/2
73/4
131/2
73/4
131/2
73/4
131/2
81/4
141/4
81/2
141/2
81/2
141/2
81/2
141/2
83/4
141/2
83/4
143/4

J+51/2
13/4
13/4
13/4
13/4
2
2
2
2
2
2
31/4
31/4
31/4
31/4
33/4
33/4
33/4
33/4
41/4
41/4

K1
103/4
163/4
11
203/4
111/4
201/4
111/2
21
113/4
221/2
113/4
221/2
121/4
26
131/2
251/2
123/4
303/4
131/2
30

R
5/

5/

5/

5/

3/
4
3/
4
13/

16

13/

16

13/

16

13/

16

13/16
13/16
13/16
13/16
15/8
15/8
15/8
15/8
23/8
23/8

SG
0.36
0.36
0.36
0.36
0.40
0.40
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.87
0.87
0.87
0.87
1.38
1.38

SW
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.26
1.26
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.42
2.36
2.36
2.36
2.36
2.36
2.36
2.36
2.36
2.75
2.75

U
1
1
1
1
1
1
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4
23/4
23/4

Weld-on
bracket 
35 19 13
35 19 13
35 19 13
35 19 13
35 39 13
35 39 13
35 49 13
35 49 13
35 49 13
35 49 13
35 59 19
35 59 19
35 59 19
35 59 19
35 69 19
35 69 19
35 69 19
35 69 19
35 79 19
35 79 19

Weight
(lbs)
36
57
57
92
85
135
102
157
153
228
250
380
420
585
600
815
755
1070
960
1360

 Dimensions E1 and G apply to

the uppermost blocking position.
E1 permits an adjustment of
+ 77/8 inch.

 Possible connection

Order details:
Angulating constant support
type 16 .. ..
Marking:
Operating load: lbs
Travel: inch up/down
Blocking position
(if required):
 The ball bushes to be connected
fit weld-on bracket type 35.

1.10

CONSTANT HANGER
TRAPEZE TYPE 79
Constant hanger trapeze
type 79 D2 25 to 79 96 25
This type of trapeze applies
in case of limited installation
length where the standard
trapeze type 79 .2 34 does
not fit.
The Trapezes are normally
shop assembled.

 X = minimum thread engagement, 12 inch thread engagement possible.

 L and Z to be stated when

ordering

 E and C apply to uppermost

position. In other positions E
and C increase accordingly.

 When selecting constant hanger trapezes, their total weight

must be added to the operational load.

 The permissible load reduces

by 5% per 4 inch of extended
length.

Order details:
Trapeze type 79 .. .. with
2 constant hangers
type 11 .. ..
L= inch
Z= inch
Marking:
Operating load: lbs at
the supporting point.
Travel: inch up/down
Blocking position
(if required):

1.11

Type
79 D2 25
79 D3 25
79 12 25
79 13 25
79 22 25
79 23 25
79 32 25
79 33 25
79 34 25
79 35 25
79 42 25
79 43 25
79 44 25
79 45 25
79 52 25
79 53 25
79 54 25
79 55 25
79 62 25
79 63 25
79 64 25
79 65 25
79 66 25
79 72 25
79 73 25
79 74 25
79 75 25
79 76 25
79 82 25
79 83 25
79 84 25
79 85 25
79 86 25
79 92 25
79 93 25
79 94 25
79 95 25
79 96 25

A max.
473/4
481/2
76
76
771/4
771/4
851/2
851/2
851/2
851/2
86
86
86
861/4
913/4
913/4
913/4
913/4
931/2
931/2
931/2
931/2
933/4
941/2
941/2
941/2
943/4
943/4
951/4
951/4
951/4
951/4
951/2
961/2
961/2
961/2
963/4
963/4

B
123/4
171/4
201/4
211/2
223/4
231/4
233/4
251/2
27
293/4
251/4
28
291/2
313/4
291/4
333/4
351/4
391/2
351/4
383/4
40
411/2
513/4
381/4
41
471/4
531/2
58
40
45
511/2
55
571/2
42
51
563/4
571/4
591/4

C
141/4
22
151/4
26
153/4
261/4
161/4
271/4
39
501/4
181/4
30
43
55
193/4
311/2
443/4
561/2
231/4
363/4
52
651/2
811/4
253/4
39
56
69
861/2
293/4
463/4
663/4
84
1033/4
321/4
491/4
703/4
871/2
1083/4

D
41/4
51/4
51/4
51/4
61/4
61/4
63/4
63/4
63/4
63/4
71/4
71/4
71/4
71/2
9
9
9
9
103/4
103/4
103/4
103/4
11
113/4
113/4
113/4
12
12
121/2
121/2
121/2
121/2
123/4
133/4
133/4
133/4
14
14

E
7
93/4
91/4
15
91/2
14
91/4
141/2
23
30
71/2
161/4
263/4
311/2
103/4
161/2
26
331/4
121/2
19
32
423/4
493/4
121/2
22
321/4
401/4
501/4
15
251/2
40
501/4
603/4
17
261/4
411/2
55
661/4

G
5/
8
5/
8

1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 3/4
1 3/4
1 3/4
1 3/4
2 1/4
2 1/4
2 1/4
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 1/2
2 1/2
2 1/2
2 3/4
2 3/4
2 3/4
2 3/4
2 3/4
3 3/8
3 3/8
3 3/8
3 3/8
3 3/8
3 3/4
3 3/4
3 3/4
3 3/4
3 3/4
4
4
4
4
4

Tot. weight (lbs) Weight chang.

L max. X L=391/4  (lbs/inch)
1/
431/4
66
0.4
2
1
1/
/
43 4
106
0.4
2
1/
703/4
134
1.3
2
1/
703/4
179
1.3
2
1/
703/4
163
1.3
2
1/
703/4
227
1.3
2
3/
783/4
229
2.0
4
3/
783/4
302
2.0
4
3/
783/4
384
2.0
4
3/
783/4
562
2.0
4
1
337
2.5
783/4
1
439
2.5
783/4
1
558
2.5
783/4
1
816
2.5
783/4
11/4
823/4
507
2.8
11/4
823/4
701
2.8
11/4
823/4
899
2.8
11/4
823/4
1164
3.3
11/2
823/4
847
3.7
11/2
823/4
1071
3.7
3
11/2
82 /4
1433
3.7
11/2
823/4
1759
3.7
11/2
823/4
2470
3.7
13/4
823/4
1210
4.7
13/4
823/4
1517
4.7
13/4
823/4
2075
5.2
13/4
823/4
2858
5.2
13/4
823/4
3530
5.2
2
1645
6.7
823/4
2
2114
6.7
823/4
2
2784
6.7
823/4
2
3781
6.7
823/4
2
4830
6.7
823/4
21/4
823/4
2002
6.7
21/4
823/4
2661
6.7
21/4
823/4
3583
6.7
21/4
823/4
4403
6.7
21/4
823/4
5580
6.7

FUNCTION TESTS

Functional performance
The specific functional principle of LISEGA constant hangers guarantees absolute constancy
across the entire travel range. This is not even
affected by load adjustment. Only a minor
friction force resulting from tolerances and
bearings has to be taken into account as a
slight deviation. The hysteresis produced by
this is kept within very narrow limits by the
design principle and by state-of-the-art manufacturing procedures.
For normal load settings, deviations in the
operating load for LISEGA constant hangers
in series production is kept in practice at
 3% on average. Using a selection process,
supply of hangers with a maximum deviation
of  2% is possible.
The generally permissible deviations are laid
down in the following international standards:
MSS-SP 58, USA, max.
to operating load.

Acceptance test of a constant hanger

For function testing, quasistatically acting

test benches with a capacity of up to
225000 lbs [1000kN] are available in all
the factories.
The test benches are inspected at regular
intervals by an independent authority.

6% referring

VGB R 510 L and KTA 3205.3, Germany,

max.  5% referring to operating load.
EN Europa Normenentwurf, max  5%,
referring to operating load. The mean
load deviation is limited to max  2%.
Function tests
Before delivery, each constant hanger is tested
for correct function and set to the required
load.
The test results are both graphically and digitally plotted and recorded. They can be supplied on request.
The load setting values are stamped on a
riveted aluminum name plate. In addition,
the set load is permanently marked on the
load scale. Cold and hot positions are marked
on the travel scale in white and red respectively.
The relevant travel position is directly readable on the travel scale in mm and inches.
The relevant set load can be read from the
load scale in kN or lbs.

Specimen of a
test certificate
from a normal
delivery test

1.12

OPERATIONAL FUNCTION

F2
E
D

Special requirements
Strict demands are placed on constant hangers to ensure reliable function:

absolute constancy for all load settings

minimum mechanical friction

Likewise, particular requirements are to be

fulfilled for the continuous monitoring of the
piping system performance:

A
F
Upper position

reliable indicators for set load and travel

adequate and precise subsequent load
adjustment if required

The LISEGA functional principle

LISEGAs patented functional principle for
constant hangers provides the ideal conditions for fulfilling all requirements. The principle is based on the interplay of force from
one main spring and the resultant force
from two hooked up compensating springs.
The directions of force of the two prestressed compensating springs are opposed
to each other in the form of a parallelogram
of forces.

E
C
D
B
F1
A
F

Midposition

F2
D
C
E
B
F1

 Operating function of
LISEGA constant hanger

1.13

Lower position

The suspended load F acts directly on the

main spring B via a central load tube A .
The force of the compensating springs C
operates as resultant force F2 , via cams D
and rollers E . This force acts additionally
on the load tube. The main spring force F1
and resultant force F2 change when the load
is moved over the travel range s . This is in
accordance with the characteristics of the
spring, and the angle and shape of the cams.
The individual components are arranged in
such a way that any changes in the resultant
spring constancy correspond exactly with
the characteristic curve of the main spring.
In this way the force of the main spring is
evenly compensated for, providing constant
supporting force.

1
Down towards the apex of the cams the
resultant force diminishes in proportion to
the increase in the relatively low starting
force of the main spring.

The extremely wide load adjustment range

enables us to cover a broad range of applications with a compact number of unit sizes.
This special advantage is the prerequisite for
the formation of load groups as the basis of
the LISEGA modular system. In this way,
rational series production and warehousing
control are made possible.

LISEGA functional
principle for
constant hangers

At the apex of the cams the forces of the

compensating springs are cancelled out.
The resultant is zero. At this point only the
main spring carries the load. Beyond the apex,
the direction of the proportionally increasing
resultant force of the compensating springs is
reversed. It now reduces the relatively strong
main spring force in the same way.

usable travel changes in proportion to the

load alterations.

Large load
adjustment range

The sum of, or the difference between the

forces F1 and F2 at each point in the travel
range = F.

Only the LISEGA functional principle

guarantees absolute constancy right
from a theoretical basis.
Only the LISEGA functional principle
allows a particularly wide load adjustment
range of 40 - 100% of the nominal load.

Small number of unit

sizes (load groups,
modular system)

Examples of practical function

Load adjustment
Load adjustment is carried out by adjusting
the pre-tension of the main spring. Because
the characteristic curves of the resultant
compensating force and those of the mainspring are identical, only a linear displacement of the starting load F1 occurs. The force
variation achieved by altering the main spring
pre-tension is the same at every point in the
movement cycle. Therefore, the ultimate load
remains constant at each load setting. The

 Effect of load adjustment in

LISEGA constant hangers

Serial production
(favorable
manufacturing costs)

Travel

Warehousing
(short term
availability)

1.14

DESIGN FEATURES

Design shape
LISEGA constant hangers are made to a compact and symmetrical design. This facilitates
space saving installation dimensions and the
use of standard accessories. When installing
on site, much time and effort is saved by
low unit weight and simple positioning at
connection points. Only one hanging point is
needed for fitting. The load transfer passes
through the axis of symmetry. Space for radial deflection (lever arm hanger) need not be
considered. Additional moments posed on the
supporting structure by lever arm units are
therefore avoided. The design enables a direct
reading of the travel position on a scale of 1:1.

Mounted constant hanger

Design construction
A steel housing encases the internal working
parts such as springs and cams. The compact
arrangement of these individual parts inside
the housing leads to small external dimensions. The housing is designed to be load
bearing and to accommodate LISEGA standard
connecting components.
 Serial connection types

Type 66 rod

Type 61 clevis
Type 79
trapeze
Type 71
bracket

Type 60 eyenut
Type 67 stud bolt

Connection types
The connection threads correspond to the
standardized diameter of the relevant LISEGA
load group. At the upper connection the
thread depth is limited. At the lower end, the
nut is used as a turnbuckle for adjusting rod
length.
The shape of the hanger housing allows direct
seating on existing connection structures
without extra accessories. In addition, special
brackets can be attached using the standard
tapped holes provided. Constant hangers
above load group 9 (heavy duty) have yoke
plates for bolted connections instead of
connection threads.
Performance range
Constant hangers and supports are manufactured in load groups C - 9 as serialized singlecell units. They can also be coupled together
for load groups 8 or 9 as multi-cell hangers
with heavier loads.
In this way a standardized range of 20 lbs
to 112400 lbs [0.1kN to 500kN] can be
covered. Constant hangers are manufactured
in 6 standard travel ranges: 6/ 12/ 18/ 24/
30/ 36 inch [150/ 300/ 450/ 600/ 750/
900mm] - constant supports up to 12 inch
[300mm].
Standards and calculations
Component design and layout fully comply
as regards load capacity, dynamic function
and lifespan with the relevant national and
international standards and codes. This applies equally to the materials used, welding
technology and other processes. Relevant
details can be found in the Technical
Specifications (page 0.9).
Springs
The springs are decisive for the flawless
functioning of constant hangers the long
term operational safety of these components
depends on them. DIN standards form the
basis of the LISEGA coil spring specifications.
Details can be found in the Technical
Specifications in section 0.

Steel
construction
on site

1.15

1
Spring relaxation
Conventional helical coil springs subjected to
load and temperature over a period of time
lose part of their force (spring relaxation).
In the long term, it can cause a reduction in
the adjusted support loads of more than 10%
in constant and variable spring supports
(see calculation example).
LISEGA only uses prerelaxed springs which
by an artificial aging process allow no significant settling loss. In a hot setting procedure
with extended coil lengths a corresponding
preplastification is attained. The settling loss
normally to be expected is thereby prevented.

planned
condition
connection
point /
hanger

condition after 10% relaxation

hanger set
load

hanger load

in(1000 lbs)

in(1000 lbs)

additional z-load
y-load
at connection
point
in(1000 lbs)

additional
displacement
in inch

bo
iler
ou
tle
t

iler
bo

Example of cumulative additional loads due

to hanger relaxation
The effect of a 10% loss in hanger power
was observed in a pipeline (Dia = 20.7inch
[525mm], s = 1.06inch [27mm], temperature = 1004F [540C], pressure = 725psi
[50bar] ).
Due to this loss, the piping displaced at a
maximum of 1.43inch [36.4mm].

The maximum primary stresses were calculated in the safety valves near the boiler
connection. They were 93% higher than the
planned condition. The permissible stresses
for the connection were exceeded by 9%.
(Calculations in accordance with regulations
B31.1).

Modern welding robots and CNC machines ensure

constant product quality

Corrosion protection
Constant hangers are finished with a LISEGA
standard coating system which in conjunction with a metallically pure treated surface
offers superior corrosion protection with high
mechanical stability. Bearings and pins are
made from stainless steel.
All threaded parts and cams are electrogalvanized and yellow chromatized.
The spring coil surfaces are given special
finishing treatment (see Technical Specifications, page 0.10).
The standard corrosion protection for constant
hangers needs no maintenance inside buildings, or in areas protected from the weather.
For components in the open and in special
cases of operation, a more comprehensive
corrosion protection can be agreed on.

Handling area in paint booth

(See the section on corrosion

protection in the Technical
Specifications, page 0.10.)

1.16

INSTALLATION EXAMPLES

Universal fit
Constant hangers can be
adapted to practically any
situation in the plant by the
use of universal-fit accessories as part of the LISEGA
modular system.

2
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type

73
60
63
67
63

Type 75
Type 61
Type 67

Type 11

Type
Type
Type
Type

Type 11

Automatic through LICAD

Configurations 1 - 13 can
be produced automatically
in 2D and transferred to 3D
systems via the LICAD design
system.

Type 63
Type 66

Type 63

Type 63

Type 67

Type 61

Type 63

Type 49

Type 44

75
61
63
67

Type 49

Type 63
Type 61
Type 79

Type 79

Examples 14 - 17 show
easily-designed special
applications.

Type 73
Type 60
Type 67

6
Type 75
Type 61
Type 67

Type 11
Type 11

Type 11
Type 63
Type 67
Type 63

Type 63

Type
Type
Type
Type
Type

Type 67
Type 63

Type 67

63
61
71
61
63

Type 67

Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type

Type 49

Type 44

Type 60

Type 43

Type 63
Type 61
Type 79

Type 11

Typ 38
38
Type

Type 71
Type 63
Type 49

Type 35

Type 66
Type 63
Type 60

Type 16
Type 16

Type 43

Type 35

1.17

63
61
79
60
63
67
63
61

1
10

Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type

73
60
67
61
79
61
63

11
Type 73
Type 60
Type 67
Type 11

Type 67
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type

12

63
61
79
61
63
67

Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type

Type 63

63
67
63
61
79
61
63

Type 67

Type 11

13
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type

73
60
63
66
63

Type 75
Type 61
Type 67

Type 11

Type 11
Type 63
Type 63

Type 66

Type 67
Type 63
Type 61
Type 48

Type 67
Type 60

Type 63
Type 61

Type 63
Type 61
Type
48
Typ 48

Type 46

Type 43

15

14

Type 11
Type 63
Type 49

Type 66
Type 63
Type 60
Type 43

Type 16

17

16

Type 71
Type 11
Type 11
Type 49
Type 63
Type 63
Type 67

Type 67
Type 63

Type 74
Type 63

Type 61

Type 71

Type 44

1.18

THE LISEGA SERVO HANGER

Despite the use of variable

spring and constant hangers, piping systems and
other components are, under
certain conditions, obstructed in their thermal movement by friction or other
influences. In such cases
servo hangers can be usefully employed.

Application
In the ideal situation the weight of the piping
is almost balanced out with the set load of
the constant hangers. The sum of deviations
present and the additional stresses in the
piping system thereby caused then remain
within the permissible harmless range.
In certain cases, total deviation can exceed
permissible levels. In the form of secondary
stresses it can considerably reduce the life
span of the piping or its connections in the
area of creep strength depending on time.
Deviations can occur due to:
wall thickness tolerances of the pipes,
if these are not weighed individually
and weight differences are not taken
into consideration
insulation weights not exactly
determinable in advance
mechanical friction and manufacturing
tolerances within constant hangers
(permissible  5%)
relaxed springs in constant hangers

Original cold setting

bo
iler
cen
ter

unpredictable random influences on

pipe statics
differences between theoretical and
actual values of load distribution
A combination of deviations can normally be
expected, which cumulatively can amount to
considerably high values. This is especially
unfavorable with long-legged (soft) piping
systems. Vertical movements can be obstructed here, even on relatively minor individual
deviations, and partially or even totally suppressed. Apart from the extra load caused,
unacceptable sagging can occur with a reversed slope, supported by spring hysteresis
from the pressure-loaded system. In addition
to possible time yield damage, this would
favor dangerous water hammer effects due
to a false incline.
In such cases, a sensible solution would be
to complement the passively reacting constant hangers with the actively working
LISEGA servo hanger.
Via the hydraulic servo assistance, the piping
is now actively supported in its movement
at every predetermined height.

bo
iler
cen
ter

Hot setting

New cold setting

Without servo hanger (figure left)
With servo hanger (figure right)

Typical example of use of

LISEGA servo hanger

1.19

e
bin
tur

e
bin
tur

1
Design and function
The basis for the servo hanger is a standard
Type 11 constant hanger. To overcome load
differences, it is additionally fitted with a
hydraulic auxiliary device providing additional
active force in both directions (servo assistance).

Unit sizes
Units are available from series construction
for load groups 5 (FN 4495lbs [20kN] ) to 9
(FN 22480lbs [100kN] ) with travel range 2
(6inch [150mm] ) and 3 (12inch [300mm] ).
In special cases non-standard designs can
be manufactured.

As a control parameter, the temperature of

the piping to be supported is normally used.
The relevant temperature is converted electronically into the corresponding position. In
the actual / theoretical value comparison procedure, the control provides for a regulated
advance towards the vertical theoretical
position.

Operating instructions
Installation and commissioning instructions
and maintenance recommendations are supplied on delivery.

Electro-hydraulic control
The hydraulic unit and the electronic control
are housed separately from each other in a
switchgear cabinet mounted near the servo
hanger (max distance 52 feet [16m] ).
The hydraulic piston controlling the movement is located in the load tube of the constant hanger.
Automatic safety switch
The electrohydraulic control is designed in
such a way that only the servo assistance is
lost if there is an operational breakdown,
e.g. a power failure. The unit itself would
carry on operating in the normal way as a
constant hanger.
For deviations in theoretical (temp.) / actual
(travel) a tolerance range can be adjusted.
The control shuts off automatically if the
deviation lies outside these values.
Manual shut off
For possible maintenance work in the system
or at the boiler, the servo assistance can be
shut on or off by hand.

 See page 1.3 and 1.4 also

 2 = Travel range 2
3 = Travel range 3

Servohanger
Type 
17 5. 25
17 6. 25
17 7. 25
17 8. 25
17 9. 25

Nominal
load FN
lbs
4495
8990
13490
17985
22480

Calibration 
Load dependent travel 
load
Travel range 2 Travel range 3
lbs
inch
inch
1800 - 4495
3-6
6 - 12
3595 - 8990
3-6
6 - 12
5395 - 13490
3-6
6 - 12
7190 - 17985
3-6
6 - 12
8990 - 22480
3-6
6 - 12

Additional
Servo force
lbs
 1800
 4500
 4500
 4500
 4500

theoretical
hydr.
device

electr.
control
actual

Function scheme

1.20

INSTALLATION AND
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Constant hangers are mechanically acting devices.
Their trouble free operation
is vitally important for the
safety of piping systems
and connected components.
Careful attention must be
paid to the following instructions to ensure trouble
free operation.


















travel stop
guide bolt
name plate
red marking
for hot position
fixing bolt with
washer for travel stop
after deblocking
travel scale
serrated travel
stop strip
adjustment load
indicator
load scale
adjustment bolt
load tube
control bore for min.
screw-in depth
load nut
upper yoke plate
lower yoke plate
connecting rod
tensioning bolt

1. Transport and storage

Transport must be carried out carefully in
order to avoid damage. It is particularly important that load adjustment screws and
connection threads remain intact. If stored
in the open, care must be taken to protect
components from dirt and moisture.
2. Delivery condition
LISEGA constant hangers are supplied set to
the load specified in the order, and blocked
in the required installation position. All hangers are supplied with a riveted aluminum
name plate, as well as travel and load scale.




type
serial number
order number (if required)
set load
theoretical travel
marking (position number)
test stamp (if required)

On the travel scale, the theoretical hot position is marked with a red sticker, the theoretical cold position with a white one.
The load adjustment ordered is permanently
stamped on the load scale with an X during
final inspection.




Name plate with stamped operating data








Travel scale with
cold/hot markings

Load scale with indicator

1.21

On the name plate are stamped:

2.1 Constant hanger

types 11 C3 .. - 11 96 .. (single cell)
The upper connection is supplied as internal
thread with limited screw engagement.
The lower connection is a spherical load nut
which can angulate through a minimum of 4
in all directions. The connection threads are
filled with grease and sealed with plastic caps.

1
2.2 Constant hanger
types 12 82 - 14 96 (multi cells)
The upper connection is provided as standard
in the form of a lug for a connecting pin.
The lower attachment exists of several tensioning bolts connected by a yoke plate.
2.3 Constant hangers (seated)
Constant hangers of all sizes can be directly
seated. They can also be supplied with serialized brackets type 71. The brackets can be
bolted on at works or on site according to
order using the precision fit holes provided.
The base plates of the mountings can be either
welded or bolted to the mounting surface.

2.4 Constant supports type 16

Constant supports follow the same design
principle as the constant hanger. Instead of
the lower connection, they have an upper
support tube with a screwed-in adjusting
spindle and load plate.
3. Installation
When installing, the rules for the Installation
Instructions for Piping are to be adhered to.
Special attention must be paid to the desired
installed position of the hanger rods in the
whole support chain. Two possibilities are
usual practice:
1. The hanger rods are to be installed at an
angle in accordance with expected horizontal
displacement of the piping. It is expected that
the rods become vertical during operating
conditions.

In all cases there should be a unified set of

rules for the whole plant.
Attachment rods and points must be connected under actuation of load.
3.1 Constant hanger
type 11 C3 - 11 96 (single cell)
Transport lugs or other installation aids can
be screwed into the threaded holes provided
on the sides. After deblocking the hangers
(see Point 4), the blocking plates should be
bolted on here for storage. For constant
hangers with type 71 brackets, the hangers
are supplied with transport lugs instead of
the upper connection. The lugs can also accommodate the blocking plates. When removing the blocking plates from constant
hanger types 11 82 to 11 96, care must be
taken that only the larger circlip is removed.
For connection to the connecting rod, care
must be taken that the lower rod is screwed
into the load nut at least up to the control
bore. A further screw engagement of 12 inch
[300mm] is provided.













Blocking plate bolted laterally

Blocking pin with circlips









load plate
adjusting spindle
support tube
serrated travel
stop strip
blocking plate
name plate
guide pin
travel scale
securing screw &
washer for blocking
plate after deblocking
indicator for
adjustment load
load scale
adjustment bolt

Constant support type 16

2. The hanger rods are to be installed vertically for better control. A controlled angled
position during operating conditions is then
permitted.

1.22

3.2 Constant hanger types 12 82 - 14 96

To install the hangers, the side openings of
the upper yoke plate can be used for lifting.
On hangers fitted with brackets, the upper
yoke plate is substituted by a transport lug.

Transport lug and correct

connection

Constant hangers types 14 82 - 14 96

(4 - cell design) are supplied with a transport
safety device marked in red along the center
axis. This serves to provide additional midblocking to the blocking pin on an unloaded
hanger.
The transport safety device must not be
loosened until after the complete installation
of the hanger simultaneously with the removal of the blocking plates.

Safe storage of travel stop plates

on constant hangers with brackets

For this purpose the red locknut is removed

at the lower end using a box spanner. Both
parts are to be stored in the same place as
the blocking plates. When making the loadactuating connection, care must be taken that
the lower load anchors are screwed into the
lower load nuts at least up to the control
bore. The installation dimension of the lower
yoke plate can be extended with the load
nuts by up to 97/8 inch [250mm] or shortened
by up to 23/4 inch [70mm].

4. Removing the blocking devices

4.1 Requirements
The correct deblocking of the constant hangers as per the following instructions is decisive for the subsequent flawless functioning
of the piping system.
The blocking devices should only be removed
immediately before commissioning.
The blocking devices must be removed
systematically, i.e. from fixed point to
connection or from connection to connection.
Prior to this the whole system should be
checked as per Item 3 in these installation
instructions.
4.2 Theoretical and actual condition
If it has been ensured that all connections
are actuated by load, the load suspended is
completely taken over by the constant hangers or supports.
If the actual load corresponds to the installed load and the piping system shows no
signs of constraints, the planned equilibrium
has been achieved. The travel stop plates
can now be removed.
In practice, however, slight constraints and
hence certain load displacements in the
piping system can hardly be avoided. The
theoretically determined loads can also show
considerable tolerances. Deviations resulting
from this can lead, according to increased or
diminished loading, to a corresponding jamming of the blocking pin in the upper or
lower part of the blocking plates.

1 rod
2 washer
3 nut

1.23

1
4.3 Load distribution
The travel stop plates must never be removed
by force!
By loosening or tightening the connecting
rods with a few turns of the load nut for constant hangers, or adjustment of the support
tube for constant supports, the locked-up
stress in the piping can be compensated so
that the blocking pin is free.
However, the geometrical layout of the piping
must not be altered when balancing these
stresses.
Because the adjustment of one position can
lead to stressing at another location, this
procedure must be repeated if necessary at
different points.
For thorough control, we recommend as a
matter of principle removing the travel stop
plates only after all the blocking pins are free.

Load pin forced upwards:

Applied load is lower than set load.
Tighten connecting rod or reduce set load

Load pin is free:

Applied load conforms with set load.
Blocking plate can be removed

Load pin forced downwards:

Applied load is higher than set load.
Loosen connecting rod or increase set load

4.4 Load correction

If the blocking pins jam, and cannot be freed
without displacement of the piping, significant
deviations in the piping load can be assumed.
The adjustment bolts of the constant
hangers and supports can then be correspondingly set. Once more, this should be done
from position to position, as described in
point 4.3. If this is done correctly, load differences can be practically balanced out by this
method. Any load adjustments must as a matter of principle be agreed on with the technical department responsible for the piping
system. Any new load setting values should
be indicated on the load scales and recorded.
4.5 Installation devices
With all hangers, tightening or loosening the
connecting rods, as well as load adjustment,
can be done by hand. With hangers and supports for higher load groups, however, this
operation may need considerable force.
To make this easier, an installation aid can
be provided which takes on the load hydraulically with the aid of a hand pump.
4.6 Commissioning
Before commissioning it must be checked
that each hanger allows the expected piping
movement.
The hanger travel can be read directly from
the position of the blocking pin in the guide
slots on the travel scale.
If required, for example when carrying out
revisions, hangers and supports can be
blocked again in any travel position. This is
done by mounting and securing the blocking
plates onto the blocking bolt.

Installation device for relieving

adjustment bolts

5. Control and maintenance

The correct performance of the constant hangers and supports can be checked in all operating situations by noting the position of
the blocking bolt.
Under normal operating conditions no maintenance is required.

Installation device for relieving

blocking device

1.24

SPRING HANGERS,
SPRING SUPPORTS

2
PRODUCT
GROUP

VARIABLE SPRING ELEMENTS

CONTENTS

PAGE

Spring hangers, spring supports, sway braces ________________________2.1

Load table for spring hangers,
spring supports and other spring elements __________________________2.3

Spring hangers, type 21____________________________________________2.5

Spring hangers, type 22____________________________________________2.6

PRODUCT
GROUP

Spring hangers (seated), type 25 ____________________________________2.7

Spring hangers (seated), type 26 ____________________________________2.8
Spring supports, type 29 __________________________________________2.9

Spring supports, type 28__________________________________________2.10

Angulating spring supports, type 20 ________________________________2.11
Spring hanger trapezes, type 79 __________________________________2.12

Sway braces, type 27 ____________________________________________2.13

Installation and operating instructions ______________________________2.15

5
6
7
8
9
2.0

SPRING HANGERS
SPRING SUPPORTS
To prevent constraints in
the system, thermal
expansion in the piping
and other piping components must not be hindered. The piping must therefore be supported in a correspondingly elastic manner.

Spring elements
To compensate for slight vertical displacements in the piping, spring components are
used as supports. The functioning of these
components is based on preset helical coil
springs which exert a variable supporting
load over the whole range of movement
corresponding to the given spring characteristics. Load variations resulting from this are
limited through corresponding specifications
based on stress calculations for the piping this depends on the sensitivity of the
system.
The fundamental principles relevant for the
function of the spring components are found
in the MSS SP 58 and VGB R 510 L guidelines. See Technical Specifications, page 0.5.

Spring hanger, type 21

LISEGA spring hangers

Various versions of spring elements, ideally
suited to whatever structural requirements
exist, are available. The optimum choice
depends on the installation situation.
Spring hangers, type 21
This type, the one most frequently used, is
fitted with an upper connection for suspension. It is installed wherever
the surrounding location
offers a suitable connection
point and sufficient
space. The upper
connections can be
universally adapted
with standard components to any given
situation.

Spring hangers, type 25

This type is frequently used for
its simple installation, just seating it on the existing steel. The
connection is made by a rod
passing through the unit.
Spring supports, type 29
If the installation location does
not permit suspension, then this model is a
suitable alternative as a
prop support. Where there
is considerable horizontal
displacement of the support
load, and steel slides on
steel, lateral forces can
under certain conditions
have an adverse effect on
the operation of the support system. To take precautions
against this, the use of PTFE bearings is
recommended. In this case the counter bearing should have a stainless steel surface.


Type 29 with PTFE
slide plate.

Spring hanger, type 25

Recommended use of PTFE slide plates for

spring supports type 29

Spring support, type 29

2.1

2
Angulating spring supports, type 20
Unlike the spring support type 29,
horizontal displacement can be
taken up almost free of lateral
forces by this design.
This way that constraining frictional forces are completely
excluded at all levels of movement, vertical and horizontal.
Sway braces, type 27
These particular components act both in
tension and compression and are used to
stabilize the piping and other plant components. An additional damping effect is
obtained at the same time. The connection
parts correspond with those of Product
Group 3.

the blocking device can be blocked in

any position. The blocking pieces can be
reinserted in any required position.
Spring hangers and supports should be set
in such a way that the spring load and the
piping weight correspond with the cold load
position.
The corresponding hot load position results
from the theoretically determined pipe movement (travel) and the spring rate.
The load difference between the cold and
hot positions acts on the piping as a reaction force and is limited by the relevant
design specifications.
Generally, the max. permissible load deviation amounts to 25% of the operating load.

Angulating spring support,

type 20

Above and beyond that, constant hangers

exerting a constant supporting load over the
whole travel range are to be used.
With LISEGA sway
braces, type 27, the following adjustments
can be made:
load presetting
free stroke
installation dimension
See also Installation and Operating
Instructions, page 2.17
Load setting and blocking
Spring hangers and supports are preset at the
works to the installation load and blocked in
both directions of movement. Blocking is
necessary to take up additional loads during
pickling, flushing, or hydrostatic tests.
The factory settings are carried out on electronically controlled test benches:
with spring hangers, values set at the
factory are stamped onto a riveted name
plate.
the installation position is marked on the
travel scale.
cold and hot settings are marked on the
travel scale with a white and red sticker
respectively.

Selection of spring hangers

A decisive factor for the reaction force is the
stiffness of the spring rate value of the respective coil springs. To cover the widest possible field of application using spring hangers, the load ranges are divided into 5 travel ranges.
Please see Technical Specifications page 0.13
for details of usage. See also the selection
table, pages 2.3 and 2.4, as well as
Installation and Operating Instructions, page
2.15.
Design related advantages

Sway brace, type 27

angulated arrangement

no welding (Types 20, 21, 27)

fully galvanized surfaces
specially prerelaxed springs
integrated tightening devices
adjustable blocking system
variable connection possibilities
TV suitability test
a wealth of experience from over a
million applications

Sway brace, type 27

single arrangement

2.2

SELECTION OF
SPRING ELEMENTS
SELECTION CRITERIA FOR SPRING
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
Permissible force variation
The permissible force variation between
cold load (installation load) position to
hot load (operating load) position is
limited internationally by common specifications for pipe stress analysis to max.
25% of the operating load.
Maximum working travel
Additionally, to preclude functional
impairment due to instability from extra
long springs,
a working travel of maximum 2 inch
[50mm] should not be exceeded.

Spring rates
To cover as wide a field of applications
as possible while adhering to these
standards, LISEGA spring elements are
divided into 5 travel ranges with correspondingly different spring rates.
Extra long springs
Travel ranges 4 & 5 relate to extra long
springs and should only be used after
technical evaluation of the whole situation, especially in sensitive piping
systems.

Design types
The selection of the suitable design
type depends upon the respective support configuration or installation situation.
Economical unit size
To find the most economical size, the
following procedures apply:

Spring hangers type 21, Spring hangers type 25, Spring supports type 29, Angulating spring supports type 20
Travel range 
21 C2 29 21 D. 29
25 D. 19
29 C2 19 29 D. 19
20 D2 19
...1.. ...2.. ...3.. ...4.. ...5..
Working travel (inch)
9.0
27
0
0
0
0
0
1/
1/
1/
3/
12.0
33
1
8
4
2
4
1/
1/
1 1/2 2
15.0
39
4
2 1
3/
3/
1
2 1/4 3
18.0
45
8
4 1 /2
1/
2
3
20.9
51
4
2 1
5/
1
1
3 3/4 5
23.9
57
8 1 /4 2 /2
3/
1/
1/
1
3
4
26.9
62
6
4
2
2
7/
3
1
5 1/4 7
29.9
68
8 1 /4 3 /2
1
2
4
6
32.9
74
8
1 1/8 2 1/4 4 1/2 6 3/4 9
35.9
80
1 1/4 2 1/2 5
7 1/2 10
38.8
86
1 3/8 2 3/4 5 1/2 8 1/4 11
41.8
92
1 1/2 3
6
9
44.8
98
12
1 5/8 3 1/4 6 1/2 9 3/4 13
47.8 104
1 3/4 3 1/2 7
10 1/2 14
50.8 110
1 7/8 3 3/4 7 1/2 11 1/4 15
53.8 116
131/32 315/16 7 7/8 1113/16 153/4
56.0 120

11.9

2.3

11.9
23.8
47.6

Type number
21 4. 28 21 5. 28 21 6. 28
25 4. 18 25 5. 18 25 6. 18
29 4. 18 29 5. 18 29 6. 18
20 42 14 20 52 14 20 62 14
Load (Ibs)
750
1498
2997
375
845
1689
3377
423
940
1879
3758
470
1036
2069
4138
518
1131
2259
4519
565
1226
2450
4899
613
1321
2640
5280
661
1417
2830
5660
708
1512
3020
6041
756
1607
3211
6421
804
1702
3401
6802
851
1798
3591
7182
899
1893
3782
7563
946
1988
3972
7944
994
2083
4162
8324
1042
2179
4352
8705
1089
2250
4495
8990
1125
Spring rate c (lbs/inch)
190
381
127
254
507
63.5
190
381
761
95.2
381
761
1522
190
761
1522
3045
381

21 1. 28 21 2. 28 21 3. 28
25 1. 18 25 2. 18 25 3. 18
29 1. 18 29 2. 18 29 3. 18
20 12 14 20 22 14 20 32 14
94
106
117
129
141
153
165
177
189
201
213
225
236
248
260
272
281

23.8
47.6
95.2

187
211
235
259
282
306
330
354
378
401
425
449
473
497
520
544
562

47.6
95.2
190

21 7. 28
25 7. 18
29 7. 18
20 72 14

21 8. 28 21 9. 28
25 8. 18 25 9. 18
29 8. 18 29 9. 18
20 82 14 20 92 14

4497
5068
5639
6210
6781
7352
7923
8494
9065
9636
10207
10778
11349
11920
12491
13062
13490

5995
6756
7518
8279
9040
9801
10563
11324
12085
12846
13608
14369
15130
15892
16653
17414
17985

7493
8445
9396
10348
11299
12251
13203
14154
15106
16057
17009
17960
18912
19863
20815
21766
22480

571
761
1142
2284
4568

761
1015
1522
3045
6090

952
1269
1903
3806
7612

2
DETERMINATION OF THE MOST
FAVORABLE SIZE
1. Selecting the ideal spring hanger

2. Determination of the percentage of

force variation

Example:

Example:

Operating load
F = 1512Ibs
Permissible deviation p  25%
Travel (up)
s = 3/4inch

1512Ibs operation load, travel 3/4inch (up)

A spring hanger was selected
type 25 42 18 with a spring rate
of c = 381Ibs/inch

25% 1512Ibs = 504Ibs/inch

c
3/ inch 100%
4
Selection type 25 42 18
Spring rate c = 381Ibs/inch
Cold load
FK = 1798Ibs

3/
4

inch 381Ibs/inch 100% = 18.9%

1512Ibs

Spring hangers type 22. Variable spring hanger type 26, spring supports type 28
Travel range 

...3..
...2..
Working travel (inch)
0
0
0

...1..

1/
8
1/
4
3/
8
1/
2
5/
8
3/
4

7/

1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 5/8
1 3/4
1 7/8
131/32

1/
4
1/

3/
4

1
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
3 3/4
315/16

1/

1
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
4 1/2
5
5 1/2
6
6 1/2
7
7 1/2
7 7/8

22 1. 29
26 1. 19
28 1. 19
11990
13513
15035
16558
18080
19603
21125
22648
24170
25693
27215
28738
30260
31783
33306
34828
35970
3045
6090
12180

Type number
22 2. 29
22 3. 29
22 4. 29
26 2. 19
26 3. 19
26 4. 19
28 2. 19
28 3. 19
28 4. 19
Load (lbs)
14987
17985
22467
16890
20269
25320
18793
22553
28173
20696
24836
31026
22599
27120
33879
24502
29404
36731
26405
31688
39584
28308
33972
42437
30211
36255
45290
32114
38539
48143
34017
40823
50996
35921
43107
53849
37824
45391
56702
39727
47675
59555
41630
49958
62407
43533
52242
65260
44960
53955
67400
Spring rate c (lbs/inch)
3806
4568
5706
7612
9135
11412
15224
18270
22823

 Travel range = 4th digit of

22 5. 29
26 5. 19
28 5. 19
30000
33810
37619
41429
45238
49048
52857
56667
60476
64286
68095
71905
75714
79524
83333
87143
90000

type designation
For availability of component type
in the different travel ranges, see
dimension table pages 2.5 to 2.11.

 The use of extra long springs

is only to be recommended in
limited cases because of the
relatively large spring hysteresis.

7619
15238
30476

2.4

SPRING HANGER
TYPE 21
Spring hangers
type 21 C2 29 to 21 95 28

 Dim E increases under load

by the corresponding spring
travel (see load table on page 2.3).

In restricted spaces, spring

hangers can be installed with
trapeze type 79.
See page 2.12

Order details:
Spring hanger type 21 .. ..
Marking:
Operating load/Set load: ...lbs
Working travel:
... inch up/down

2.5

Type
21 C2 29
21 D2 29
21 D3 29
21 11 28
21 12 28
21 13 28
21 21 28
21 22 28
21 23 28
21 31 28
21 32 28
21 33 28
21 34 28
21 41 28
21 42 28
21 43 28
21 44 28
21 51 28
21 52 28
21 53 28
21 54 28
21 55 28
21 61 28
21 62 28
21 63 28
21 64 28
21 65 28
21 71 28
21 72 28
21 73 28
21 74 28
21 75 28
21 81 28
21 82 28
21 83 28
21 84 28
21 85 28
21 91 28
21 92 28
21 93 28
21 94 28
21 95 28

A
3
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
7
8 5/8
8 5/8
8 5/8
8 5/8
8 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
10 3/4
10 3/4
10 3/4
10 3/4
10 3/4

d2

B
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8

1
1
1
1
1
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8

3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2

1/
4
1/
4
1/
4
1/
4
1/
4
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4

UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC

E

SW

8
9 7/8
18 3/4
6 1/8
9 7/8
18 3/4
6 1/8
10
18 3/4
6 1/4
10
18 3/4
33 1/8
7 1/4
11 3/8
20 5/8
36 1/4
8 1/2
12
21 1/4
40 3/4
50 1/4
9 5/8
14 1/8
25 1/4
47 1/2
58 5/8
11
16
26 5/8
51 1/8
62
12
18 1/2
33 1/4
56 1/4
71 1/4
13
19 7/8
34 1/4
59 5/8
74 1/4

8
9 3/ 4
18 1/2
5 3/ 4
9 3/ 4
18 1/2
6
9 3/ 4
18
6
9 3/ 4
18 1/2
28 1/2
7
11 1/2
20 3/4
31 1/2
8 1/ 2
12
21 1/4
32 1/2
42
9 3/ 4
14 1/4
25 1/4
38 1/2
49 3/4
11 1/4
16 1/4
26 3/4
42 1/4
53
12 1/2
19
33 3/4
52 1/4
67 1/4
14
20 3/4
35 1/4
55
69 1/2

0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.95
0.95
0.95
0.95
1.18
1.18
1.18
1.18
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.81
1.81
1.81
1.81
1.81
2.17
2.17
2.17
2.17
2.17
2.56
2.56
2.56
2.56
2.56
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95

X
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4

1
1
1
1
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/4
1 3/4
1 3/4
1 3/4
1 3/4
2
2
2
2
2
2 3/8
2 3/8
2 3/8
2 3/8
2 3/8

Weight
(Ibs)
4.2
6.6
11.0
4.6
6.8
12.2
8.4
11.6
19.0
9.4
13.2
21.4
30.8
20.2
28.2
44.0
64.0
36.4
45.2
70.6
101.0
125.0
68.4
88.2
137.0
198.0
251.0
106.0
139.0
196.0
293.0
353.0
128.0
176.0
278.0
400.0
500.0
185.0
245.0
360.0
535.0
650.0

SPRING HANGER
TYPE 22

Spring hangers
type 22 11 29 to 22 53 29

blocking device

Type

A

22 11 29
22 12 29
22 13 29
22 21 29
22 22 29
22 23 29
22 31 29
22 32 29
22 33 29
22 41 29
22 42 29
22 43 29
22 51 29
22 52 29
22 53 29

20 3/4
20 3/4
20 3/4
21 1/2
21 1/2
21 1/2
23 1/4
23 1/4
23 1/4
24 1/2
24 1/2
24 1/2
25 1/2
25 1/2
25 1/2

3 1/8
3 1/8
3 1/8
3 3/4
3 3/4
3 3/4
3 3/4
3 3/4
3 3/4
4 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
5 1/2
5 1/2
5 1/2

C
2 3/8
2 3/8
2 3/8
2 3/4
2 3/4
2 3/4
3
3
3
3 1/8
3 1/8
3 1/8
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2

d2
2 1/4
2 1/4
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 1/2
2 1/2
2 3/4
2 3/4
2 3/4
3
3
3
3 1/4
3 1/4
3 1/4

UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC

d3

E

SW1

SW2

2 3/8
2 3/8
2 3/8
2 3/4
2 3/4
2 3/4
2 3/4
2 3/4
2 3/4
3 1/8
3 1/8
3 1/8
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2

17 1/4
22
33
18 3/4
23 1/2
34 1/2
19 1/4
24
35
21 3/4
27
37 1/2
24 3/4
31 1/2
46 1/4

13 3/4
18 1/2
29 1/2
14 1/2
19 1/4
30 1/4
15 1/4
20
31
17
22
32 3/4
19
25 1/2
40 1/4

3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2
4 1/4
4 1/4
4 1/4
4 1/4
4 1/4
4 1/4
4 3/4
4 3/4
4 3/4
5 1/4
5 1/4
5 1/4

1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8

3 3/8
3 3/8
3 3/8
3 3/4
3 3/4
3 3/4
4
4
4
4 1/4
4 1/4
4 1/4
4 5/8
4 5/8
4 5/8

1 7/8
1 7/8
1 7/8
1 7/8
1 7/8
1 7/8
1 7/8
1 7/8
1 7/8
2 1/4
2 1/4
2 1/4
2 5/8
2 5/8
2 5/8

2 1/2
2 1/2
2 1/2
3
3
3
3 1/8
3 1/8
3 1/8
3 3/8
3 3/8
3 3/8
3 3/4
3 3/4
3 3/4

Weight
(lbs)
530
600
750
630
710
900
790
890
1120
1000
1140
1380
1210
1440
1910

 Dim E increases under load by

the corresponding spring travel
(see load table on page 2.4).

Spring hanger type 22

with weld-on clevis mounted.

Spring hanger type 22

with clevis mounted.
 Application in practice

Order details:
Spring hanger type 22 .. ..
Marking: ....
Operating load/Set load: .... lbs
Working travel:
.... inch up/down

2.6

SPRING HANGER
TYPE 25
Spring hangers (seated)
type 25 D2 19 to 25 93 18

Base plate
Type 72 can be added to
type 25 on request.

Type
72 D9 28
72 19 28
72 29 28
72 39 28
72 49 28
72 59 28
72 69 28
72 79 28
72 89 28
72 99 28

B
47/8
47/8
57/8
57/8
71/2
85/8
101/4
113/8
113/8
133/8

C
33/4
33/4
41/2
41/2
51/2
63/4
77/8
81/2
81/2
10

d6

Type

7/

5/

7/

5/

1/
2
1/
2
11/

3/

1/

1/

11/

1/

7/
8
7/
8
11/

9/
16

16
16

16
16

16
16

13/

16

16

13/

16

11/4

Load group

25 D2 19
25 D3 19
25 11 18
25 12 18
25 13 18
25 21 18
25 22 18
25 23 18
25 31 18
25 32 18
25 33 18
25 41 18
25 42 18
25 43 18
25 51 18
25 52 18
25 53 18
25 61 18
25 62 18
25 63 18
25 71 18
25 72 18
25 73 18
25 81 18
25 82 18
25 83 18
25 91 18
25 92 18
25 93 18

A
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
6
6
6
7
7
7
8 5/8
8 5/8
8 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
10 3/4
10 3/4
10 3/4

B
13
26
8
13
26
8
14
26
8
14
26
9
15
28
10
16
29
11
18
33
13
20
35
15
23
42
16
25
43

d2

3/
4
1/
2

3/
8
3/
8
1/

3/
4
1/
2

1/

2
2

1/

1/

1/

1/
4
1/
4

1/

2
5/
8

5/

1/
2
1/
2
3/
4
1/
2
1/
4
3/
4
1/
4
1/
4
3/
4
3/
4
1/
2
1/
4
3/
4
1/
4
1/
4
1/
2
3/
4

5/

8
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4

1
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 3/4
1 3/4
1 3/4
2
2
2

UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC

d4
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4

1
1
1
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 5/8
1 5/8
1 5/8
1 7/8
1 7/8
1 7/8
2 1/8
2 1/8
2 1/8

H
9 3/4
18 1/2
5 3/4
9 3/4
18 1/2
6
9 3/4
18
6
9 3/4
18 1/2
7
11 1/2
20 3/4
8 1/2
12
21 1/4
9 3/4
14 1/4
25 1/4
11 3/4
17
27 1/2
13 1/4
19 3/4
34 1/2
14 1/2
21 1/2
35 3/4

X max
15
27 3/4
9
15
27 3/4
9 1/4
15 1/4
27 1/4
9 3/4
15 1/2
28 1/4
11
17 1/2
30 3/4
12 3/4
18 1/4
31 1/2
14 3/4
21 1/4
36 1/4
17 1/4
24 1/2
39
19 1/2
28 1/4
46 3/4
21
30
48 1/2

Weight
(lbs)
6.2
10.8
4.6
6.8
12.2
7.8
11.2
18.6
8.2
11.6
19.6
17.6
25.4
41.0
32.0
40.0
64.0
58.0
78.0
124.0
88.0
116.0
174.0
98.0
146.0
244.0
148.0
202.0
316.0

 Dims B and X reduce under load

by the corresponding spring
travel (see load table on page 2.3)

Order details:
Spring hanger type 25 .. ..
Marking: ..
Operating load/Set load: ...lbs
Working travel:
... inch up/down

2.7

For special applications spring hangers type

25 can be manufactured as trapeze units.

SPRING HANGER
TYPE 26

Spring hanger (seated)

type 26 11 19 to 26 53 19
blocking device

Type

A

B

26 11 19
26 12 19
26 13 19
26 21 19
26 22 19
26 23 19
26 31 19
26 32 19
26 33 19
26 41 19
26 42 19
26 43 19
26 51 19
26 52 19
26 53 19

20
20
20
22
22
22
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24

15 1/2
22 1/4
37 1/4
16
22 3/4
37 1/2
16 1/2
23 1/4
38 1/4
18 1/2
25 1/2
40 1/4
20 3/4
29 1/2
48

d2
2 1/4
2 1/4
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 1/2
2 1/2
2 3/4
2 3/4
2 3/4
3
3
3
3 1/4
3 1/4
3 1/4

UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC

d4
2 3/8
2 3/8
2 3/8
2 3/4
2 3/4
2 3/4
2 3/4
2 3/4
2 3/4
3 1/8
3 1/8
3 1/8
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2

SW

X max

13 1/2
18 1/4
29 1/4
14
18 3/4
29 3/4
14 1/2
19 1/4
30 1/4
16 1/2
21 3/4
32 1/2
19
25 1/2
40 1/4

1 7/8
1 7/8
1 7/8
1 7/8
1 7/8
1 7/8
1 7/8
1 7/8
1 7/8
2 1/4
2 1/4
2 1/4
2 5/8
2 5/8
2 5/8

20 3/4
27 1/2
42 1/2
22
28 3/4
43 3/4
23
29 3/4
44 3/4
25 1/2
32 1/2
47 1/4
28 1/2
37 1/4
55 3/4

Weight
(lbs)
450
520
680
580
660
860
760
860
1080
870
990
1220
1030
1200
1600

 Dims B and X reduce under

load by the corresponding spring
travel (see load table on page
2.4)

Special spring assemblies for

boiler support.

Order details:
Spring hanger type 26 .. ..
Marking: ..
Operating load/Set load: ...lbs
Working travel:
... inch up/down

2.8

SPRING SUPPORT
TYPE 29
Spring supports
type 29 C2 19 to 29 93 18
L1

Type
Load group
70 19 16 C, D, 1
70 39 16 2, 3
70 49 16 4
70 59 16 5
70 69 16 6
70 79 16 7
70 89 16 8
70 99 16 9

L1
1 5/ 8
15/8
21 / 2
21 / 2
43 / 8
43 / 8
57 / 8
57 / 8

PTFE (Teflon) slide plates

are recommended for considerable horizontal load
displacements.

Type 29 .9 15 - E
Load group

Suitable extensions can be

ordered to bridge greater
installation heights.

Type
29 C2 19
29 D1 19
29 D2 19
29 D3 19
29 11 18
29 12 18
29 13 18
29 21 18
29 22 18
29 23 18
29 31 18
29 32 18
29 33 18
29 41 18
29 42 18
29 43 18
29 51 18
29 52 18
29 53 18
29 61 18
29 62 18
29 63 18
29 71 18
29 72 18
29 73 18
29 81 18
29 82 18
29 83 18
29 91 18
29 92 18
29 93 18

A

B

C

d6

3
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
6
6
6
7
7
7
8 5/8
8 5/8
8 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
10 3/4
10 3/4
10 3/4

4 1/8
4 7/8
4 7/8
4 7/8
4 7/8
4 7/8
4 7/8
5 7/8
5 7/8
5 7/8
5 7/8
5 7/8
5 7/8
7 1/2
7 1/2
7 1/2
8 5/8
8 5/8
8 5/8
10 1/4
10 1/4
10 1/4
11 3/8
11 3/8
11 3/8
11 3/8
11 3/8
11 3/8
13 3/8
13 3/8
13 3/8

3
3 3/4
3 3/4
3 3/4
3 3/4
3 3/4
3 3/4
4 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
5 1/2
5 1/2
5 1/2
6 3/4
6 3/4
6 3/4
7 7/8
7 7/8
7 7/8
8 1/2
8 1/2
8 1/2
8 1/2
8 1/2
8 1/2
10
10
10

3/
8
7/
16
7/
16
7/
16
7/
16
7/
16
7/
16
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
11/
16
11/
16
11/
16
11/
16
11/
16
11/
16
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
1 1/16
1 1/16
1 1/16
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4

Order details: Spring support type 29 .. ..

Marking: ..
Operating load/Set load: ...lbs
Working travel: ... inch up/down

2.9

E

10 3/4
7 3/4
12
21 3/4
7 3/4
12
21 3/4
7 3/4
12 1/4
21 1/4
8
12 1/4
21 3/4
9 1/2
14 1/4
24 1/4
10 3/4
14 1/2
24 1/2
12
17
28 3/4
14 1/4
19 3/4
31
15 3/4
22 3/4
38
17 1/4
24 1/2
39 3/4

1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 7/8
1 7/8
1 7/8
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 1/8
2 1/8
2 1/8
2 3/8
2 3/8
2 3/8

8 1/4
5 3/4
9 3/4
18 1/2
5 3/4
9 3/4
18 1/2
6
9 3/4
18
6
9 3/4
18 1/2
7
11 1/2
20 3/4
8 1/4
11 3/4
21
9 3/4
14 1/4
25 1/4
11 3/4
16 3/4
27 1/4
13 1/4
19 3/4
34 1/4
14 1/2
21 1/2
35 3/4

D
3 1/4
3 1/4
3 1/4
3 1/4
3 1/4
3 1/4
3 1/4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4 3/4
4 3/4
4 3/4
6
6
6
6 3/4
6 3/4
6 3/4
7 3/4
7 3/4
7 3/4
7 3/4
7 3/4
7 3/4
9 1/2
9 1/2
9 1/2

S
1/
4
5/
16
5/
16
5/
16
5/
16
5/
16
5/
16
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2

9/

16

9/

16

9/

16
13/
16
13/
16
13/
16
13/
16
13/
16
13/
16

1
1
1

Weight
(lbs)
5.8
7.0
9.4
14.6
7.4
10.2
15.8
12.4
16.8
24.4
13.8
18.6
28.6
26.2
35.2
55.2
44.0
54.0
82.0
74.0
98.0
150.0
116.0
150.0
214.0
132.0
186.0
294.0
200.0
260.0
382.0

 Dim E is independent of the load setting. It varies

under load by the corresponding spring travel (see load
table page 2.3). Adjustment possibility +11/4 inch.

SPRING SUPPORT
TYPE 28

Spring supports
type 28 11 19 to 28 53 19

blocking device

Type

A

B

C

d6

E

28 11 19
28 12 19
28 13 19
28 21 19
28 22 19
28 23 19
28 31 19
28 32 19
28 33 19
28 41 19
28 42 19
28 43 19
28 51 19
28 52 19
28 53 19

20
20
20
22
22
22
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24

20 3/4
20 3/4
20 3/4
22 3/4
22 3/4
22 3/4
24 3/4
24 3/4
24 3/4
24 3/4
24 3/4
24 3/4
24 3/4
24 3/4
24 3/4

17 1/4
17 1/4
17 1/4
19 1/4
19 1/4
19 1/4
20 3/4
20 3/4
20 3/4
20 3/4
20 3/4
20 3/4
20 3/4
20 3/4
20 3/4

16 1/2
16 1/2
16 1/2
16 1/2
16 1/2
16 1/2
17 3/4
17 3/4
17 3/4
17 3/4
17 3/4
17 3/4
19
19
19

1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2

16
21
32 3/4
17 3/4
23
34 3/4
18
23 1/2
35
20
27
42 1/4
22
29 1/2
44 3/4

2 3/8
2 3/8
2 3/8
2 1/2
2 1/2
2 1/2
2 1/2
2 1/2
2 1/2
2 3/4
2 3/4
2 3/4
3
3
3

13
17 3/4
28 3/4
14 1/2
19 3/4
30 1/2
15
20
31
16 3/4
23 1/2
38
18 3/4
25 3/4
40 1/4

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 3/16
1 3/16
1 3/16
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8

SW
1 7/ 8
1 7/ 8
1 7/ 8
1 7/ 8
1 7/ 8
1 7/ 8
1 7/ 8
1 7/ 8
1 7/ 8
2 1/ 4
2 1/ 4
2 1/ 4
2 5/ 8
2 5/ 8
2 5/ 8

Weight
(lbs)
510
575
795
685
770
1015
840
950
1220
970
1150
1630
1090
1280
1730

 Dim E is independent of the

load setting. It varies under load
by the corresponding spring travel
(see load table page 2.4).
Adjustment possibility + 11/4 inch.

Application in practice

Order details:
Spring support type 28 .. ..
Marking: ..
Operating load/Set load: ...lbs
Working travel:
... inch up/down

2.10

ANGULATING SPRING SUPPORT

TYPE 20
Angulating spring supports
type 20 D2 19 to 20 92 14

weld-on bracket 

Weld-on brackets type 35

are foreseen as connection
parts (see page 3.8).

Dim E is independent of the

load setting. It varies under load
by the corresponding spring travel
(see load table, page 2.3).
Adjustment possibility + 2 inch.

 Connection type

Order details:
Angulating spring support
type 20 .. .. with 2 weld-on
brackets 35 .. ..
Marking: ..
Operating load/Set load: ...lbs
Working travel:
... inch up/down

Type

A

d3

E

20 D2 19
20 12 14
20 22 14
20 32 14
20 42 14
20 52 14
20 62 14
20 72 14
20 82 14
20 92 14

3 1/ 2
3 1/ 2
4 1/ 2
4 1/ 2
6
7
8 5/ 8
9 5/ 8
9 5/ 8
10 3/4

0.393
0.393
0.472
0.590
0.590
0.787
0.787
1.181
1.181
1.968

14 1/2
14 1/2
15
15 1/2
17 1/4
18 1/2
21
25 1/2
29
32

1 3/4
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 1/2
3 7/8
3 7/8
5 1/8

Installation extension for

angulating spring support
type 20 D9 19 to 20 99 14

G
5/
8
5/
8
3/

7/
8
7/
8
1 1/

1 1/4
2
2
2 1/2

SG

10 1/4
10 1/4
10 1/4
10 1/4
11 3/4
12 1/2
14 1/2
17
20
21 3/4

5/

5/

3/

7/

7/

1 1/8
1 1/8
1 3/4
1 3/4
2 3/8

0.36
0.36
0.40
0.48
0.48
0.63
0.63
0.87
0.87
1.38

Weight Weld-on bracket


(lbs)
35 29 13
9
35 29 13
9
35 39 13
15
35 49 13
15
35 49 13
33
35 59 19
53
35 59 19
99
35 69 19
154
35 69 19
192
35 79 19
265

+31/2
-11/2


L  11/2

+2

Min. thread engagement

 Installation dimensions greater

than Emax on load reduction possible. Shorter L dimensions can be
supplied, but then without adjustment possibility of  11/2 inch.

Order details:
Extension for angulating
spring support
type 20 .9 ..
L=...inch

2.11

Type

A+2

D

d3

20 D9 19
20 19 14
20 29 14
20 39 14
20 49 14
20 59 14
20 69 14
20 79 14
20 89 14
20 99 14

12 3/4
12 3/4
13
13 1/8
15
16
18 1/2
21 5/8
25
27

1 5/ 8
1 5/ 8
1 7/ 8
2 3/ 8
2 3/ 8
3
3
3 1/ 2
3 1/ 2
4

0.393
0.393
0.472
0.590
0.590
0.787
0.787
1.181
1.181
1.968

+ 31/2
- 11/2

min

20 5/8
20 5/8
21 1/8
21 5/8
23 1/2
26 5/8
29 1/8
32 7/8
36 1/4
40

+ 31/2
- 11/2

max

48
48
57 5/8
57 1/2
57 1/2
76 7/8
76 3/4
75 3/4
95 1/2
94 7/8

L 11/2
min 
7 7/8
7 7/8
8 1/8
8 1/2
8 1/2
10 5/8
10 5/8
11 1/4
11 1/4
13

L 11/2
max
35 1/4
35 1/4
44 5/8
44 3/8
42 1/2
60 7/8
58 1/4
54 1/8
70 1/2
67 7/8

tube
weight
at Lmin (lbs)
(lbs/inch)
0.21
2.4
0.21
2.4
0.25
2.8
0.47
5.6
0.47
5.6
0.82
17.6
0.82
17.6
1.18
23.4
1.18
23.4
1.71
36.4

SPRING HANGER TRAPEZES

TYPE 79

-2

E at travel range
1
2
3
15 1/4 24
67
11 1/2 15 1/4 24 1/4
67
11 1/2 15 1/2 24 1/4
67
1/
1
1
/
12
35 2
2 16 /4 25
70 3/4 12
15 3/4 24 1/2
13 3/4 18
55
27 1/4
3
3
70 /4 13 /4 18
27 1/4
1/
1
/
16
49 4
29 1/4
4 20
19 1/2 28 3/4
70 3/4 16
49 1/4 18
22 3/4 33 3/4
1
1
94 /2 17 /2 22
33
70 3/4 20 1/2 25 1/2 36
94 1/2 20 1/4 25 1/4 35 3/4
47 1/4 22 3/4 29 1/4 44
78 3/4 22 3/4 29 1/4 44
70 3/4 24 3/4 31 3/4 46
L max

4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
8
8
10 1/4
10 1/4
12
10 1/4
12
12

3 1/2
3 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
6
6
7
7
8 5/8
8 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
10 3/4

5 1/ 2
5 1/ 2
5 1/ 2
5 1/ 2
7 1/ 2
7 1/ 2
8 1/ 8
8 1/ 8
9 1/ 2
9 7/ 8
13
13
13 3/4
13
13 3/4
14

Trapeze
Type
79 D. 21

79 1. 21
79 2. 21
79 3. 21
79 4. 21
79 5. 21
79 6. 21
79 7. 21
79 8. 21
79 9. 21

Nominal load
(1000 lbs)
0.24
0.56
1.12
2.25
4.50
8.99
17.98
26.98
35.97
44.96

Weight (lbs) L= 3 feet

at travel range

X
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
3/
4
3/
4

1
1
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/4
1 3/4
2
2
2 3/8

1
61
69
72
98
122
138
175
227
307
395
480
530
545
590
835

2
3
64 73
66 76
75 90
79 96
105 122
138 170
154 186
192 243
244 295
346 444
434 532
550 660
595 710
640 845
690 890
955 1185

 The 4th digit of the type desigper inch

1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.74
1.74
2.00
2.00
3.12
3.12
4.74
4.74
5.15
4.74
5.15
7.50

d2
3/

UNC
1/
2 UNC
1/
2 UNC
5/
8 UNC
3/
4 UNC
1 UNC
1 1/4 UNC
1 1/2 UNC
1 3/4 UNC
2 UNC
8

L max
55
55
63
63
69
82 3/4
82 3/4
82 3/4
84 3/4
86 1/2

B max

Weight (lbs) L= 3 feet

at travel range

4
4
4 1/ 4
4 1/ 4
5
6 3/ 8
8 1/ 4
9 1/ 2
10 1/4
11

39
53
55
85
142
231
340
393
532

2
35
43
59
62
101
159
270
405
489
652

3
44
54
74
79
133
210
368
520
693
882

nation denotes the travel range

of the spring hanger.
1= 2 inch, 2= 4 inch, 3= 8 inch

Permissible center load of the

other load conditions see table
3.5.3 page 0.5 (Nominal load
26980 lbs see load group 9)

Dim E increases under load by

the corresponding spring travel
(see load table on page 2.3)

The maximum L dimensions

may be increased to 941/2 inch,
with load reduction of 5% for
each 4 inch of extension.

Order details:
Trapeze, type 79 .. 29
L= inch
Spring Hanger trapezes
type 79 .. 21

travel
E dimension
range 
approx. 
1
1 1/4 inch
2
2 1/4 inch
3
4 1/4 inch
Notes ... see above

Trapeze Nominal load d2

(1000 lbs)
Type
3/
0.24
79 D. 29
8 UNC
1/
0.56
79 1. 29
2 UNC
1/
1.12
79 2. 29
2 UNC
5/
2.25
79 3. 29
8 UNC
5/
2.25
79 3. 29
8 UNC
3/
4.50
79 4. 29
4 UNC
3/
4.50
79 4. 29
4 UNC
8.99 1 UNC
79 5. 29
8.99 1 UNC
79 5. 29
17.98 1 1/4 UNC
79 6. 29
17.98 1 1/4 UNC
79 6. 29
26.98 1 1/2 UNC
79 7. 29
26.98 1 1/2 UNC
79 7. 29
35.97 1 3/4 UNC
79 8. 29
35.97 1 3/4 UNC
79 8. 29
44.96 2 UNC
79 9. 29

per inch
(lbs)

0.7
0.9
1.1
1.1
1.5
2.4
3.4
4.8
5.2
6.4

For restricted spaces the

design shown can be
manufactured as a special.

Order details:
Trapeze type 79 .. 21
L= inch

2.12

SWAY BRACE
TYPE 27
Sway brace
type 27 D2 19 to 27 62 19
Maximum working travel
1 inch including free stroke

11/2

Weld-on bracket

Load adjustment
Min. thread engagement

 Load setting is carried

out at the works in accordance with customer

specifications.
 Dim E is independent of

load setting. Adjustment

possibility 11/2 inch.

Free stroke
adjustment

 Weld-on brackets type

35 and dynamic pipe

clamps type 36 or 37 are
foreseen as connection
parts.
Order details:
Sway brace type 27 .2 19
Marking: ...
Operating load/Set load: ...lbs
Working travel:
... inch up/down

Type
27 D2 19
27 12 19
27 22 19
27 32 19
27 42 19
27 52 19
27 62 19

Nom. load Calibr. load (lbs) Spring rate A C11/ d3 E

2
(lbs)
(lbs/inch)
min max

27
117
93
281
562 187
1125 374
2250 749
4495 1498
8990 2997

94
233
467
935
1872
3745
7492

3 1/2
3 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
6
7
8 5/8

23
47
95
190
380
761
1522

3 1/ 2
3 1/ 2
3 1/ 2
3 1/ 2
3 1/ 2
3 7/ 8
3 7/ 8

0.393
0.393
0.472
0.590
0.590
0.787
0.787

25 1/4
25 1/4
25 1/2
26 1/4
28 3/4
32
34 1/2

F
2
2
2
2 1/4
2 1/4
3
3

SG

11 5/8 5/8
11 5/8 5/8
11 7/8 3/4
7/
12
8
7/
14
8
15 1 1/8
17 1/2 1 1/8

0.36
0.36
0.40
0.48
0.48
0.63
0.63

weld-on bracket Weight

(lbs)
Type 

35 29 13
35 29 13
35 39 13
35 49 13
35 49 13
35 59 19
35 59 19

12
12
22
24
50
86
136

Extension for sway brace

type 27 D9 19 to 27 69 19
If requested, sway braces
can be supplied with shopfitted extensions

3
1 /2
1

11/2

Min. thread engagement

 Installation dimensions greater

than Emax on load reduction possible. Shorter L dimensions can be
supplied, but then without adjustment possibility of  11/2 inch.

Order details:
Extension for sway brace
type 27 .9 19
L-dim.: ...... inch

2.13

Type
27 D9 19
27 19 19
27 29 19
27 39 19
27 49 19
27 59 19
27 69 19

A  11/2
23 1/4
23 1/4
23 5/8
24
26 5/8
28 7/8
31 1/2

D
1 5/8
1 5/8
1 7/8
2 3/8
2 3/8
3
3

d3
0.393
0.393
0.472
0.590
0.590
0.787
0.787

E3
min max
31 1/8 63
31 1/8 63
31 3/4 78 3/4
32 1/2 78 3/4
35 1/8 78 3/4
39 1/2 94 3/8
42 1/8 94 1/2

L  11/2 
min max
7 7/8 39 3/4
7 7/8 39 3/4
8 1/8 55 1/8
8 1/2 54 3/4
8 1/2 52 1/8
10 5/8 65 1/2
10 5/8 63

Weight
at Lmin (lbs) tube (lbs/inch)
0.21
2.4
0.21
2.4
0.25
2.8
0.47
5.6
0.47
5.6
0.82
17.6
0.82
17.6

2
Function diagram







 upper articulated joint

 counter nut
 counter nut
 guide tube
 threaded tube
 counter nut
 guide rod
name plate with travel
scale

travel scale
 lower ball bushing joint

travel (inch)


Load and installation length are
adjustable to the corresponding
specifications.

compressive force

neutral position

tensile force

Transfer of force on alternating

direction of force.

2.14

INSTALLATION AND
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Spring hangers and supports are used to compensate for the thermal movement to be expected in
piping systems. For
trouble-free functioning,
correct installation is
essential, observing the
following instructions:

Spring hangers and spring supports

types 20, 21, 22, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29
1. Transport and storage
When transporting, threaded connections
and travel stops must not be damaged.
When stored in the open they should be
protected from dirt and moisture.
2. Delivery condition
Unless agreed otherwise, spring hangers and
spring supports are delivered to the site
blocked in the installation position.
When hangers or supports are blocked (travel
stop in both directions), the spring plate is
locked by a special blocking device in the
housing slots.
All spring hangers and supports are supplied
with a riveted aluminum name plate fitted
with an integral travel scale.
The following information is stamped on the
name plate:

Spring hanger, type 21 (blocked)

The blocking units for single spring models consist of

a set of hinged metal plates. Individual plates can be
swivelled into any desired blocking position.

order number if required

set load
theoretical travel
spring rate of the hanger or support
marking and position number
test stamp if required

The serial number is stamped directly on

the housing.

Blocking device for single

spring models

Spring hanger, type 25 (blocked)

Securing clamp

Fixing bolt

If specially ordered, the stops can be bolted securely to

the hanger or support after deblocking.

Spring support, type 29 (blocked)

2.15

Name plate for

spring hanger

2






upper connection
travel scale
blocking unit with securing band
name plate
lower connection (turnbuckle
with right-hand thread)
 counter nut

2.1 Spring hangers, type 21

Spring hangers, type 21, have upper and
lower connections fitted with right-hand
threads. At the top they consist of an internal
thread engagement of limited depth, and at
the bottom a turnbuckle. The threads are filled
with grease and sealed with plastic caps.





On the travel scale, the theoretical operating

position is marked with a red, and the theoretical cold position with a white sticker.
Also, the position of the spring plate is marked
with an X on the travel scale.
The read out is made at the bottom edge of
the spring plate.




Angulated spring support,

type 20

2.2 Spring hangers, type 22

The upper connection of these hangers is
supplied as a lug for a connecting pin. The
lower connection consists of a turnbuckle
with righthand thread.
2.3 Spring hangers, type 25 & 26
Spring hangers, type 25 & 26 are provided
with a fixed support tube to accommodate
the connecting rod.

Spring hanger, type 22

2.4 Spring supports, type 28 & 29

The spring supports are provided with either
one or four adjustable support tubes fitted
with a loosely mounted, but guided load
plate. The support tubes are screwed in and
the threads greased.
2.5 Angulating spring supports, type 20
The angulating spring supports are provided
at the top with an adjustable support tube
and a rotatable ball bushing joint, at the
bottom with a fixed ball bushing joint. The
joints provide a suitable connection to the
corresponding weld-on brackets type 35. The
support tube is screwed in and the threads
greased.

Load chain with spring hanger

Blocking device for

heavy duty
spring elements
type 22 to 28

Spring hanger, type 26

Spring support, type 28

2.16

2.6 Sway braces, type 27

Sway braces are provided at the top with a
length-adjustable ball bushing joint and at
the bottom with a fixed lug suitable for connection to weld-on bracket type 35 or dynamic clamp type 36 or 37. Presetting of the
load and if necessary the free stroke are
carried out at the works in accordance with
customer requirements.
3. Installation
When installing, the rules given in Installation
Instructions for Piping must also be observed.
Special care must also be given to the
installed position of the connecting rods
over the whole support chain. Two possibilities are the norm:
1. The connecting rods are to be installed at
an angle corresponding to the horizontal displacement to be expected. A vertical position
of the rods is expected under normal operating conditions.

Sway brace, type 27

2. The connecting rods are to be installed

vertically for easier checking. A controlled
angled position under normal operating conditions is thereby permitted.
hot position
cold position

In each case there should be unified rules

and regulations for the whole plant.
Connecting rods and points must be actuated
by load at connection points.

Case 1
Attachment rods vertical during
plant operation

cold position
hot position

Case 2
Attachment rods vertical in
installation condition

2.17

3.1 Spring hangers, type 21

Connection is made by screwing the connecting rod into the upper threaded connection
hole in type 21, and by screwing the lower
connecting rod into the turnbuckle.
As a tension range and length adjustment,
the turnbuckle length available in the hanger
can be used for the connecting rod.
3.2 Spring hanger, type 22
Connection is made by pinning the lug to the
upper attachment point and by screwing the
lower connecting rod into the turnbuckle.
As a tension range and length adjustment,
the turnbuckle length available in the hanger
can be used for the connecting rod.

3.3 Spring hangers, type 25 & 26

These spring hangers are set on beams and
correspondingly positioned. Once the precise
position is defined the unit should be secured
against horizontal movement. The load actuated connection is made via the connecting
rod, which is led throught the support tube
and tightened with a nut.
3.4 Spring supports, type 28 & 29
After positioning, these spring supports are
connected to the structure by bolting or welding the base plate to the structure. Load
distribution is applied through the load
plate or through one or more adjustable
load tubes.
3.5 Angulating spring supports, type 20
The angulating spring supports are connected to the structure after corresponding
positioning by welding the lower weld-on
bracket. Load distribution is applied through
the upper weld-on bracket via the pin
connection to the height-adjustable load
tube.
3.6 Sway braces, type 27
After positioning of the connection points,
the weld-on brackets are attached and
connection is made through the connection
pins of the brackets or dynamic clamps.
The ball bushing joints allow a  11/2 inch
[37.5 mm] adjustment of installation length.
4. Removing the travel stops
The spring hangers and supports should only
be deblocked when the set load is fully
applied to all the supports, which form one
system. If this is the case, the travel stops
can easily be removed. If the travel stops are
jammed, the load actually applied does not
correspond with the theoretical adjusted
load. (See Installation and Operating
Instructions, Constant Hangers, page 1.23,
item 4, in this regard).

2
5. Load readjustment
5.1 Spring hangers, spring supports
For spring hangers the load can be readjusted
by loosening or tightening the threaded rods
at the lock nut. For spring supports, the load
can be readjusted by a corresponding adjustment of the load tube.
Under all circumstances, however, the appropriate technical department must be consulted
before attempting any load readjustment.

5.2 Sway braces, type 27

Load readjustment is made by rotating the
threaded tube (A). The large counter ring (B)
is loosened to do this. In order to maintain
the E dimension, the resulting gap is compensated for by readjustment of the guide
tube.


C
D

Spring hanger type 22 with eye

nuts as transport lugs


B








For sway braces, a free stroke can be set.

To do this, the guide tube (C) opposite the
inner guide rod (D) is to be unscrewed
(loosen middle lock nut). The working travel
reduces in the compression direction in
accordance with the free stroke selected.
6. Commissioning
Before commissioning it must be checked
that each hanger or support allows the precalculated movement of the piping.
The working travel of the hanger or support
can be read off at the bottom edge of the
spring plate as travel in the blocking slots,
and read directly off the travel scale.
7. Checking and maintenance
The correct functioning of the spring hangers
or supports can be checked in all operating
situations by noting the position of the
spring plates.
Under normal operating conditions no maintenance is required.









connecting rod
counter nut
lock nut
load tube
travel stop
travel scale
name plate

Hydraulic
cylinder

Hydraulic
cylinder

Hydraulic cylinder

Installation devices for readjustment of the set load for types

22, 26 and 28. The devices can
equally well be used as
deblocking aids.

Example of an arrangement
with type 25

2.18

SHOCK ABSORBERS, ENERGY ABSORBERS,

RIGID STRUTS

3
PRODUCT
GROUP

SHOCK ABSORBERS, ENERGY ABSORBERS,

RIGID STRUTS, DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMPS
CONTENTS

PAGE

3
0

Field of application________________________________________________3.1
Main products ____________________________________________________3.2

Recommendations for use __________________________________________3.3

Shock absorbers, type 30, type 31 __________________________________3.4
Installation extensions, type 33 _____________________________________3.7

Weld-on brackets, type 35__________________________________________3.8

Operational performance, type 30, type 31____________________________3.9
Permissible stress factors, type 30, type 31 __________________________3.10

PRODUCT
GROUP

Mode of operation, type 30, type 31________________________________3.11

Shock absorbers, design characteristics _____________________________3.13

Shock absorbers, function tests ____________________________________3.14

Installation instructions, type 30, type 31____________________________3.15
Maintenance recommendations type 30, type 31 _____________________3.17

Dynamic pipe clamps, type 36, type 37 _____________________________3.19

Selection of dynamic pipe clamps, OD 1.33 - OD 36_________________3.21
Dynamic pipe clamps, installation instructions________________________3.31

Energy absorber (E-Bar), type 32 ___________________________________3.33

Rigid struts, type 39______________________________________________3.37

Pipe whip restraints ______________________________________________3.41

8
9
3.0

PRODUCT GROUP 3
FIELD OF APPLICATION
To avoid unacceptable tension and moments in the
piping system, unplanned
displacement in piping or
other plant components must
be eliminated. However, thermal movement must not be
hindered in any way!

Dynamic events
Whenever unplanned dynamic events occur,
LISEGA Product Group 3 supports have the
job of protecting the piping or other components affected from any damage.
Undesirable abrupt movement of the components in the system can be caused by:

Product group 3 components

Pipe supports specially designed for the
purpose are necessary to absorb and transfer loads from dynamic events. With Product
Group 3, LISEGA provides a comprehensive
system whereby all fields of application are
covered by the corresponding ideal component. This enables users to exploit optimum
concepts.

A Internal excitation, such as:

pressure shocks from valve operation

water hammer
boiler events
pipe breakage

The LISEGA Product Group 3 includes the

following main products:
shock absorbers, types 30 and 31
energy absorbers (E-Bars), type 32
rigid struts, type 39

B External excitation, such as:

wind load
seismic events
aircraft impact
explosions

Components affected can be:

piping
pumps
valve assemblies
pressure vessels
steam generators

A comprehensive selection of connection possibilities is available for the correct installation of the main products:
installation extensions, type 33
weld-on brackets, type 35
dynamic pipe clamps, types 36 and 37
In accordance with the LISEGA modular
system, the connecting parts are designed
to be compatible and are subject to uniform
calculation criteria. A generally applicable
table of permissible loads can be found on
page 0.5 of the Technical Specifications.
The fundamental calculation procedures
comply with international regulations and
standards and are certified by practical type
and suitability tests.
Design Report Summaries in accordance
with ASME III NF are available.

Diagram of an operating basis earthquake (O.B.E.)

3.1

PRODUCT GROUP 3
MAIN PRODUCTS

Shock absorbers, type 30, 31

The use of shock absorbers (snubbers) is
preferred in thermally operating piping
systems. In a dynamic event, shock absorbers instantaneously form a practically rigid
restraint between the protected component
and the structure. Resulting dynamic energy
can at once be absorbed and harmlessly
transferred.
stroke

Through the special function of the shock

absorbers, thermal displacements during normal operation remain unhindered.
Energy absorbers, type 32
If only slight operational movement is to be
expected at the load application point, then
as a rule energy absorbers can be used.
These components allow a small amount of
movement, which is limited by an adjustable
gap in the end positions. The components
affected are protected from overload because,
due to the design, the dynamic energy introduced is transformed into deformation energy.

free stroke
(adjustable)

Rigid struts, type 39

If no operational movement is to be expected, e.g. at so-called zero positions, then
rigid struts are used. They form rigid
restraints from attachment point to attachment point and do not allow axial movement. However, as they have angular bearings, limited angular movement is permitted.

rigid

3.2

PRODUCT GROUP 3
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR USE
Product Group 3 components are dynamically
stressed. In their use, the following points
must be observed for effective functioning:
1. Where the design of dynamically fixed
points is concerned, the stiffness of the
supporting system as a whole, i.e. of all
components in the support chain, must be
considered.
2. In the selection of unit sizes, the total of
all loadings avising must be taken into
account.
3. For given loads it must be made clear,
beyond any doubt, which level of design load
(H, HZ, HS, and/or Level A,B,C,D) the data
corresponds to. The table of permissible loads
on page 0.5 of the Technical Specifications
must be observed.
4. The stroke length of shock absorbers
should not be fully exploited. An overtravel
safety margin of 3/8 inch [10mm] at each
end of the snubber should be maintained.
5. When arranging the components, sufficient
lateral freedom should be allowed so that
there is no jamming at connection lugs.
6. When shock absorbers are arranged in
parallel, it is recommended that load reserves be considered. Instead of 50%, in
each case it is recommended that both
shock absorbers be designed to take 70%
of the total calculation load.

Type 35

Type 35

Type 33

Type 37

Type 30

Type 39
Type 30

Type 33

Type 35

Type 35

Type 36
Type 39
Type 36

Type 39

Type 36

Type 30

Type 35

Type 35

Type 35

Type 30

Type 39

Type 36

Type 35

Type 30

7. The installation drawings should clearly

indicate how much freedom of angulation
may be required by the components.
8. Any necessary torque values for threaded
connections in the structural attachments
should be indicated.
9. Before commissioning the plant, all support points should again be visually inspected.
10. The LISEGA instructions for commissioning
and inspection, as well as the maintenance
recommendations, are to be observed.
 Special design of dynamic restraint clamp

3.3

Type 35

Type 39

Type 37

Type 39
Type 35

SHOCK ABSORBERS
TYPE 30, 31
LISEGA shock absorbers have stood the test
of time in practical applications for over
three decades, and thereby proven their
outstanding reliability. Extensive operational
experience has, through constant further
development, led to a matured product, universally respected and leading worldwide.
Access to shock absorbers after installation is
generally difficult and, because of possible
danger from radiation when installed in
nuclear power plants, involves stringent
safety regulations for personnel. The highest
demands are therefore made on reliable and
maintenance-free continuous service.
For the reliable operational safety of shock
absorbers, the quality of the following critical
components, together with the functional principle and whole design, is a decisive factor:

sealing systems
piston and rod guides
hydraulic fluid
sliding surfaces
corrosion-resistant interiors
control valve system

The most frequent causes of

failure in shock absorbers are premature
wear and tear and
corrosion. For this
reason LISEGA
shock absorbers
are manufacured
from noncorroding
materials and any form of metal to metal contact
is precluded by the use of special guide bands.
At LISEGA, the sealing system, guidings and
hydraulic fluid are certified through reliable
qualification procedures to give at least 23
years trouble free operation in nuclear power
stations under normal operating conditions.

The following qualities have led to the recognized superiority of LISEGA shock absorbers:

non-corroding materials
special sealing systems
vibration proof guide systems
pressurized self-contained hydraulic system
dynamic function
exchangeable control valves (Type 31)
23 years approved maintenance-free
operation
40 year lifespan
certified by ASME - NCA 3800
certified by TV qualification
testing

3.4

SHOCK ABSORBERS
TYPE 30
Type 30 18 16 to 30 03 12
Series produced
Standard design
Available from stock or
from running production.
Only non-corroding materials are used. Connection
lugs (material = carbon
steel) attached via threaded
connections are galvanized.

travel indicator

conn. lug

sight glass

name plate
ball bush

piston rod cover

Type
30 18 16
30 38 16
30 39 16
30 42 16
30 43 16
30 52 13
30 53 13
30 62 16
30 63 16
30 72 16
30 73 16
30 82 16
30 83 16
30 92 13
30 93 13
30 02 12
30 03 12

Order details:
Shock absorber
type 30 .. ..
With two weld-on brackets
type 35 .. ..,
Marking:

3.5

Nom. load Emergency

(lbs)
Level C 
675
900
1800
2380
1800
2380
4000
5380
4000
5380
10350
13700
10350
13700
22450
31700
22450
31700
44900
60000
44900
60000
78600
106000
78600
106000
123500
165000
123500
165000
224000
300000
224000
300000

Stroke

4
4
8
5 7/8
11 3/4
5 7/8
11 3/4
5 7/8
11 3/4
5 7/8
11 3/4
5 7/8
11 3/4
5 7/8
11 3/4
5 7/8
11 3/4

D

d3

2 1/8
2 3/4
2 3/4
3 3/8
3 3/8
5 5/16
5 5/16
611/16
611/16
7 7/8
7 7/8
10 5/8
10 5/8
11 3/4
11 3/4
15 3/8
15 3/8

0.393
0.472
0.472
0.590
0.590
0.787
0.787
1.181
1.181
1.968
1.968
2.361
2.361
2.755
2.755
3.936
3.936

 See Technical Specifications, table Permissible

loads on page 0.5 and Welding the weld-on brackets
on page 3.16
 Usual design load for earthquakes and similar load
events. See also Technical Specifications, page 0.5
 Emin = piston rod retracted
Emax = piston rod extended
To bridge greater installed lengths,
extensions, type 33 (page 3.7) can be used.

E
min
8 5/8
12 3/8
16 1/8
15 1/2
21 1/2
17 1/2
23 1/2
21 1/16
27
24 3/16
30 1/8
28 3/4
34 5/8
30
35 7/8
36 7/8
42 3/4

E
max
12 5/8
16 3/8
24 1/8
21 3/8
33 1/4
23 3/8
35 1/4
2615/16
38 3/4
30 1/16
41 7/8
34 5/8
46 3/8
35 7/8
47 5/8
42 3/4
54 1/2

F
11/
16
2
2
2 5/16
2 5/16
2 9/16
2 9/16
3 15/16
3 15/16
5 1/ 8
5 1/ 8
6 1/ 2
6 1/ 2
6 1/ 2
6 1/ 2
9 1/ 2
9 1/ 2

R
9/
16
13/
16
13/
16
7/
8
7/
8
1 3/16
1 3/16
1 3/4
1 3/4
2 3/8
2 3/8
2 15/16
2 15/16
4 1/8
4 1/8
5 3/4
5 3/4

SG
0.36
0.40
0.40
0.48
0.48
0.63
0.63
0.87
0.87
1.38
1.38
1.74
1.74
1.93
1.93
2.76
2.76

Weight
(lbs )
4
10
13
18
26
44
64
82
112
135
175
270
325
385
460
860
1015

 When exchanging other products, the connection

dimensions such as pin diameters and lug lengths can
be made to fit the attachments already built into the
structure.
 Units with longer strokes can be provided on
request.

SHOCK ABSORBERS
TYPE 31

Shock absorbers
Type 31 98 16 to 31 58 16

conn. lug
ball bush

travel indicator 
name plate
removable valves

weld-on bracket
fluid level indicator

Type 31 shock absorbers are

specially designed to deal with
large loads.
They are mainly used in nuclear power stations to protect
steam generators and large
pumps. Due to the restricted
space in such areas, their
dimensions are generally
designed to suit the given
conditions.
The table on this page therefore serves as general orientation during initial planning.
Housing and connection lugs
are high tensile stainless steel
castings.

Type
31 98 16
31 99 16
31 08 16
31 09 16
31 28 16
31 38 16
31 48 16
31 58 16

Nom. load
(lbs)
123500
123500
224000
224000
448000
670000
900000
1124000

Emergency
Level C  Stroke D
9 7/16
4
165000
9 7/16
8
165000
4 13
300000
8 13
300000
4 17 5/16
597000
4 21 1/4
898000
4 22 7/8
1195000
4 243/4
1495000

E
d3 min
2.755 24 3/8
2.755 28 7/8
3.936 30 1/8
3.936 34 5/8
4.723 34 1/4
5.511 40 1/8
6.299 41 1/4
7.086 45

 See Technical Specifications, table Permissible

loads on page 0.5 and Welding the weld-on brackets
on page 3.16
 Usual design load for earthquakes and similar load
events. See also Technical Specifications, page 0.5

E
max
28 3/8
36 7/8
34 1/8
42 5/8
38 1/4
44 1/8
45 1/4
49

3 3/4 3 9/16
3 3/4 3 9/16
4 3/4 4 5/16
4 3/4 4 5/16
6 5/16 6 1/8
7 1/2 7 1/16
8 1/ 8 7 7/ 8
9 1/ 8 8 5/ 8

L max. R

12 3/16 41/2 4 1/8

12 3/16 53/4 4 1/8
15 1/8
53/4 5 1/2
15 1/8
8
5 1/ 2
11
17 /16 6
6 5/16
24 7/16 4
7 7/ 8
10
23
9 3/ 4
8
26 3/8
11 1/2

SG Weight
(lbs)
1.93 335
1.93 400
2.76 630
2.76 745
3.35 1430
3.55 2135
4.14 2870
4.14 3860

Order details:
Shock absorber,
type 31 .. ..
With two weld-on brackets
type 35 .. ..
Marking:

 Emin = piston rod retracted

Emax = piston rod extended

 L max at 175F [80C]

 Design of travel indicator for travel range 8
(4 [100mm] stroke).

LISEGA shock absorbers type 31

are fitted with exchangeable valves
for on site testing

3.6

INSTALLATION EXTENSIONS
TYPE 33
Installation extensions
type 33 18 18 to 33 03 12
Type 33 extensions are used
to bridge larger installation
lengths, thus avoiding structural adjustments on site.
Connection to the shock
absorber or energy absorber
is made at the cylinder
base. Standard threaded
connections allow the
simple substitution of extensions for standard connection lugs. The same applies
for special connections,
helpful when exchanging
units made by other manufacturers, because this way
existing structural connections can remain
(see page 3.8).

min. thread engagement

extension tube
countering ring

Material:
Extension tube and
countering ring
Carbon steel.

L 11/2

Type

Order details:
Installation extension
type 33 .. ..
L= inch
for hydr. shock absorber

3.7

lug with ball bushing

33 18 18
33 38 18
33 39 18
33 42 18
33 43 18
33 52 13
33 53 13
33 62 18
33 63 18
33 72 18
33 73 18

Nom. load
(lbs)
675
1800
1800
4000
4000
10350
10350
22450
22450
44900
44900

33 82 18

78600

33 83 18

78600

33 92 13
33 93 13
33 02 12
33 03 12

123500
123500
224000
224000

Shock
abs.
stroke
4
4
8
5 7/8
11 3/4
5 7/8
11 3/4
5 7/8
11 3/4
5 7/8
11 3/4

A
9 1/2
123/8
181/8
161/4
25
177/8
263/4
201/8
29
22
307/8

d3
0.393
0.472
0.472
0.590
0.590
0.787
0.787
1.181
1.181
1.968
1.968

5 7/8 251/4 2.361

11 3/4 34

2.361

5 7/8
11 3/4
5 7/8
11 3/4

2.755
2.755
3.936
3.936

 Piston at midposition

263/8
351/4
303/8
391/8

D
max
1
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 7/8
1 7/8
2 1/2
2 1/2
3 1/4
3 1/4
3 1/2
4
3 1/2
4
4 1/2
4 1/2
6 1/4
6 1/4

E
min
17 1/2
20
25 3/4
24 1/4
33
26 1/2
35 3/8
30 7/8
39 3/4
34 1/2
43 3/8
40 5/8
67 1/2
49 3/8
69
43 3/4
52 5/8
52 1/4
61

E
max
30
30
27 1/4
46 1/4
40 5/8
55 1/4
50 3/8
76 3/4
72 7/8
95
84 1/4
67 3/8
94 1/2
68 7/8
91 3/8
113
110
104 3/8
100 3/8

L 11/2
min
8
7 5/8
7 5/8
8
8
8 5/8
8 5/8
10 3/4
10 3/4
12 1/2
12 1/2
15 3/8
42 1/4
15 3/8
35
17 3/8
17 3/8
21 7/8
21 7/8

L 11/2
max
20 1/2
17 5/8
9 1/8
30
15 5/8
37 3/8
23 5/8
56 5/8
43 7/8
73
53 3/8
42 1/8
69 1/4
34 7/8
57 3/8
86 5/8
74 3/4
74
61 1/4

Weight (lbs)
+ per
L min
1
0.22
1.0
0.31
1.3
0.31
1.3
0.42
2.0
0.42
2.0
0.41
3.3
0.41
3.3
1.10
5.0
1.10
5.0
2.00
11.0
2.00
11.0
1.90
22.0
2.65
99.0
1.90
22.0
2.65
80.0
3.10
73.0
3.10
73.0
5.35
200.0
5.35
200.0

 Installation dimensions greater than Emax on load

reduction possible. Shorter L dimensions can be supplied,
but then without adjustment possibility.

WELD-ON BRACKETS
TYPE 35

Weld-on brackets
Type 35 19 13 to 35 20 19

Type
35 19 13
35 29 13
35 39 13
35 49 13
35 59 19
35 69 19
35 79 19
35 89 19
35 99 11
35 09 13
35 20 19

Nom. load
(lbs)
675
900
1800
4000
10350
22450
44900
78600
123500
224000
448000

1
1
1 3/16
1 3/8
2 1/8
3 9/16
4 5/16
5 7/8
7
15 3/8
20 1/2

1 1/4
1 1/4
1 7/16
111/16
2 1/8
3 1/8
315/16
5 1/8
9
12 3/16
12 5/8

C
7/
16
7/
16
1/
2
1/
2
9/
16
7/
8
15/
16
1 3/8
1 1/2
2 5/16
2 9/16

 See Technical Specifications table Permissible

d3

0.393
0.393
0.472
0.590
0.787
1.181
1.968
2.361
2.755
3.936
4.723

1 3/16
1 3/16
1 5/16
1 9/16
2
2 15/16
3 9/16
4 1/2
6 1/8
8 3/8
9 5/8

F
3/
8
3/
8
7/
16
1/
2
5/
8
7/
8
3/
8
3/
4

1
1
2
2 13/16
3 7/16

1 5/8
1 5/8
1 13/16
2 1/16
2 9/16
3 3/4
4 1/2
6 1/4
8 9/16
11 15/16
12 5/8

1/
2
1/
2
9/
16
11/
16
1 1/16
1 3/4
2 3/16
2 15/16
3 1/8
3 15/16
5 5/16

Weight
(lbs)
0.4
0.4
0.7
1.0
2.0
8.0
17.0
37.0
90.0
291.0
475.0

This unit is used as a connection for shock absorbers

type 30 and 31, energy absorbers type 32 and rigid
struts type 39 (also for types
16, 20, 27), and forms
the structural attachment.
The brackets are made from
easily weldable carbon steel
S355J2G3 and the precision
fit stainless steel connecting pins.
Weld-on brackets type 35
can be supplied with bolton base plates on request.

 Pin dia.

loads on page 0.5 and Welding of weld-on brackets

on page 3.16

Order details:
Weld-on bracket,
type 35 .. ..

SPECIAL CONNECTIONS
It is a well known fact that most earlier
generation shock absorbers do not fulfill
current demands and specifications.
The result is failure, and huge maintenance
costs. Considerable savings can be made by
replacing these units with LISEGA shock or
energy absorbers (E-bars).
So that connections already existing on site
can still be used, a range of special connections is available.

Flange for connecting to existing

extension

Special lugs

Special lugs with length adjustment

Standard extension

3.8

SHOCK ABSORBERS TYPE 30, 31

OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE
Operational performance
Under dynamic load, LISEGA shock absorbers, depending on the operational
load spectrum, offer a constant, predictable, functional performance.

Specified function values

As standard, LISEGA shock absorbers
maintain the function values listed below. The values are based on cyclic or
dynamic load.

The data conforms to international standards and practical requirements.

Adherence to the specifications is
proven and recorded by acceptance tests
at the factory. By means of design
adaptations, special parameters can be
complied with on request.

Type 30

Piston rod travel Sb at FN, Rt  and 1-35Hz

travel range 8,
2. 9 
 0.236 [6mm]

Piston rod travel Sa (lost motion)

 0.02 [0.5mm] 

Type 31

travel range 3
(stroke 113/4)

travel range 8
(stroke 4)

travel range 9
(stroke 8)

 0.315 [8mm]

 0.393 [10mm]

 0.472 [12mm]

Lockup velocity at Rt 

4.72 - 14.17 inch/min [2-6 mm/s]

Bypass velocity at FN and Rt 

0.47 - 4.72 inch/min [0.2-2 mm/s]

0.01FN or  45lbs

Frictional resistance 

0.015FN or  67lbs

 0.01FN

[200N] at FN  4495lbs [300N] at FN 4495lbs

[20kN]
[20kN]

 travel range 8 4 [100 mm], travel range 2 57/8 [150 mm],

travel range 9 8 [200 mm]

 Measured at a constant piston speed of appr. 0.71 inch/min [0.3 mm/s].

 Rt = Room temperature. At ambient temperature of 302F [150C] (short

 If required, Sa can be increased to  0.02 inch [0.5 mm] by conforming

to other performance data (KTA 3205.3).

duration, max. 1h) piston rod travel may be increased by up to 50% due to
reduced fluid viscosity.

Breakaway force is kept at less than 1.5 of given values.

Force F

(lbs)

Ffaulted

22450

Femergency
FN

rigidity

10350

stroke
= 113/4

piston travel S
4000

1800
-FN

stroke
 8

-Femergency

675
-Ffaulted

Force travel diagram

3.9

Force and travel amplitudes

Actual performance in relation to normal load

and travel range

SHOCK ABSORBERS, TYPE 30, 31

PERMISSIBLE STRESS FACTORS
Operational Stress Factors
LISEGA hydraulic shock absorbers are
designed as standard for the operational
loads listed below.

The specified values have been confirmed by German TV qualification

tests. Other values can be agreed upon
in exceptional cases by design adaptations.

permanent

max. 176F [80C]

short term max. 1h/temp. cycle

max. 40h per year

max. 302F [150C]

Relative humidity

at 50 - 302F [10-150C]

100%

Wet steam atmosphere

max. 302F [150C]

X=1

Energy dose

accumulated

107 rad [105J/kg]

continuous

7.25 - 14.5 psi [0.5-1 bar]

short term

72.5 psi [5 bar]

excess pressure

Loading due to environmental

temperature

Ambient pressure

Optimum testing is achieved by using computer

controlled test equipment

The values cited above refer to a shock

absorber incl. seals and hydraulic fluid.
Special values for the fluid only are:

Hydraulic fluid
(silicone oil)

Pour point

58F [-50C]

Flash point

 572F [300C]

Ignition point

 932F [500C]

Resistance to fatigue
Proof of operational durability is based
on the following accumulated load
spectrum:
Normal load FN . . . . . .Load cycles
10 % . . . . . . . . . . . . .2,000,000
50 % . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100,000
80 % . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20,000
100 % (Level A/B) . . . . . . . . .10,000
133 % (Level C) . . . . . . . . . . .100
172 % (LeveI D) . . . . . . . . . . . .10
The number of cycles corresponds to
estimated maximum dynamic stresses
from diverse load events within a period
of forty years. It also complies with the
test program requirements of the suitability tests conducted by the German
TV. The results prove that the shock

absorbers endure these loads while

maintaining their functional integrity.
The special guide systems of the shock
absorbers make them largely resistant
to permanent cyclic operating loads.
This is confirmed by proven practical
experience.

Test area for shock absorbers at the Zeven

factory, Germany

It has to be considered that the range

of possible influential parameters such
as frequencies, amplitudes, oscillation
shapes, impact directions, mono- and
multiaxial effects, as well as possible
overlapping, permit no uniform definition
of continuous operational vibration.

Testing shock absorbers, type 31

Test load 1000 kips [4500kN]

3.10

SHOCK ABSORBERS
MODE OF OPERATION
Function scheme of a shock absorber, type 30

MODE OF FUNCTION
Dynamic event
In the event of a sudden shock, an instantaneous, secure and almost rigid connection
is produced between the supported component and the fixed point on the structure.
The resulting dynamic loads are at once
conducted into the structural connection and
dissipated without any harmful consequences.
Normal operational movements of piping and
other components remain however unhindered.
Moments of force can often change direction
at random within the framework of complex
oscillation spectra. The response frequency
range for LISEGA shock absorbers is 0.5 100 Hz.

C D

spring pressure, and hydraulic fluid flows freely from one side of the piston to the other.
During rapid piston movement (approx. 
4.72 inch/min [2mm/s]) above the speed
limit, the resulting fluid flow pressure on the
valve plate closes the main valve. The flow
of the hydraulic fluid is stopped and movement blocked. The compressibility of the
fluid cushion has a softening effect on the
restriction of the piston. This prevents
damaging load spikes.
For movement in the compressive direction,
the compensating valve (D) closes almost
synchronously with the main valve.
If the pressure on the closed valve subsides,
e.g. through reversal of the direction of movement, the main control valve opens automatically when the fluid force falls short of the
spring force.

FUNCTION
Control valves
The function of LISEGA hydraulic shock absorbers type 30 is controlled by the main control valve (B), axially mounted within the
hydraulic piston (A).
During the piston movement ( 4.72
inch/min [2mm/s]) the valve is kept open by

3.11

Bypass
To prevent the valves from jamming in the
blocking position, they are fitted with a
bypass system.

3
Function scheme of a shock absorber type 31

This allows limited piston movement under

continuing load and ensures safe opening of
the valves by rapid equalization of pressure
in both cylinder chambers. The compensating valve works synchronously with the
main valve in the same way.
Reservoir
For both variable piston rod positions as well
as for changes in hydraulic fluid volume
caused by temperature changes, volume compensation takes place through a coaxially
mounted reservoir (C). The link between the
reservoir and main cylinder is regulated by
the compensating valve (D).

speed limit is exceeded. Because the valves

are directly linked to the reservoir, no special
compensating valve is needed.
Recurrent testing
To facilitate routine maintenance, the control
valve system is designed for removal with the
shock absorber still in place. The valves can
then simply be replaced in the event of a
recurrent test by a previously qualified set of
valves. A special shut-off device is used to
prevent loss of oil. The original valves can
then be remotely tested in a surrogate snubber and made ready for use again.

Large bore shock absorbers type 31

The function of the LISEGA shock absorber
type 31 is fundamentally the same as for type
30.
The special dimensions, however, require a
different design arrangement of the reservoir
(C). The valve assembly also differs.
The valves (B) themselves operate similarly
to those in type 30. The circulation of the
fluid is also blocked by closure of the corresponding valve in each respective direction of
movement. This happens whenever a flow-

3.12

SHOCK ABSORBERS
DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS
Design characteristics
The shock absorbers are closed systems
with no external threaded pressure
connections. Individual parts of the unit
are assembled without welding by
means of precision fits and threaded
connections and secured mechanically
(see Fig. 3).
For protection against corrosion, LISEGA shock absorbers are made exclusively from non-corroding materials. The
connections are made of galvanized
carbon steel.
The guides on piston rods and pistons
are made from a special wear-resistant
non-metallic material (see Fig. 2).
The fluid reservoir is sealed from the
atmosphere by a preset piston, so that
slight overpressure in the hydraulic
system constantly maintains a slight
presetting of the seals.
The control valves are decisive for the
dynamic operation of the shock absorber.
To achieve high operational accuracy,
the valve parameters have been optimized by extensive testing and special
calculation models.
Seals
The sealing systems play a vital role in
the long term function of a hydraulic
shock absorber. Together with the hydraulic fluid and guide bands, the seals
form part of the non-metallic components of the shock absorber and are
therefore subject to natural ageing and
wear. The most important requisite for
a lasting sealing effect is the selection
of the right sealing material. A good
memory for shape retention (compression set) or lowest possible relaxation of
tension is thereby an absolute essential.
For optimum exploitation of material
characteristics, the shape of the seals
and the design of their locations are
also important.

3.13

The optimum combination of the

following factors is decisive for
functional efficiency:
temperature resistance
radiation resistance
abrasion resistance, especially
at high frequency vibration
good memory for shape retention
good dry running qualities
limited diffusion tendency into the
metal surfaces
minimal stick/slip drag effect
The material which best meets these requirements is a special compound on the
basis of the fluor elastomer VITON.
To exploit the special characteristics to
the fullest extent, the following criteria
must also be considered:

special design shapes

backing compound materials
optimum mixture consistency
optimally balanced hardness
precision in gliding surfaces
design of locations for defined
presetting of seals

Commercially available seals in shock

absorbers do not fulfill these requirements, and as experience has shown,
lead to premature failure. For LISEGA
shock absorbers, a specific sealing system was developed as early as 1984 in
cooperation with a major seal manufacturer. Since then, these seals have
demonstrated their worth in practical
application.
Alongside other successful qualification
procedures through artificial ageing and
fatigue tests, a qualification test procedure was carried out on LISEGA shock
absorbers in 1992 by order of a major
European nuclear utility. The tests certified a maintenance free service life of
at least 23 years in nuclear power
plants under normal operating conditions.

Control indicators
The piston position of the shock absorbers can be read from all sides by
checking the scale rings on the body of
the cylinder. The sturdy stainless steel
shroud connected to the piston rod protects it from mechanical damage, dirt
and heat and also serves as an indicator.
The fluid level of the reservoir is indicated by the position of the reservoir
piston. A sight glass can be used for
checking the minimum level in type 30.
Type 31 has a marked indicator rod
attached to the base of the external
reservoir.
For details of design and materials,
see Technical Specifications.

(Fig. 1)

(Fig. 2)

(Fig. 3)

SHOCK ABSORBERS
FUNCTION TESTS
The particularly stringent
requirements within the
nuclear industry demand
flawless proof concerning
the functional parameters
for shock absorbers.
This applies both to the
first acceptance test as well
as to recurrent testing.

LISEGA applies a test procedure using the very

latest technology. The test benches operate as
dynamic hydro pulse units, with either forcecontrolled or travel-controlled excitation as
desired.
The frequency bands range from
0.5 - 30Hz and the test loads from
100 - 1100000 lbs [0.5-5000 kN]. Altogether,
seven test benches of various sizes are available for LISEGA in different factories.
At customers request, they are frequently used
on site as mobile units. Several test benches
have been supplied to different countries to

be used on site by local plant personnel for

recurrent testing.
Variable test programs permit shock absorber
tests for all makes.
All LISEGA test benches are regularly inspected,
certified and calibrated by authorized bodies.

Frictional resistance (kN)

Quasistatic functional tests
Drag velocity (mm/s)
Lock up velocity (mm/s)
Bypass velocity (mm/s)
Load after valve activation (kN)
Load at bypass velocity (kN)/bleed rate
Dynamic functional tests
(Load and travel amplitudes)
displacement (mm)
compression / tension loads (kN)
Load/travel diagram

Acceptance certificate with test diagrams

3.14

SHOCK ABSORBERS TYPE 30, 31

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
Shock absorbers are precision-made, safety-related
components. Corresponding
care must therefore be taken
when handling them.
For the flawless functioning
of the shock absorbers it is
essential that the following
instructions are observed.

Transport and storage

Shock absorbers and related components
should be stored in closed rooms and protected from dirt and damage. Transportation
must therefore be carried out with great care.
LISEGA recommends that the shock absorbers
remain in their original packing until just before installation. Any damage during shipment,
off loading, on site transportation or installation must be reported to the manufacturer
immediately.
Delivery condition
Shock absorbers are supplied as fully operational units, complete with hydraulic fluid,
ready for service. The connecting lugs for
type 30 are connected at one end with the
base, at the other with the piston rod and
secured by locking bolts.
For type 31 the bottom end lug and cylinder
base form a unit.
LISEGA shock absorbers are made entirely
from non-corroding materials, so they need
no additional surface treatment. The threaded
connecting lugs are electrogalvanized and
white chromatized.
Type 35 weld-on brackets are supplied separately, including fitted pins. Their surface has
a protective coating of weldable primer.
For transportation, type 30 shock absorbers
are supplied packaged individually in purpose made boxes with pistons fully retracted. Type 31 are fixed on special wooden
skids.

piston rod cover

weld-on bracket name plate

sight glass
travel indicator

conn. lug

Type 30

3.15

For these unit sizes, the actual installation

dimensions are preset at the factory.
Installation
Shock absorbers must be inspected for damage before installation. Also, the connecting lugs must be checked for tight fits. The
structural attachments on site and weld-on
brackets must be completely welded. The
arrange-ment of the weld-on brackets must
be such that the maximum angular displacement takes place in the direction of the
greatest thermal expansion in service.
Lateral displacement is limited to a maximum of  6. Any twisting of the weld-on
brackets against each other should be prevented because of the limitation on movement resulting from this.
All welding at the connections or in their
vicinity should be completed before installing
the shock absorbers.
For installation, type 30 shock absorbers must
be set at the required installation length (the
connection pin to connection pin dimension)
by extending the piston rods. This must be
done slowly, smoothly and below the lockup
velocity to avoid blocking the shock absorber. Smaller types can be extended by hand.
The weight of the larger shock absorbers can
be exploited to help extend them by hanging
the unit to the connecting lug of the piston
rod.
The shock absorbers can be installed in practically any conceivable position. The piston
rod should be connected to the heat conducting component to dissipate, via the protective shroud, any heat from radiation.
The installation position of the absorbers
should be so selected as to offer easy access
to the sight glass for fluid inspection during
service checks.

3
The connections to the various attachment
structures must be form-fit for load actuation. All threaded connections in the flux of
force must be tightened with sufficient
torque.
If, after installation, any welding on the
attachment structure is performed near the
installed shock absorber, care must be taken
that no welding current strays through the
body of the snubber.
After installing the complete system, it is
recommended that each unit be inspected
for the following:
A. Correct fitting of form-fit connections for
load actuation (locking screws on the connecting lugs, secure pins, threaded connections).
B. All installation points must be checked
for adequate freedom of movement during
thermal expansion. Care must be taken to
allow the connecting lugs to move freely in
the connection brackets and care also taken
to prevent the piston from reaching the end
position.

Welding the weld-on brackets

The following procedure is recommended for
the welding of weld-on brackets:
The minimum weld seam thickness a for
type 35 weld-on brackets is dependent on
the angular displacement and
.
A permissible stress of 13.05 ksi [90N/mm2]
at load case Level A formed the basis of the
calculation.
If the angular displacement increases to
90, the permissible loads are reduced by
approximately 15% at a constant weld seam
thickness (a min at = 45).
For permissible loads, see load table in
Technical Specifications, page 0.5
Welding procedure
1. Remove pins from weld-on brackets
2. Preheat weld-on brackets, from
type 35 79 19 onwards, to 212F [100C]
3. Use base electrodes
4. Welding should be performed in layers
to avoid welding distortion.
(For sequence, see diagram)
5. Allow bracket to cool to 212F [100C]
after each welding layer

For the piston position, a safety zone of

10mm at each end of the cylinder stroke is
recommended. The position can be read from
the travel scale.

a (leg length)

Type =15

= 6
35 19 13 3/16
35 29 13 3/16
35 39 13 3/16
35 49 13 3/16
35 59 19 5/16
35 69 19 7/16
35 79 19 19/32
35 89 19 13/16
35 99 11 27/32
35 09 13 25/32
35 20 19 1 9/32

=30 =45

= 6
= 6
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
1/
4
13/
32
17/
32
25/
32
1 1/32
1 1/8
31/
32

3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
9/
32
15/
32
5/
8
7/
8
1 3/16
1 9/32
1 1/16

Before commissioning the plant, a full visual

inspection of all shock absorbers and installation situations is recommended.

conn. lug

travel indicator
ball bushing

weld-on bracket

name plate fluid level indicator

removable valves

Type 31

3.16

SHOCK ABSORBERS
MAINTENANCE RECOMMENDATIONS
Shock absorbers are components of great safetyrelated significance for a
plant. They offer protection to the piping system
and other components
against dynamic overloading due to unplanned
load events. As these are
unpredictable, the complete functional safety of the
shock absorbers must be
guaranteed at all times.

For normal operating conditions shock absorbers are designed to function for the entire
40 year life of a plant. The seals and hydraulic fluid should be changed at least once
during this period, at the latest after 20
years.
However, under certain conditions (extreme
stresses) shock absorbers can experience premature ageing and increased mechanical wear.
Preventive maintenance is recommended in
order to make sure the shock absorbers remain fully operational and reliable. This maintenance is the responsibility of the plant operators.
Measures
1. Regular inspection visual inspection, once per year
2. Extended inspection function tests, 12 years after
commissioning at the latest.

Implementation
Inspection and maintenance work should be
carried out by specially trained personnel.
LISEGA servicing specialists can do this if
required. For dynamic function tests, qualified
test benches which can also be brought to
the plant are available.
1. Regular inspection
Regular inspection should involve a visual
inspection carried out once a year on all units
installed. The first inspection should take
place immediately before commissioning.
During the regular inspection, not only the
shock absorbers must be inspected, but also
the environmental conditions and installation
situation. The check list should include the
following points:
all units to be inspected, noting
installation position
planned operational connection
displacements
special environmental or operating
conditions.
any maintenance work previously
carried out.

Mobile computer controlled LISEGA

test bench in a Belgian nuclear
power plant

3.17

3
The following should be checked at the
installed position:
Conformity of name plate data with
check list.
Correct form fitting of all connections for
load actuation
Correct freedom of movement of shock
absorber during operating displacements
Position of main piston rod as regards
sufficient stroke, including travel reserve
(minimum 3/8 inch [10 mm] ).
Exterior condition of shock absorber for
any damage or leakage.
Surrounding area for possible signs of
unusual operating conditions,
e.g. increased temperature

The scope of testing and the selection of

shock absorbers should be agreed on by the
relevant plant department and the service
engineer responsible. Special consideration
is to be given to various stress factors
(temperature, radiation, loads, operational
vibrations).
The timing and scope of the next Extended
Inspection is to be decided on the basis of
inspection results recorded.
After approximately 20 years of operation at
the latest, it is recommended that the hydraulic
fluid and seals are replaced in all shock
absorbers. Following this work, carried out
by trained personnel using original LISEGA
spare parts, and after successful function
testing, the shock absorbers can be used
again for a further 20 years.

Fluid indicator level

As long as the reservoir piston cannot be
seen through the sight glass there is sufficient fluid in the reservoir. If the piston is
visible, it must be assumed that fluid has
been lost.
Observations and findings are to be recorded
on the check list and if required, recommendations for corrective action made.
2. Extended inspection
An extended inspection is carried out after
12 years of operation, whereby a number of
installed shock absorbers (min. 2 units per
type) are subjected to an additional function
test. After successful testing, the shock absorbers can be reinstalled for further service.
In the event of deviations in performance,
the shock absorber in question should be
dismantled and the function-related parts inspected. The plant operators are responsible
for taking and documenting any corrective
measures.

Examples of shock absorber

installation in nuclear plants

3.18

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMPS

TYPE 36, 37
In the sphere of dynamic
supports, the design of
pipe clamps is often not
carried out with sufficient
care. In spite of impeccable
main support units (shock
absorbers, rigid struts and
energy absorbers), the
functioning of the whole
construction can be adversely affected by faulty
pipe clamps.

Instability caused by twisted clamps of the

frictional grip type (fig. 1) is especially dangerous. Because of the unavoidable creep
characteristics of preset metals a lasting frictional grip cannot be maintained at high
temperatures by way of simple bolt presetting. Even oversize boltings do not solve the
problem, because on corresponding presetting they would cause impermissible contraction of the pipe (pipe squeezer).
A typical fault is too soft a clamp design
(fig. 2), where the necessary stiffness is
not attained.
Care should be taken that the connections on the pipe clamps fit snugly.

Fig. 1

So that no constraints arise, sufficient

room for lateral movement on
displacement in the piping system
must be guaranteed.
Prevention of twisting through shear lugs
To prevent twisting, LISEGA recommends on
principle the use of shear lugs with dynamic
pipe clamps (fig. 3, 5, 6). This way, defined
and verifiable behavior is ensured.

The lugs maintain the position of the pipe

clamps in the expected direction of force and
are not subjected to any significant load
(fig. 5). Even in the load case, no significant
lateral stresses are produced, as the friction
forces on the contact surface of the pipe
under load provide a secure grip.
Because of the slight forces to be absorbed,
welding stress can be kept to a minimum,
despite the small dimensions of the shear
lugs. Generally, they are kept below 35% of
the yield strength, or creep stress limit for
load condition H, according to the permissible values in ASME / DIN codes.
Frictional grip with the help of disc springs
If the welding of lugs is not possible for any
fundamental reason, LISEGA offers dynamic
pipe clamps fitted with disc springs (fig. 4).
Via correspondingly dimensioned sets of
springs, a lasting torque for permanent friction
grip can be produced.

Fig. 2
Fig. 5

Fig. 3

lug
lug

OD

Fig. 6

friction
tube
= 0.1...0.4 (friction value)

Fig. 4
friction

Force distribution in a dynamic pipe

clamp with shear lug connection 

3.19

OD

lug

friction

0-2mm
0 - 0.08
inch [0-2mm]

Lug dimensions

tube

1.5 x N

Catalog dimensions B1
add. 0.08 inch [2mm]

N = Catalog dimension F less

0.04 inch [1mm]

3
LISEGA standard design
To provide the ideal solution for all areas of
application and at the same time achieve
the most favorable performance weight
ratios, LISEGA offers four standard designs.

If no special arrangement is ordered, the

bracket connection is so fitted that the main
angulation range runs along the axis of the
pipe. For type 37, the weld-on bracket is to
be ordered separately.

Dynamic pipe clamps as hanger clamps

The given permissible loads have been calculated for dynamic operation with shock
absorbers / rigid struts in accordance with the
dynamic load spectra shown on page 3.10.

Type 36 .. .1/2/3

In special cases the dynamic clamps are fitted

as hanger clamps, under permanent static
load. In this case, the given permissible loads
have to be reduced as per the following table:
pipe
temperature

clamp
material

until 660F [350C] carbon steel

840F
930F
950F
985F
1040F

[450C]
[500C]
[510C]
[530C]
[560C]

alloy
alloy
alloy
alloy
alloy

steel
steel
steel
steel
steel

permissible
permanent
tensile stress

100%
90%
55%
65%
55%
45%

Type 36

Type 37
Type 37. .. 1/2/3/4/5/6

This calculation applies to creep strengths dep. on time in

the range of 200,000h at temperatures  840F [450C].

Special designs
In some cases, special designs can be a useful alternative to pipe clamps types 36 and
37. Especially in cases of parallel and angulated arrangements, standardized design
and calculation methods have proven their
worth.

Type 36 .. .4/5
Special clamp for angular arrangement

Selection
The selection tables are divided according to
pipe diameters. Via the temperature ranges
and the permissible loads, the type designation for the appropriate clamp is found. After
that, the installation dimensions are to be
checked using the drawing. Special attention
must be given to the lug connections of shock
absorbers, energy absorbers or rigid struts.
If the standard pin connection d1 does not
fit, another appropriate weld-on bracket (see
page 3.8) can be provided.

Type 37 .. .7/8/9

Dynamic axial pipe clamp with shock absorbers

3.20

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP

SELECTION TABLE OD 1.33 - OD 4.25
OD 1.33 - 33.7 mm (ND 25/1 )
permissible load (lbs x 1000) 
Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax A
43/8
0.393
3
36 03 11 0.90 0.90 0.90
61/8
0.393
3
0.90 0.90
36 03 21
61/4
0.393
3
0.90 0.85 0.65
36 03 31

B
2
2
2

B1

B
2
2
2

B1

B
2
2
2

B1

3/
4
3/
4
3/
4

max.
F load gr.
2
0.35
2
0.35
2
0.35

lbs
1.7
2.2
2.2

OD 1.67 - 42.4 mm (ND 32/11/4 )

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 
Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax A
36 04 11 1.80 1.80 1.80
0.472 51/8 31/4
36 04 21
0.472 67/8 31/4
1.45 1.15
36 04 31
0.393 67/8 31/4
0.90 0.85 0.65

3/
4
3/
4
3/
4

max.
F load gr. lbs
2.4
3
0.35
2.8
3
0.35
2.8
2
0.35

OD 1.90 - 48.3 mm (ND 40/11/2 )

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 
Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax A
51/8 31/2
0.472
36 05 11 1.80 1.80 1.65
67/8 31/2
1.45 1.15
0.472
36 05 21
67/8 31/2
0.90 0.90 0.65
0.393
36 05 31

3/

3/

3/

max.
F load gr. lbs
0.35
3
2.4
0.35
3
3.1
0.35
2
3.1

OD 2.37 - 60.3 mm (ND 50/2 )

Type 36 .. .1

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax A
57/8
41/4
36 06 11 3.60 3.25 2.45
0.590
1
7 /2
41/4
36 06 21
1.80 1.80
0.472
5
7
41/4
/
36 06 31
1.60 1.35 0.95
0.472
8

B
2
2
2

max.
B1 F load gr.
1 0.35
4
1 0.35
3
1 0.35
3

lbs
3.9
4.6
4.6

B
2
2
2

B1
1
1
1

max.
F load gr.
0.35
4
0.35
3
0.35
3

lbs
4.6
5.5
5.7

A
5
5
5

B
2
2
2

max.
B1 F load gr. lbs
1 0.35
4
4.8
1 0.35
3
5.7
1 0.35
3
5.9

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax A
53/4
36 09 11 5.15 4.45 4.25
0.787 7 1/4
53/4
36 09 21
4.00 3.50
0.590 9
1
53/4
36 09 31
3.15 2.65 1.85
0.590 9 /4

B
2
2
2

max.
B1 F load gr.
11/4 0.44
5
11/4 0.44
4
11/4 0.44
4

B
2
2
2

B1
13/8
13/8
11/4

OD 2.87 - 73 mm (ND 65/21/2 )

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 
Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax A
43/4
0.590 61/4
36 07 11 3.55 3.20 2.85
1
8
43/4
/
1.80 1.70
0.472
36 07 21
4
43/4
1.55 1.30 0.95
0.472 81/2
36 07 31
 Calculation of interim
values: linear interpolation.
 The connecting load group
has to be stated in the order.
On selection of a lower load
group than stated in the table,
the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the
E dim. of the weld-on bracket
(see page 3.8).

 Lug dimensions: F less 0.04

inch; B1 plus 0.08 inch (see
page 3.19).

OD 3.00 - 76.1 mm (ND 65/21/2 )

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 
Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax
0.590 61/4
36 08 11 3.55 3.20 2.95
1.80 1.70
0.472 81/4
36 08 21
1.55 1.30 0.95
0.472 81/2
36 08 31

OD 3.50 - 88.9 mm (ND 80/3 )

lbs
8.4
9.9
9.5

OD 4.25 - 108 mm (ND 100/4 )

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 
Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax A
81/8 61/2
0.787
36 10 11 7.20 6.50 5.50
3/
10
61/2
4.00 3.55
0.590
36 10 21
8
2.95 2.45 1.80
0.590 105/8 61/2
36 10 31

3.21

max.
F load gr. lbs
0.44
5
11
0.44
4
14
0.44
4
12

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP

SELECTION TABLE OD 4.50 - OD 6.625
OD 4.50 - 114.3 mm (ND 100/4 )
permissible load (lbs x 1000) 
Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax
8 1/4
36 11 11 7.15 6.45 5.55
0.787
5/
10
36 11 21
0.590
4.00 3.50
8
36 11 24
0.787 11
9.00 7.90
36 11 31
0.590 11
2.90 2.45 1.80
36 11 34
0.787 11 3/8
7.20 5.80 3.60

A
7
7
7
7
7

B
2
2
4
2
4

B1
1 3/8
1 3/8
2 3/8
1 1/4
2 3/8

max.
F load gr.
0.44 5
0.44 4
0.51 5
0.44 4
0.51 5

lbs
11
15
26
13
26

B1
1 3/8
1 1/4
2 3/8
1 1/4
2 3/8

max.
F load gr.
5
0.44
4
0.44
5
0.51
4
0.44
5
0.51

lbs
13
15
28
14
29

OD 5.25 - 133 mm (ND 125/5 )

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 
Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax A
87/8 71/2
36 13 11 7.05 6.40 5.15
0.787
36 13 21
0.590 10 7/8 71/2
4.00 3.25
71/2
36 13 24
0.787 111/4
9.00 8.30
71/2
36 13 31
0.590 111/4
2.90 2.45 1.80
36 13 34
0.787 115/8 71/2
7.40 6.25 4.20

B
2
2
4
2
4

OD 5.50 - 139.7 mm (ND 125/5 )

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 
Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax
9
36 14 11 7.00 6.35 5.25
0.787
36 14 21
0.590 11 1/4
4.00 3.20
36 14 24
1.181 125/8
9.80 7.75
36 14 31
0.590 115/8
2.85 2.40 1.75
36 14 34
0.787 12
7.20 6.15 4.30

A
8
8
8
8
8

max.
F load gr. lbs
13
5
0.44
16
4
0.44
36
6
0.51
15
4
0.44
30
5
0.51

B
2
2
4
2
4

B1
1 3/8
1 1/4
2 3/8
1 1/4
2 3/8

B
2
2
4
2
4

max.
B1 F load gr. lbs
1 3/8 0.44
15
5
1 1/4 0.44
17
4
2 3/8 0.51
39
6
1 1/4 0.44
17
4
2 3/8 0.51
34
5

B
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
4

B1
1 3/8
1 3/4
1 1/4
1 9/16
2 3/8
1 1/4
1 9/16
3 1/8

Type 36 .. .1/2

OD 6.25 - 159 mm (ND 150/6 )

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 
Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax A
95/8 8 3/4
0.787
36 16 11 6.90 6.25 5.40
0.590 113/4 8 1/2
4.00 3.15
36 16 21
1.181 131/4 8 1/2
9.75 7.70
36 16 24
0.590 121/4 8 1/2
2.85 2.40 1.75
36 16 31
0.787 125/8 8 1/2
7.20 6.10 4.45
36 16 34

OD 6.625 - 168.3 mm (ND 150/6 )

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 
Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985
36 17 11 6.5 5.9 5.2
36 17 12 11.4 10.1 7.6
3.85 3.10
36 17 21
6.35 5.65
36 17 22
9.75 7.70
36 17 24
2.8 2.3
36 17 31
4.0 3.8
36 17 32
12.4 10.4
36 17 34

1040 F d1
0.787
1.181
0.590
0.787
1.181
0.590
1.7
0.590
2.9
1.181
7.6

Emax
10 5/8
10 5/8
12 3/8
12 3/8
13 3/8
12 5/8
12 5/8
13 5/8

A
9
9 1/2
9
9 1/2
9
9
9 1/2
9 1/2

max.
F load gr.
0.44 5
0.44 6
0.44 4
0.44 5
0.51 6
0.44 4
0.44 4
0.63 6

lbs
17
25
18
24
41
18
23
58

Type 36 .. .4

 Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

 The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in
the table. the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).
 Lug dimensions: F less 0.04 inch; B1 plus 0.08 inch (see page 3.19).

3.22

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP

SELECTION TABLE OD 7.625 - OD 10.50
OD 7.625 - 193.7 mm (ND 175/7 )
permissible load (lbs x 1000) 
Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985
36 19 11 11.4 10.3 8.3
36 19 12 14.7 12.9 11.1
36 19 21
6.2 5.3
36 19 22
9.8 8.2
36 19 24
15.3 13.0
36 19 31
4.0 3.8
36 19 32
7.6 6.4
36 19 34
12.1 10.1

1040 F d1 Emax A

1.181 11 1/4 10 3/4
1.181 11 1/4 10 3/4
10 1/2
0.787 14
10 3/4
1.181 14
10 1/2
1.181 14
3
0.590 13 /4 10 1/2
2.9
0.787 13 3/4 10 3/4
4.3
1.181 14 3/4 10 1/2
7.4

B
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
4

B1
1 3/4
1 3/4
1 9/16
1 3/4
3 1/8
1 9/16
1 3/4
3 1/8

max.
F load gr.
6
0.44
6
0.51
5
0.44
6
0.51
6
0.51
4
0.44
5
0.51
6
0.63

lbs
28
32
30
37
63
28
34
66

1040 F d1 Emax A

1.181 12 1/4 11 3/4
1.181 12 1/4 11 3/4
0.787 15 1/8 11 1/2
1.181 15 1/8 11 3/4
1.181 15 1/8 11 1/2
0.590 14 5/8 11 1/2
2.9
0.787 14 5/8 11 3/4
4.5
1.181 15 1/2 11 1/2
7.3

B
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
4

B1
1 3/4
1 3/4
1 9/16
1 3/4
3 1/8
1 9/16
1 3/4
3 1/8

max.
F load gr.
6
0.44
6
0.51
5
0.44
6
0.51
6
0.51
4
0.44
5
0.51
6
0.63

lbs
31
35
31
45
73
28
36
75

A
12 1/2
13
12 1/2
13
12 1/2
13
12 1/2
13
12 1/2
13

B
2
2
2
2
4
4
2
2
4
4

B1
1 3/ 4
1 3/ 4
1 9/16
1 3/ 4
3 1/ 8
3 1/ 2
1 9/16
1 3/ 4
3 1/ 8
3 1/ 2

max.
F load gr. lbs
33
0.44 6
37
0.51 6
33
0.44 5
48
0.51 6
77
0.51 6
106
0.63 7
30
0.44 4
40
0.51 5
80
0.63 6
95
0.63 6

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax A
1.181 13 1/4 13 1/2
36 26 11 11.1 10.0 8.6
1.181 13 1/4 13 3/4
36 26 12 14.7 12.9 10.8
0.787 16 1/8 13 1/2
5.1
6.5
36 26 21
1.181 16 1/8 13 3/4
9.8 7.9
36 26 22
1.181 16 1/8 13 1/2
16.7 13.2
36 26 24
1.968 16 3/4 13 3/4
24.5 19.5
36 26 25
0.590 16 1/8 13 1/2
2.9
3.8
4.0
36 26 31
0.787 16 1/8 13 3/4
7.2 6.1 4.2
36 26 32
1.181 17 1/8 13 1/2
11.7 9.8 7.2
36 26 34
1.181 17 1/8 13 3/4
17.7 14.9 10.7
36 26 35

B
2
2
2
2
4
4
2
2
4
4

B1
1 3/4
1 3/4
1 9/16
1 3/4
3 1/8
3 1/2
1 9/16
1 3/4
3 1/8
3 1/2

max.
F load gr. lbs
35
0.44 6
41
0.51 6
35
0.44 5
49
0.51 6
82
0.51 6
110
0.63 7
32
0.44 4
42
0.51 5
82
0.63 6
99
0.63 6

OD 8.625 - 219.1 mm (ND 200/8 )

Type 36 .. .1/2

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985
36 22 11 11.1 10.0 8.6
36 22 12 14.7 12.9 11.2
36 22 21
6.3 5.1
36 22 22
9.8 7.9
36 22 24
16.1 13.2
36 22 31
4.0 3.8
36 22 32
7.4 6.3
36 22 34
12.0 10.0

OD 9.625 - 244.5 mm (ND 225/9 )

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 
Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax
36 24 11 11.1 10.1 8.2
1.181 12 5/8
36 24 12 14.7 12.9 10.5
1.181 12 5/8
36 24 21
0.787 15 3/4
6.5 5.1
36 24 22
1.181 15 3/4
9.8 7.8
36 24 24
1.181 15 3/4
16.7 13.1
36 24 25
1.968 16 3/8
24.5 19.5
36 24 31
0.590 15 1/2
4.0 3.8 2.9
36 24 32
0.787 15 1/2
7.4 6.1 4.1
36 24 34
1.181 16 1/2
11.7 9.8 7.2
36 24 35
1.181 16 1/2
17.8 14.9 10.0

OD 10.50 - 267 mm (ND 250/10 )

Type 36 .. .4/5

 Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

 The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in
the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).
 Lug dimensions: F less 0.04 inch; B1 plus 0.08 inch (see page 3.19).

3.23

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP

SELECTION TABLE OD 10.75 - OD 14
OD 10.75 - 273 mm (ND 250/10 )
Type
36 27 11
36 27 12
36 27 14
36 27 15
36 27 21
36 27 22
36 27 24
36 27 25
36 27 31
36 27 32
36 27 34
36 27 35

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax
1.181 13 5/8
10.9 9.8 8.6
1.181 13 5/8
14.7 12.9 10.7
1.968 14 1/8
24.5 22.5 18.3
1.968 14 1/8
37.0 33.5 26.5
0.787 16 1/2
6.4 5.0
1.181 16 1/2
9.8 7.8
1.181 16 1/2
16.5 13.0
1.968 17 1/8
24.5 19.3
0.590 17 1/8
4.0 3.8 2.7
0.787 17 1/8
6.9 5.8 4.1
1.181 18 1/8
11.3 9.5 6.9
1.181 18 1/8
17.2 14.4 10.2

A
13 3/4
14
13 1/2
14
13 1/2
14
13 1/2
14
13 1/2
14
13 1/2
14

B
2
2
4
4
2
2
4
4
2
2
4
4

B1
1 3/4
1 3/4
3 1/8
3 1/2
1 9/16
1 3/4
3 1/8
3 1/2
1 9/16
1 3/4
3 1/8
3 1/2

max.
F load gr. lbs
38
6
0.44
42
6
0.51
75
7
0.51
93
7
0.63
35
5
0.44
51
6
0.51
82
6
0.51
114
7
0.63
34
4
0.44
44
5
0.51
91
6
0.63
106
6
0.63

B1
1 9/16
1 3/4
2 3/8
3 1/2
4 3/4
1 9/16
1 3/4
2 3/8
3 1/2
4 3/4
1 9/16
1 3/4
2 3/8
3 1/2
4 3/4

max.
F load gr.
0.44 5
0.51 6
0.51 6
0.63 7
0.63 7
0.44 5
0.51 6
0.51 6
0.63 7
0.83 7
0.44 4
0.51 5
0.51 6
0.63 6
0.83 7

lbs
42
53
76
110
156
44
62
86
128
187
41
55
86
119
185

Type 36 .. .1/2/3

B1
1 9/16
1 3/4
2 3/8
3 1/2
4 3/4
1 9/16
1 3/4
2 3/8
3 1/2
4 3/4
1 9/16
1 3/4
2 3/8
3 1/2
4 3/4

max.
F load gr.
5
0.44
6
0.51
6
0.51
7
0.63
7
0.63
5
0.44
6
0.51
6
0.51
7
0.63
7
0.83
4
0.44
5
0.51
6
0.51
6
0.63
7
0.83

lbs
44
55
79
119
168
50
66
93
141
200
44
60
90
130
196

Type 36 .. .4/5

OD 12.75 - 323.9 mm (ND 300/12 )

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 
B
Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax A
16 2 1/4
36 32 11 8.3 7.9 7.6
0.787 15
16 1/4 2 1/4
36 32 12 14.7 12.9 10.9
1.181 15
17 2 1/4
36 32 13 22.5 22.5 18.2
1.181 15
1
36 32 14 37.0 33.5 30.0
1.968 15 /2 16 1/4 4 3/4
36 32 15 45.0 41.0 36.5
1.968 15 1/2 17 4 3/4
36 32 21
0.787 17 3/4 16 2 1/4
6.3 5.0
36 32 22
1.181 17 3/4 16 1/4 2 1/4
9.8 7.7
36 32 23
1.181 17 3/4 17 2 1/4
15.0 14.2
36 32 24
1.968 18 3/8 16 1/4 4 3/4
24.0 19.2
36 32 25
1.968 18 3/8 17 4 3/4
32.0 30.5
36 32 31
0.590 17 3/4 16 2 1/4
4.0 3.8 2.8
36 32 32
0.787 18 1/2 16 1/4 2 1/4
6.8 5.7 4.2
36 32 33
1.181 18 1/2 17 2 1/4
12.6 10.6 7.1
36 32 34
1.181 18 1/2 16 1/4 4 3/4
17.5 14.7 10.8
36 32 35
1.968 19 1/8 17 4 3/4
30.5 25.5 18.8

OD 14 - 355.6 mm (ND 350/14 )

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 
Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1
0.787
36 36 11 8.3 7.9 7.2
1.181
36 36 12 14.7 12.9 11.7
1.181
36 36 13 22.5 22.5 19.8
1.968
36 36 14 37.0 33.5 31.0
1.968
36 36 15 45.0 41.0 37.0
0.787
6.2 4.9
36 36 21
1.181
9.5 7.5
36 36 22
1.181
15.4 13.8
36 36 23
1.968
23.5 18.8
36 36 24
1.968
32.0 30.5
36 36 25
0.590
4.0 3.8 2.8
36 36 31
0.787
6.7 5.6 4.1
36 36 32
1.181
12.4 10.4 7.5
36 36 33
1.181
17.3 14.5 10.6
36 36 34
1.968
30.0 25.5 18.6
36 36 35

Emax
15 1/2
15 1/2
15 1/2
16 1/8
16 1/8
18 7/8
18 7/8
18 7/8
19 1/2
19 1/2
18 3/4
19 1/2
19 1/2
19 1/2
20 1/8

A
17 1/4
17 1/2
18 1/4
17 1/2
18 1/4
17 1/4
17 1/2
18 1/4
17 1/2
18 1/4
17 1/4
17 1/2
18 1/4
17 1/2
18 1/4

B
2 1/ 4
2 1/ 4
2 1/ 4
4 3/ 4
4 3/ 4
2 1/ 4
2 1/ 4
2 1/ 4
4 3/ 4
4 3/ 4
2 1/ 4
2 1/ 4
2 1/ 4
4 3/ 4
4 3/ 4

 Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

 The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in
the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).
 Lug dimensions: F less 0.04 inch; B1 plus 0.08 inch (see page 3.19).

3.24

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP

SELECTION TABLE OD 14.5 - OD 16
OD 14.50 - 368 mm (ND 350/14 )

Type 36 .. .1/2/3

Type
36 37 11
36 37 12
36 37 13
36 37 14
36 37 15
36 37 21
36 37 22
36 37 23
36 37 24
36 37 25
36 37 31
36 37 32
36 37 33
36 37 34
36 37 35

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax A
B
0.787 15 3/4 17 3/4 2 1/4
8.3 7.9 7.6
1.181 15 3/4 18 2 1/4
14.7 12.9 10.9
1.181 15 3/4 18 3/4 2 1/4
22.5 22.5 20.0
1.968 16 3/8 18 4 3/4
37.0 33.5 31.0
2.361 17 3/8 18 3/4 4 3/4
62.5 51.5 35.5
0.787 19 1/8 17 3/4 2 1/4
6.2 4.9
1.181 19 1/8 18 2 1/4
9.5 7.5
1.181 19 1/8 18 3/4 2 1/4
15.7 13.9
1.968 19 5/8 18 4 3/4
23.5 18.9
1.968 19 5/8 18 3/4 4 3/4
32.0 30.5
0.590 18 7/8 17 3/4 2 1/4
4.0 3.8 2.8
0.787 19 5/8 18 2 1/4
6.7 5.7 3.9
1.181 19 5/8 18 3/4 2 1/4
12.5 10.5 7.6
1.181 19 5/8 18 4 3/4
17.3 14.6 10.7
1.968 20 1/4 18 3/4 4 3/4
30.0 25.5 18.7

B1
1 9/16
1 3/4
2 3/8
3 1/2
4 3/4
1 9/16
1 3/4
2 3/8
3 1/2
4 3/4
1 9/16
1 3/4
2 3/8
3 1/2
4 3/4

max.
F load gr.
5
0.44
6
0.51
6
0.51
7
0.63
8
0.63
5
0.44
6
0.51
6
0.51
7
0.63
7
0.83
4
0.44
5
0.51
6
0.51
6
0.63
7
0.83

lbs
46
57
82
121
192
50
69
95
143
205
46
60
95
132
200

B1
A
B
19 1/4 2 1/4 1 9/16
19 1/2 2 1/4 1 3/4
20 1/2 2 1/4 2 3/8
19 1/2 4 3/4 3 1/2
20 1/2 4 3/4 4 3/4
19 1/4 2 1/4 1 9/16
19 1/2 2 1/4 1 3/4
20 1/2 2 1/4 2 3/8
19 1/2 4 3/4 3 1/2
20 1/2 4 3/4 4 3/4
19 1/4 12 1/4 9 1/16
19 1/4 2 1/4 1 9/16
19 1/2 2 1/4 1 3/4
20 1/2 2 1/4 2 3/8
19 1/2 4 3/4 3 1/2
20 1/2 4 3/4 4 3/4
19 1/4 12 1/4 9 1/16

max.
F load gr.
0.44 5
0.51 6
0.51 6
0.63 7
0.83 8
0.44 5
0.51 6
0.51 6
0.63 7
0.83 7
0.83 8
0.44 4
0.51 5
0.51 6
0.63 6
0.83 7
0.83 8

lbs
51
62
90
135
214
55
75
101
154
225
423
51
65
100
146
215
436

OD 16 - 406.4 mm (ND 400/16 )

Type 36 .. .4/5

Type
36 41 11
36 41 12
36 41 13
36 41 14
36 41 15
36 41 21
36 41 22
36 41 23
36 41 24
36 41 25
37 41 27
36 41 31
36 41 32
36 41 33
36 41 34
36 41 35
37 41 37

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1
0.787
8.3 7.9 7.6
1.181
14.7 12.7 10.0
1.181
22.5 22.5 18.8
1.968
37.0 33.5 30.5
2.361
62.0 56.5 48.5
0.787
6.1 4.8
1.181
9.4 7.4
1.181
16.5 13.8
1.968
23.5 18.7
1.968
32.0 30.5
2.361
56.5 54.5
0.590
4.0 3.6 2.7
0.787
6.6 5.5 4.0
1.181
12.3 10.3 7.5
1.181
17.1 14.4 10.5
1.968
30.0 25.0 18.4
2.361
54.0 47.0 30.5

Emax
16 7/8
16 7/8
16 7/8
17 1/2
18 1/2
20 1/8
20 1/8
20 1/8
20 5/8
20 5/8
22 7/8
20 1/8
20 7/8
20 7/8
20 7/8
21 1/2
23 5/8

Type 37 .. .7

 Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

 The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in
the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).
 Lug dimensions: F less 0.04 inch; B1 plus 0.08 inch (see page 3.19).

3.25

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP

SELECTION TABLE OD 16.5 - OD 18
OD 16.50 - 419 mm (ND 400/16 )
Type
36 42 11
36 42 12
36 42 13
36 42 14
36 42 15
36 42 21
36 42 22
36 42 23
36 42 24
36 42 25
37 42 27
36 42 31
36 42 32
36 42 33
36 42 34
36 42 35
37 42 37

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax A
B1
B
0.787 17 3/8 19 3/4 2 1/4 1 9/16
8.3 7.9 7.6
2 1/4 1 3/4
1.181 17 3/8 20
14.7 12.9 10.2
3
3
20
17
2 1/4 2 3/8
/
/
1.181
22.5 22.5 19.0
8
4
4 3/4 3 1/2
1.968 17 7/8 20
36.5 33.0 30.5
2.361 18 7/8 20 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4
62.0 56.0 49.0
0.787 20 7/8 19 3/4 2 1/4 1 9/16
6.0 4.7
2 1/4 1 3/4
1.181 20 7/8 20
9.2 7.3
1.181 20 7/8 20 3/4 2 1/4 2 3/8
17.0 13.5
4 3/4 3 1/2
1.968 21 1/2 20
23.0 18.4
1
3
1.968 21 /2 20 /4 4 3/4 4 3/4
32.0 30.5
2.361 23 3/8 19 3/4 12 1/4 9 1/16
57.5 54.5
0.590 20 1/2 19 3/4 2 1/4 1 9/16
4.0 3.6 2.7
2 1/4 1 3/4
0.787 21 1/4 20
6.6 5.5 4.0
1
3
1.181 21 /4 20 /4 2 1/4 2 3/8
12.2 10.2 7.5
4 3/4 3 1/2
1.181 21 1/2 20
16.9 14.2 10.4
20 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4
1.968 22
29.5 25.0 18.2
2.361 23 7/8 19 3/4 12 1/4 9 1/16
54.0 47.0 30.5

max.
F load gr.
5
0.44
6
0.51
6
0.51
7
0.63
8
0.83
5
0.44
6
0.51
6
0.51
7
0.63
7
0.83
8
0.83
4
0.44
5
0.51
6
0.51
6
0.63
7
0.83
8
0.83

lbs
53
66
93
139
220
58
78
108
161
236
436
50
68
105
150
220
440

max.
F load gr.
0.51 5
0.51 6
0.51 6
0.63 7
0.83 8
0.51 5
0.51 6
0.51 6
0.63 7
0.83 7
0.83 8
0.51 4
0.51 5
0.51 6
0.63 6
0.83 7
0.83 8
1.02 9

lbs
57
73
104
154
240
62
84
115
179
256
461
55
75
115
157
247
471
640

Type 36 .. .1/2/3

OD 18 - 457.2 mm (ND 450/18 )

Type
36 46 11
36 46 12
36 46 13
36 46 14
36 46 15
36 46 21
36 46 22
36 46 23
36 46 24
36 46 25
37 46 27
36 46 31
36 46 32
36 46 33
36 46 34
36 46 35
37 46 37
37 46 38

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 

B1
B
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax A
0.787 18 1/2 21 1/4 2 1/4 1 9/16
8.3 7.9 7.2
1.181 18 1/2 21 1/2 2 1/4 1 3/4
14.7 12.9 11.7
1.181 18 1/2 22 1/4 2 1/4 2 3/8
22.5 22.5 21.0
1.968 19 1/8 21 1/2 4 3/4 3 1/2
36.0 32.5 30.0
2.361 20 1/8 22 1/4 4 3/4 4 3/4
61.5 55.5 51.0
0.787 21 5/8 21 1/4 2 1/4 1 9/16
6.0 4.7
1.181 21 5/8 21 1/2 2 1/4 1 3/4
9.2 7.3
1.181 21 5/8 22 1/4 2 1/4 2 3/8
17.1 13.5
21 1/2 4 3/4 3 1/2
1.968 23
22.5 17.9
22 1/4 4 3/4 4 3/4
1.968 23
32.0 30.5
2.361 24 1/4 21 12 1/4 9 1/16
57.5 54.5
0.590 21 5/8 21 1/4 2 1/4 1 9/16
3.6 3.6 2.6
0.787 22 1/2 21 1/2 2 1/4 1 3/4
6.4 5.4 3.9
1.181 22 1/2 22 1/4 2 1/4 2 3/8
12.0 10.1 7.3
1.181 22 5/8 21 1/2 4 3/4 3 1/2
16.7 14.0 10.2
1.968 23 1/4 22 1/4 4 3/4 4 3/4
29.0 24.5 18.0
21 12 1/4 9 1/16
2.361 25
53.5 46.5 30.0
9 7/8
2.755 26 5/8 21 3/4 13
78.0 69.5 46.5

Type 36 .. .4/5

Type 37 .. .7/8
 Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.
 The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in
the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).
 Lug dimensions: F less 0.04 inch; B1 plus 0.08 inch (see page 3.19).

3.26

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP

SELECTION TABLE OD 20 - OD 22
OD 20 - 508 mm (ND 500/20 )

Type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax A
B
37 51 11 16.9 12.8 9.2
1.181 20 1/4 23 1/2 6 3/4
37 51 12 28.3 22.5 16.4
1.968 20 7/8 24 1/2 6 3/4
24 3/4 9
37 51 13 40.5 30.5 22.0
2.361 22
37 51 14 60.5 43.5 34.5
2.755 23 5/8 25 3/4 13
37 51 17 80.0 60.5 43.5
2.755 23 5/8 23 1/4 12 1/4
37 51 21
1.181 23 3/8 22 3/4 5 1/2
11.6 11.0
37 51 22
1.968 24 3/8 23 1/4 6 3/4
18.2 17.0
37 51 23
1.968 24 3/8 23 3/4 7
26.0 24.5
37 51 24
2.361 25 5/8 24 3/4 9 1/2
40.5 38.5
9 1/2
37 51 25
2.361 25 5/8 25
47.5 45.0
5
1
26
25
9 3/4
/
/
37 51 26
2.361
52.5 50.0
8
2
37 51 28
2.755 25 5/8 23 3/4 13
85.5 81.0
37 51 31
1.181 24 5/8 22 3/4 5 1/2
10.2 8.3 6.0
37 51 32
1.181 24 5/8 23 3/4 6 3/4
17.1 16.0 10.6
37 51 33
1.968 25 1/4 23 3/4 7
24.0 21.0 15.2
37 51 34
2.361 26 1/8 25 1/4 9
36.5 33.0 24.5
37 51 35
2.361 26 1/8 25 1/4 9 1/2
44.5 41.0 29.5
23 3/4 13
37 51 38
2.755 28
77.5 69.0 45.0

max.
B1 F load gr.
51/8 0.51 6
53/8 0.51 7
71/8 0.63 8
101/4 0.83 9
91/16 0.83 9
41/8 0.51 6
51/8 0.51 7
53/8 0.63 7
71/8 0.83 8
71/2 0.83 8
71/2 0.83 8
97/8 1.02 9
41/8 0.51 6
51/8 0.51 6
53/8 0.63 7
71/8 0.83 8
71/2 1.02 8
97/8 1.02 9

lbs
102
156
242
426
494
94
151
208
322
395
440
650
97
144
211
317
400
685

max.
B1 F load gr.
B
1040 F d1 Emax A
21 5/8 25 1/2 6 3/4 5 1/8 0.51 6
1.181
1/
22
26 1/2 6 3/4 5 3/8 0.51 7
1.968
4
23 3/8 26 3/4 9
7 1/8 0.63 8
2.361
25
27 3/4 13 10 1/4 0.83 9
2.755
25
25 1/4 12 1/4 9 1/16 0.83 9
2.755
1
25
24 3/4 5 1/2 4 1/8 0.51 6
/
1.181
4
25 3/4 25 1/4 6 3/4 5 1/8 0.51 7
1.968
25 3/4 25 3/4 7
5 3/8 0.63 7
1.968
3
1
1
26 /4 26 /2 9 /2 7 1/8 0.83 8
2.361
26 3/4 27
9 1/2 7 1/2 0.83 8
2.361
26 3/4 28 1/2 9 3/4 7 1/2 0.83 8
2.361
28 1/2 25 3/4 13
9 7/8 1.02 9
2.755
5
3
1
25 /8 24 /4 5 /2 4 1/8 0.51 6
1.181
6.0
25 5/8 25 1/2 6 3/4 5 1/8 0.51 6
1.181
11.6
26 1/8 25 1/2 7
5 3/8 0.63 7
1.968
15.2
27 3/8 27 1/4 9
7 1/8 0.83 8
2.361
24.0
3
1
1
27 /8 27 /4 9 /2 7 1/2 0.83 8
2.361
29.5
29
25 3/4 13
9 7/8 1.02 9
2.755
44.0
29
26 1/2 15 1/4 11 7/16 1.02 9
2.755
59.0

lbs
111
165
256
442
530
105
162
221
337
410
471
730
105
154
221
333
415
725
890

OD 22 - 558.8 mm (ND 550/22 )

Type 37 .. .7/8/9

Type
37 56 11
37 56 12
37 56 13
37 56 14
37 56 17
37 56 21
37 56 22
37 56 23
37 56 24
37 56 25
37 56 26
37 56 28
37 56 31
37 56 32
37 56 33
37 56 34
37 56 35
37 56 38
37 56 39

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 

210 480 660 840 930 950 985
16.8 12.7 9.2
28.3 22.5 16.3
40.5 30.5 22.0
60.5 44.0 34.5
80.0 60.5 43.5
11.4 10.8
18.1 17.1
26.0 24.5
40.5 38.5
47.5 45.0
52.0 49.5
83.0 78.0
10.3 8.3
17.1 16.0
24.0 21.0
36.5 33.0
44.5 40.5
77.5 68.0
93.0 86.5

 Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

 The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in
the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).
 Lug dimensions: F less 0.04 inch; B1 plus 0.08 inch (see page 3.19).

3.27

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP

SELECTION TABLE OD 24 - OD 26
OD 24 - 609.6 mm (ND 600/24 )
permissible load (lbs x 1000) 
max.
B1 F load gr. lbs
Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax A
B
37 61 11 16.9 12.8 9.2
1.181 22 5/8 27 1/2 63/4 51/8 0.63
118
6
37 61 12 28.3 22.5 16.4
1.968 23 1/4 28 1/2 63/4 53/8 0.63
173
7
71/8 0.63
37 61 13 40.5 31.0 22.0
2.361 24 3/8 28 3/4 9
265
8
29 3/4 13 101/4 0.63
37 61 14 60.5 44.0 34.5
2.755 26
455
9
27 1/4 121/4 91/16 0.83
37 61 17 80.5 61.0 44.0
2.755 26
556
9
27 3/4 13
97/8 0.83
37 61 18 122.0 92.5 66.5
2.755 26
650
9
37 61 21
1.181 263/8 263/4 51/2 41/8 0.63
113
6
11.4 10.8
27 1/4 63/4 51/8 0.63
37 61 22
1.968 27
173
7
18.1 17.2
27 3/4 7
53/8 0.63
37 61 23
1.968 27
232
7
26.0 24.5
1
1
1
37 61 24
2.361 28 /8 28 /2 9 /2 71/8 0.83
365
8
40.5 38.0
91/2 71/2 0.83
37 61 25
2.361 28 1/8 29
435
8
47.0 45.0
37 61 26
2.361 28 1/8 30 1/4 93/4 71/2 0.83
480
8
52.0 49.5
37 61 28
2.755 29 7/8 27 3/4 13 97/8 1.02
780
9
82.5 78.0
26 3/4 51/2 41/8 0.63
37 61 31
1.181 27
114
6
10.2 8.3 5.8
27 1/2 63/4 51/8 0.63
37 61 32
1.181 27
166
6
17.1 16.0 11.4
53/8 0.63
37 61 33
1.968 27 1/2 27 1/2 7
233
7
24.0 20.5 15.4
71/8 0.83
37 61 34
2.361 283/4 291/4 9
350
8
36.5 33.0 24.0
37 61 35
2.361 283/4 291/4 91/2 71/2 0.83
435
8
44.0 40.5 29.5
97/8 1.02
37 61 38
2.755 303/8 273/4 13
770
9
77.0 67.5 44.0
37 61 39
2.755 30 3/8 28 1/2 151/4 117/16 1.02
950
9
92.5 85.5 62.0

Type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6

OD 26 - 660.4 mm (ND 650/26 )

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 
Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax
37 66 11 16.9 12.8 9.2
1.181 23 7/8
37 66 12 28.3 22.5 16.4
1.968 24 3/8
37 66 13 40.5 31.0 22.0
2.361 25 5/8
37 66 14 61.5 44.5 34.5
2.755 27 1/8
37 66 17 80.5 61.0 44.0
2.755 27 1/8
37 66 18 122.0 92.5 67.0
2.755 27 1/8
37 66 21
1.181 27 1/2
11.6 11.0
37 66 22
1.968 28 1/8
17.8 17.2
37 66 23
1.968 28 1/8
26.0 24.5
37 66 24
2.361 29 1/2
40.5 38.0
37 66 25
2.361 29 1/2
47.0 45.0
37 66 26
2.361 29 1/2
52.0 49.5
37 66 28
2.755 31 1/8
82.0 78.0
37 66 31
1.181 28 1/8
10.4 8.5 6.0
37 66 32
1.181 28 1/8
17.4 16.2 12.0
37 66 33
1.968 28 3/4
24.0 21.0 15.4
37 66 34
2.361 29 3/4
36.5 33.0 24.0
37 66 35
2.361 29 3/4
44.5 41.0 29.5
37 66 38
2.755 31 1/4
77.0 68.0 44.0
37 66 39
2.755 31 1/4
92.5 85.5 62.0

A
29 1/2
30 1/4
30 3/4
31 3/4
29 1/4
29 3/4
28 3/4
29 1/4
29 3/4
30 1/2
31
32 1/4
29 3/4
28 3/4
29 1/2
29 1/2
31 1/4
31 1/4
29 3/4
30 1/4

B1
B
6 3/4 51/8
6 3/4 53/8
9
71/8
13 101/4
12 1/4 91/16
13
97/8
5 3/4 45/16
7
53/8
7
53/8
9 1/2 71/8
9 1/2 71/2
9 3/4 71/2
13
97/8
5 3/4 45/16
7
53/8
7
53/8
9
71/8
9 1/2 71/2
13
97/8
1
15 /4 117/16

max.
F load gr. lbs
121
0.63 6
186
0.63 7
278
0.63 8
473
0.63 9
588
0.83 9
685
0.83 9
128
0.63 6
199
0.63 7
243
0.63 7
375
0.83 8
456
0.83 8
505
0.83 8
820
1.02 9
131
0.63 6
194
0.63 6
245
0.63 7
365
0.83 8
454
0.83 8
810
1.02 9
1.02 9 1000

Type 37 .. .7/8/9

 Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

 The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in
the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).
 Lug dimensions: F less 0.04 inch; B1 plus 0.08 inch (see page 3.19).

3.28

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP

SELECTION TABLE OD 28 - OD 30
OD 28 - 711.2 mm (ND 700/28 )

Type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 

max.
B1 F load gr. lbs
Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax A
B
31 1/2 6 3/4 51/8 0.63 6
37 71 11 16.9 12.8 9.2
1.181 25
129
5
37 71 12 28.3 21.5 15.4
1.968 25 /8 32 1/2 6 3/4 53/8 0.63 7
199
9
71/8 0.63 8
37 71 13 41.0 31.0 22.5
2.361 26 3/4 33
292
37 71 14 62.0 44.5 35.0
2.755 28 3/8 33 3/4 13 101/4 0.63 9
487
37 71 15 75.0 54.5 42.0
2.755 28 3/8 34 3/4 13 101/4 0.83 9
556
97/8 0.83 9
37 71 18 122.0 93.0 67.0
2.755 28 3/8 32 13
720
37 71 21
1.181 28 1/2 30 3/4 5 3/4 45/16 0.63 6
136
11.7 11.1
53/8 0.63 7
37 71 22
1.968 29 3/8 31 1/4 7
200
17.8 17.2
7
53/8 0.63 7
37 71 23
1.968 29 3/8 32
257
26.0 24.5
37 71 24
2.361 30 3/8 32 3/4 9 1/2 71/8 0.83 8
385
40.5 38.5
9 1/2 71/2 0.83 8
37 71 25
2.361 30 3/8 33
470
47.5 45.5
37 71 26
2.361 30 3/8 34 1/2 9 3/4 71/2 0.83 8
525
52.5 50.0
97/8 1.02 9
37 71 28
2.755 32 1/8 32 13
860
82.5 78.5
37 71 31
1.181 29 1/8 30 3/4 5 3/4 45/16 0.63 6
137
10.5 8.5 6.0
53/8 0.63 6
37 71 32
1.181 29 1/8 31 3/4 7
206
17.5 16.3 12.1
53/8 0.63 7
37 71 33
1.968 29 3/4 31 3/4 7
257
24.5 21.0 15.2
71/8 0.83 8
37 71 34
2.361 30 3/4 33 1/4 9
375
37.0 33.5 24.5
37 71 35
2.361 30 3/4 33 1/4 9 1/2 71/2 0.83 8
475
44.5 41.0 30.0
97/8 1.02 9
37 71 38
2.755 32 1/2 32 13
850
77.5 67.5 43.5
37 71 39
2.755 32 1/2 32 1/2 15 1/4 117/16 1.02 9
1050
93.0 86.0 62.0

OD 30 - 762 mm (ND 750/30 )

Type 37 .. .8/9

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 

max.
B1 F load gr. lbs
Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax A
B
37 76 11 16.8 12.7 9.2
1.181 26 1/8 33 1/2 63/4 51/8 0.63 6
138
37 76 12 28.0 22.0 15.8
1.968 26 3/4 34 1/2 63/4 53/8 0.63 7
207
34 3/4 9
71/8 0.63 8
37 76 13 41.0 31.0 22.5
2.361 28
309
37 76 14 63.0 48.5 35.0
2.755 29 1/2 35 3/4 13 101/4 0.63 9
509
37 76 15 75.0 55.0 42.0
2.755 29 1/2 36 1/2 13 101/4 0.83 9
581
37 76 16 89.5 67.5 53.0
2.755 29 1/2 36 3/4 13 101/4 0.83 9
666
97/8 0.83 9
37 76 18 122.0 93.0 67.0
2.755 29 1/2 33 3/4 13
750
37 76 21
1.181 29 7/8 32 3/4 53/4 45/16 0.63 6
145
11.6 11.0
53/8 0.63 7
37 76 22
1.968 30 1/2 33 1/4 7
211
17.8 17.2
53/8 0.63 7
37 76 23
1.968 30 1/2 33 3/4 7
271
26.0 24.5
37 76 24
2.361 31 1/2 34 3/4 91/2 71/8 0.83 8
410
41.0 38.5
37 76 26
2.361 31 1/2 36 1/2 93/4 71/2 0.83 8
561
53.0 50.0
97/8 1.02 9
37 76 28
2.755 33 1/4 33 3/4 13
900
83.0 78.5
37 76 31
1.181 30 1/8 32 3/4 53/4 45/16 0.63 6
146
10.6 8.5 6.2
53/8 0.63 6
37 76 32
1.181 30 1/8 33 3/4 7
205
17.6 16.4 12.0
53/8 0.63 7
37 76 33
1.968 30 3/4 33 3/4 7
270
24.5 21.0 15.5
71/8 0.83 8
37 76 34
2.361 31 3/4 35 1/4 9
390
37.0 33.5 24.5
37 76 35
2.361 31 3/4 35 1/4 91/2 71/2 0.83 8
490
45.0 41.5 30.0
97/8 1.02 9
37 76 38
2.755 33 1/2 33 3/4 13
890
78.0 68.5 44.0
37 76 39
2.755 33 1/2 34 1/2 151/4 117/16 1.02 9
1100
93.5 86.5 62.5

 Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

 The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in
the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).
 Lug dimensions: F less 0.04 inch; B1 plus 0.08 inch (see page 3.19).

3.29

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP

SELECTION TABLE OD 32 - OD 36
OD 32 - 812.8 mm (ND 800/32 )
permissible load (lbs x 1000) 
Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax
37 81 11 16.7 12.6 9.1
1.181 27 1/2
37 81 12 28.0 22.0 16.0
1.968 28 1/8
37 81 13 40.5 30.5 22.0
2.361 29 3/8
37 81 14 63.0 48.5 35.0
2.755 30 7/8
37 81 15 75.0 54.5 42.0
2.755 30 7/8
37 81 16 89.0 67.5 52.5
2.755 30 7/8
37 81 18 122.0 92.5 67.0
2.755 30 7/8
37 81 21
1.181 31 1/8
11.6 11.0
37 81 22
1.968 31 3/4
17.8 17.2
37 81 23
1.968 31 3/4
26.0 24.5
37 81 24
2.361 32 5/8
41.0 38.5
37 81 26
2.361 32 5/8
53.0 50.0
37 81 28
2.755 34 1/2
83.0 78.5
37 81 31
1.181 31 1/8
10.6 8.6 6.3
37 81 32
1.181 31 1/8
17.7 16.5 12.2
37 81 33
1.968 31 3/4
24.5 21.0 15.5
37 81 34
2.361 32 5/8
37.5 34.0 24.0
37 81 35
2.361 32 5/8
45.0 41.5 30.0
37 81 38
2.755 34 1/2
78.5 68.5 44.5
37 81 39
2.755 34 1/2
94.0 86.5 63.0

A
35 3/4
36 1/2
36 3/4
37 3/4
38 1/2
38 3/4
35 3/4
34 3/4
35 1/4
35 3/4
36 3/4
38 1/2
35 3/4
34 3/4
35 3/4
35 3/4
37 1/4
37 1/4
35 3/4
36 1/2

B
63/4
63/4
9
13
13
13
13
53/4
7
7
91/2
93/4
13
53/4
7
7
9
91/2
13
151/4

B1
51/8
53/8
71/8
101/4
101/4
101/4
97/8
45/16
53/8
53/8
71/8
71/2
97/8
45/16
53/8
53/8
71/8
71/2
97/8
117/16

max.
F load gr. lbs
142
6
0.63
216
7
0.63
313
8
0.63
531
9
0.63
603
9
0.83
693
9
0.83
821
9
0.83
154
6
0.63
234
7
0.63
282
7
0.63
420
8
0.83
587
8
0.83
940
9
1.02
153
6
0.63
226
6
0.63
279
7
0.63
400
8
0.83
505
8
0.83
920
9
1.02
1140
9
1.02

B1
51/8
53/8
71/8
101/4
101/4
101/4
97/8
45/16
53/8
53/8
71/8
71/2
97/8
117/16
45/16
53/8
53/8
71/8
71/2
97/8
117/16

max.
F load gr.
6
0.63
7
0.63
8
0.63
9
0.63
9
0.83
9
0.83
9
0.83
6
0.63
7
0.63
7
0.63
8
0.83
8
0.83
9
1.02
9
1.02
6
0.63
6
0.63
7
0.63
8
0.83
8
0.83
9
1.02
9
1.02

Type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6

OD 36 - 914.4 mm (ND 900/36 )

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 
Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 F d1 Emax A
37 91 11 16.6 12.6 9.1
1.181 29 7/8 39 1/2
37 91 12 27.0 21.0 15.2
1.968 30 1/2 40 1/2
37 91 13 40.5 30.5 22.0
2.361 31 3/4 41
37 91 14 63.0 48.5 35.0
2.755 33 1/4 41 3/4
37 91 15 75.0 55.0 42.0
2.755 33 1/4 42 1/2
37 91 16 89.5 67.5 53.0
2.755 33 1/4 43
37 91 18 122.0 93.0 67.0
2.755 33 1/4 39 3/4
37 91 21
1.181 33 1/8 38 3/4
11.7 11.1
37 91 22
1.968 33 5/8 39 1/4
18.0 17.4
37 91 23
1.968 33 5/8 39 3/4
26.0 25.0
37 91 24
2.361 34 5/8 40 1/2
41.0 39.0
37 91 26
2.361 34 5/8 42 1/2
53.5 50.5
37 91 28
2.755 36 3/8 39 3/4
84.0 79.5
37 91 29
2.755 36 3/8 40 1/4
101.0 95.5
37 91 31
1.181 33 1/2 38 3/4
10.6 8.5 6.2
37 91 32
1.181 33 1/2 39 1/2
17.6 16.5 12.2
39 3/4
37 91 33
1.968 34
24.5 21.5 14.8
5
1
34
/
37 91 34
2.361
37.5 33.5 21.5
8 41 /4
37 91 35
2.361 34 5/8 41 1/4
45.5 42.0 30.5
37 91 38
2.755 36 7/8 39 3/4
79.0 69.0 44.5
37 91 39
2.755 36 7/8 40 1/2
94.5 87.0 63.5

B
63/4
63/4
9
13
13
13
13
53/4
7
7
91/2
93/4
13
151/4
53/4
7
7
9
91/2
13
151/4

lbs
157
238
343
553
644
747
860
167
258
316
458
636
1010
1220
167
254
309
444
556
1000
1260

Type 37 .. .8/9

 Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

 The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in
the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).
 Lug dimensions: F less 0.04 inch; B1 plus 0.08 inch (see page 3.19).

3.30

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMPS

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
LISEGA dynamic pipe clamps are supplied
ready for installation complete with all the
nuts and bolts required.
It is recommended that units be stored only
in closed rooms. If storage in the open is
unavoidable, they must be protected from
dirt and moisture.

Type 36 .. .1/2/3

Prevention of twisting
To prevent the clamp from twisting, it is
recommended that a shear lug be welded
to the pipe (see also page 3.19).
The lug dimensions can be found in the
selection tables for dynamic clamps on
pages 3.21 3.30.
Type 36
This design has a solid upper yoke with integrated connection bracket and, depending on
the load range, one or two U-bolts with inlay
plate are provided.

Type 37
This is the heavier type for larger pipe diameters and higher loads. Normally, the
bracket type 35 is welded to the upper yoke.
If the bracket is supplied loose on customer
request, it must be welded on site following
the welding instructions on page 3.16. The
counterpart to the yoke consists of one or
two flat steel straps depending on load. The
straps are pinned to the yoke to make transport easier. For installation, the straps must
be removed from the forked blocks by loosening the pin connection. The yoke is
placed on the shear lug. From the opposite
side the flat steel strap is fitted into the bolton clevises, fixed with the pins and secured
by cotter pins. The clamp is then checked and
positioned as required.

Type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6

Type 36 .. .4/5

For installation, remove the preassembled

U-bolts. Then place the yoke over the shear
lug. Reassemble the U-bolt and inlay from
the opposite side, tightening the nuts only
lightly at first. Then check and position the
clamp as required. Finally, the nuts can be
properly tightened and countered.
Type 37 .. .7/8/9

3.31

Finally the nuts are properly tightened. The

hex nuts must be locked in position by bending the tab washers to prevent unintentional loosing.

3.32

ENERGY ABSORBER
TYPE 32

A fully developed concept is

needed for the best possible protection of plant components
against pressure shocks. In the specific use
of the most appropriate components, safety
and economic efficiency need not exclude
each other.
Field of application
The field of application for LISEGA energy
absorbers lies roughly between the LISEGA
rigid struts and shock absorbers. Energy absorbers are used just like these components,
to suppress abrupt displacements in piping
or other components. In contrast to rigid
struts and shock absorbers, energy absorbers
are equipped with an adjustable free stroke
(0 - 11/8 inch [0 30mm] ) allowing slight
thermal movements without any resistance.
Conversion into deformation energy
After passing through the free stroke, possible
pressure shocks are absorbed by limiting
stops, and up to a defined load maximum
(nominal load) are transferred to the surrounding structure. Forces in excess of this or
peaks of force are converted into deformation
energy by the energy absorbers, rather than
loading the other attached components.
Piping displacements within the adjusted range
of the free stroke are acceptable, provided
that the permissible stresses are not thereby
exceeded. If necessary, corresponding proof
must be supplied. Special software and
advice can be offered if required.
Maintenance-free use
LISEGA energy absorbers are ideal for dealing
with small or negligible thermal movements
when connected components are to be protected from dynamic overload in a controlled
manner. The energy absorbers contain no
wear parts of any kind, and therefore require no maintenance.
Protection from water hammer
Energy absorbers are ideal for protecting
other connected components against possible water hammer.

3.33

Short lived but high magnitude fluid transient

loads can be compensated by smaller, defined
support loads. As a result, if energy absorbers are installed, any reinforcement of existing structures can be dispensed with.
In new constructions, the load limitation
permits a more economical use of steel right
from the start.
Replacement for box frame constructions
Energy absorbers are ideally suited to the
guidance and limitation of thermal movements. This way, not only are the usual and
often expensive box frame constructions not
required, but frictional forces between the
piping and the frame are also avoided.
Pipe whip restraint
An ideal application for energy absorbers is
as protection from pipe whip. When used in
angular arrangements, large forces can be
absorbed. The direction of defined lines of
force can be determined by the arrangement.
The advantage over U-bolt designs consists
in the far less restricted effective radius.

Energy absorber used instead of a dual guide.

The box frame can be dispensed with.

3
Replacement of shock absorbers
Where thermal movements are relatively small,
energy absorbers constitute an ideal replacement for earlier types of shock absorbers,
often prone to failure. In this way, costly
repairs and recurrent tests are avoided.
flange

special lug

Analysis of piping behavior

Where energy absorbers are used, the GAPP
program can be applied to perform seismic
and fluid transient analysis. GAPP allows
piping to displace within the permissible tolerance for the movements. For the load event,
the specific load limiting property of energy
absorbers is taken into account.
In response spectrum analyses, the program
reproduces an equivalent linear spring characteristic to approximate to the non-linear situation. When fluid transient analyses are performed, the program uses time history
methods.

short
extension
extension kit
type 33
To enable energy absorbers to be fitted to existing
connections, an assortment of special adaptors is
available besides the standard extension (type 33)

Development cooperation
The development of type 32 energy absorbers is the result of specific and successful
cooperation between SARGENT & LUNDY, a
leading American engineering company, and
LISEGA.
SARGENT & LUNDY also created the calculation software, or GAPP program. Both this
prog-ram and the energy absorbers themselves have been rigorously tested by the
American NRC (Nuclear Reactor Commission),
and approved for use in nuclear power stations.

The unique capacity of the energy absorber to take up and convert kinetic energy
brings the user valuable benefits:
limitation of dynamic loads for attached
components
lighter steel constructions enabled
no need to strengthen auxiliary
structures
small installation dimensions minimize
danger of interference
thermal piping movement not impeded
no maintenance required due to
absence of wear parts
no recurrent testing required
simple installation via length
adjustment

3.34

ENERGY ABSORBERS TYPE 32

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

free stroke adjustment

indicator for absorbed energy

total length adjustment

min. thread engagement

free stroke (compression)

 When the nominal load is exceeded, the increased force and

movement is converted into deformation energy.

 Maximum deformation travel

in the direction of tension and
compression.

 Dimensions at the midpoint of

free strokes t1/t2, and a length
adjustment of A dimension.
When changing t2, E dimension
is either reduced or increased.

Order details:
Energy absorber
type 32 .. 16
t1= t2= inch
with two weld-on brackets
type 35 .. ..
Marking:

3.35

Type
32 18 16
32 38 16
32 42 16
32 52 16
32 62 16
32 72 16
32 82 16
32 92 16

Nom.load
(lbs)
675
1800
4000
10350
22450
44900
78600
123500

s
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
1/
4
3/
8
1/
2

free stroke (tension)

t1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

to 3/4
to 7/8
to 1
to 1
to 1
to 1 1/8
to 1 1/8

0
0
0
0
0
0
0

t2

D

d3

to 3/4
to 7/8
to 1
to 1
to 1
to 1 1/8
to 1 1/8

21/4
23/8
31/4
45/8
51/8
73/4
97/8

0.393 11 3/4 33/82

33/42
0.472 14
0.590 17 3/8 47/83
0.787 19 1/4 57/83
1.181 22 5/8 61/23
1.968 28 1/8 67/83
2.361 37 1/4 87/83
on demand

Individual use
The standard designs shown in the table do
not show the full scope of supply possibilities.
LISEGA can adapt the products to the special
requirements of the user.

E

F
11/

R
16

2
2 5/16
2 9/16
3 15/16
5 1/8
6 1/2

9/
16
13/
16
7/
8
1 3/16
1 3/4
2 3/8
2 15/16

SG
0.36
0.40
0.48
0.63
0.87
1.38
1.74

Weight
(lbs)
1.8
4.0
8.0
25.4
41.0
104.0
231.0

This especially relates to applications where

load and stroke exceed standard parameters.

ENERGY ABSORBER
MODE OF OPERATION
free stroke (compression)

free stroke (tension)

wedge B

total length adjustment

free stroke adjustment H

The unit consists of an austenitic outer sleeve

(A) with a defined undersize, into which
tapered bronze disks (B) have been force
fitted. The outer sleeve is closed off with a
base plate (C), onto which the connection
lug (D) is attached. Forces are transferred
throughout the whole unit by the stops (E)
and the shaft (F).

is required, using the adjustment device (H).

Corresponding procedures are repeatable up
to a maximum deformation travel (s).
Installation
The energy absorbers correspond to the
load groups in Product Group 3 (dynamic
components) and are correspondingly load
and connection compatible with other
connection components of this product
group. Attention is drawn to the notices on
pages 3.3 and 3.15 to 3.16.
Functional qualification
The LISEGA energy absorbers have undergone
a stringent test program to prove their functional reliability. Adequate safety margins
have been proven by numerous dynamic
and static loading tests.

-0.12

In the event of a dynamic force exceeding

the insertion force of the tapered disks
(nominal load), the disk affected is driven
forward and leads to an expansion of the
sleeve. This way, the excess forces are kept
clear of the attachment structures via conversion into deformation energy. If such a
process has occurred, the advance of the
tapered disk affected can be read off on the
indicator rod (G). For further use of the energy absorber, only a corresponding readjustment of the free stroke for the new position

10

load
load(kips)
F / kN

MODE OF OPERATION
An energy absorber works via an adjustable
free stroke that absorbs thermal movements.
The adjustment of this free stroke can be
made in the range of  11/8 inch [30 mm] (for
a medium sized design). Within this range
the pipe is free to move without resistance.
Dynamic shocks, on the other hand, are
limited in their movement by stops. The
resulting forces are transferred to the surrounding structures up to the given nominal
load, and when above that, are transformed
into deformation energy by the energy
absorber. This has the effect of providing a
controlled protection from overload for the
attached components.

indicator for absorbed energy G

-0.08

-0.04

-2

0.04

0.08

0.12

stroke s(inch)
/ mm
stroke
-6

-10
Tested load/travel characteristics on oscillating loadings
 nominal load.

3.36

RIGID STRUTS
TYPE 39
In modern support concepts,
rigid struts play an important role in the optimum
support system under all
operating conditions.
Secure and reliable positioning is a key element in
its operational safety and
long life.

Tasks
LISEGA rigid struts type 39 have a number
of important functions for the operational
safety of piping systems:
Absorption of shocks from unexpected
load events. (See page 3.1)
Guidance of pipe systems to control
direction of calculated thermal displacement direction.
Stabilization of flexible pipe systems by
fixing the so-called zero positions.

LISEGA rigid struts differ from ordinary

designs by offering the following
advantages:
length adjustable by left hand / right
hand threads
no welding

Design of axial stops

(movable fixed points).

secure locking of joints due to fine

threads

Mode of operation
Rigid struts form rigid connections with ball
bushings between the piping and structure.
No restriction is placed on the limited movement of the pipe within the angular displacement of the strut. Any movement in the axial
direction of the strut is suppressed.

favorable performance weight ratios

Design
The struts consist of a rigid body with a ball
bushing joint as a connection at both ends.
The structural attachment is formed by a weldon bracket type 35 (see page 3.8). The connection to the piping is formed by the appropriate dynamic clamp type 36 / 37 (see pages
3.21 - 3.30).
The body is made from a tube tapered at the
ends by forging. The shape corresponds to
the flux of force, and allows a favorable performance/ weight ratio. Welding has been
completely dispensed with. The connections
are designed as ball bushing joints with
turnbuckle function having left hand / right
hand threads and enable a
length adjustment in
a range of
6 or 12
inch [150 or
300 mm]. Flat faces are
forged on the body to allow a
proper use of wrench and facilitate
length adjustments in the installed condition.
Fine threads are used on the ball bushing
joints to ensure secure locking.

3.37

The strut bodies are manufactured in standard lengths. This way, LISEGA rigid struts
are available from stock, TV qualification
tested and ASME qualified.

qualification tested by independent

authority

3
Material:
Carbon steel

minimum thread engagement 

ball bushing joint

right hand thread

left hand thread

3
3
6
6

Type 
39 2. .4
39 3. .4
39 4. .4
39 5. .4
39 6. .4
39 7. .4
39 8. .4
39 9. .3
39 0. .3

Nom. load
A
(lbs x 1000)
1
1 /8
0.90
11/2
1.80
15/8
4.00
23/8
10.35
31/4
22.45
43/4
44.90
57/8
78.60
81/4
123.50
11
224.00

D

d3

11/2
13/4
21/4
23/8
31/4

0.393
0.472
0.590
0.787
1.181
1.968
2.361
2.755
3.936

4
41/2
41/2 
61/4

E
min
11 3/4
11 3/4
11 3/4
153/4
153/4
191/2
291/2
311/2
391/4

E
max
74 3/4
84 3/4
94 1/2
94 1/2
114 1/4
134
134
143 3/4
163 1/2

SW1

SW2

SG

1.06
1.26
1.42
2.36
2.36
2.75
3.74
4.33
6.10

1.26
1.42
1.81
1.97
2.75
3.35
3.94
3.94 
5.31

0.36
0.40
0.48
0.63
0.87
1.38
1.74
1.93
2.76

 Minimum engagement marked

with groove in thread.

 Width of ball bushing

 Has to be completed with

length indication (4th and 5th digit

of type number, see page 3.39)

 The rigid strut with right/lefthand threads can be length

adjusted like a turnbuckle
Shorter E dimensions are available as a special design

 Tube 41/2 up to E-middle =

1081/4, spanner width 3.94
Tube 5 from E-middle = 1081/4,
spanner width 4.33

Order details:
Rigid strut type 39 .. ..

3.38

RIGID STRUTS
TYPE 39
Selection
When selecting rigid struts from the following
tables, the following should be observed:

If the intersection is below the dividing

line, it is a case of an overlength with
reduced load which must be checked in
the table on page 3.40 for conformity
with the given operating load.

1. The given operating load must be covered

by the nominal load.
2. The nominal load determines the load
group at the same time.

5. For ordering, the type number must be

completed at the 3rd digit with the number
of the load group.

3. The suitable adjustment range must be

selected for the given installation length.
4. The weight is shown at the intersection
of load group and adjustment range.
Permissible load and weights
Nom. load (lbs x 1000)

0.90
Type 
39 .0 34
39 .0 44
39 .0 54
39 .0 74
39 .0 84
39 .1 04
39 .1 24
39 .1 54
39 .1 74
39 .2 04
39 .2 24
39 .2 54
39 .2 74
39 .3 04
39 .3 24
39 .3 54
39 .3 74
39 .4 04
39 .4 24
39 .4 54
39 .4 74
39 .5 04

Adjustmentrange
11 3/4 - 17 3/4
15 3/4 - 21 3/4
19 1/2 - 25 1/2
23 1/2 - 35 1/2
29 1/2 - 35 1/2
33 1/4 - 45 1/4
43 1/4 - 55 1/4
53 - 65
62 3/4 - 74 3/4
72 3/4 - 84 3/4
82 1/2 - 94 1/2
92 1/4 - 104 1/4
102 1/4 - 114 1/4
112 - 124
122 - 134
131 3/4 - 143 3/4
141 1/2 - 153 1/2
151 1/2 - 163 1/2
161 1/4 - 173 1/4
171 1/4 - 183 1/4
181 - 193
190 3/4 - 202 3/4

1.80

4.00

10.35

123.5

Load group
E-middle

14 3/4
2.8
18 3/4
3.7
22 1/2
4.4
29 1/2
5.3
32 1/2
39 1/4
7.0
49 1/4
8.8
59
11
68 3/4 13
78 3/4 (15)
88 1/2 (16)
98 1/4
108 1/4
118
128
137 3/4
147 1/2
157 1/2
167 1/4
177 1/4
187
196 3/4

 The type designation has to

be completed in the 3rd digit by
the load group.

Weight (lbs)
4.2
5.1
5.9
6.8
9.2
11
14
16
19
(21)
(23)

5.9
7.5
8.8
14
18
21
24
28
32
35
39
42
(45)
(48)
(53)

14
16
18

21
24
28

22
25
30
34
39
42
46
51
(55)
(59)
(63)
(67)

36
45
54
63
72
80
89
98
107
116
125
133
(142)
(151)
(160)
(169)

lengths at reduced loads

see page 3.40
number in ( ) slenderness ratio
150   200

3.39

Nom. load (lbs x 1000)

22.45 44.9 78.6

40
46
58
73
86
100
114
127
141
154
168
181
196
209
223
236
249
262
(278)

93
101
122
143
165
187
207
229
249
271
293
313
335
357
377
400
420
440

Type 
39 .083
39 .093
39 .103
39 .113
39 .123
39 .133
39 .123
39 .153
39 .173
39 .203
39 .223
39 .253
39 .273
39 .303
39 .323
39 .353
39 .373
39 .403
39 .423
39 .453
39 .473
39 .503
39 .523
39 .553
39 .573
39 .603

AdjustmentE-middle
range
31 1/2 - 37 1/2 34 1/2
35 1/2 - 41 1/2 38 1/2
39 1/4 - 45 1/4 42 1/4
43 1/4 - 49 1/4 46 1/4
47 1/4 - 53 1/4 50 1/4
51 1/4 - 57 1/4 54 1/4
43 1/4 - 55 1/4 49 1/4
59
53 - 65
62 3/4 - 74 3/4 68 3/4
72 3/4 - 84 3/4 78 3/4
82 1/2 - 94 1/2 88 1/2
92 1/4 - 104 1/4 98 1/4
102 1/4 - 114 1/4 108 1/4
118
112 - 124
128
122 - 134
131 3/4 - 143 3/4 137 3/4
141 1/2 - 153 1/2 147 1/2
151 1/2 - 163 1/2 157 1/2
161 1/4 - 173 1/4 167 1/4
171 1/4 - 183 1/4 177 1/4
187
181 - 193
190 3/4 - 202 3/4 196 3/4
200 3/4 - 212 3/4 206 3/4
210 1/2 - 222 1/2 216 1/2
220 1/4 - 232 1/4 226 1/4
230 1/4 - 242 1/4 236 1/4

224

Load group

Weight (lbs)
150
159
385
170
405
420
440
192
465
220
520
251
575
282
625
313
680
344
730
373
785
405
835
530
890
570
940
610
995
650
1045
690
1100
730
1150
770
1200
810
1255
850
1310
(890)
1365
(925)
1415

3
Table of permissible normal loads at normal / excess lengths

500
400
300

500
400
300

200

39 0. .3

200

100
90
80
70

39 9. .3
39 8. .4

100
90
80
70

39 7. .4

50
40

50
40
30

30

20

20

39 6. .4

10
9
8
7

10
9
8
7

39 5. .4

5
4
3

load (lbs x 1000)

The adjacent diagram indicates the reduced load values

as against nominal load that
are to be considered in the
event of overlengths.

5
4
3

39 4. .4

2
39 3. .4

1
0.9
0.8
0.7

1
0.9
0.8
0.7

39 2. .4

0.5

0.5
70

90

110

130

150

170

190

210

230

250

length (inch)
broken line: slenderness ratio: 150 200

Stock of rigid struts

Angled arrangement of rigid struts

3.40

PIPE WHIP RESTRAINTS

Pipe whip restraints

One speciality in the area of dynamic pipe
supports is the pipe whip restraint. Alongside
the energy absorber type 32, which provides
the optimum solution to this problem, a
U-bolt design for specially large loads has
proven to be highly successful.
Pipe whip restraints are exclusively used in
the nuclear industry. They dampen and absorb
the kinetic energy of bursting pipes in emergency cases. For this purpose, the elongation capacity of the encompassing U-bolts is
used, as they are designed to absorb the
expected dynamic loads.

3.41

Pipe whip restraints have safety-related significance and are subject to the highest demands in quality, design and manufacture.
As a large scale supplier to the latest generation of nuclear plants, LISEGA has successfully proven its qualification to supply this
specific design.

PIPE CLAMPS, CLAMP BASES,

PIPE CONNECTING PARTS

4
PRODUCT
GROUP

PIPE CONNECTION PARTS

CONTENTS

PAGE

Pipe clamps and clamp bases_______________________________________4.1

Horizontal clamps type 41, 42, 43, 44 _______________________________4.3

Riser clamps type 45, 46, 48 _______________________________________4.4

Clamp bases, type 49______________________________________________4.5
Special designs ___________________________________________________4.7

U-bolts, type 40 __________________________________________________4.8

Selection of weld-on lugs, type 41___________________________________4.9
Weld-on lugs for pipe elbows, type 41 ______________________________4.10

Selection of pipe clamps and clamp bases___________________________4.11

Selection overview OD 0.84 OD 36 _____________________________4.12

PRODUCT
GROUP

Selection overview, temp. 1130 1200F, OD 1.33 OD 36__________4.46

Lift-off restraints for clamp bases, type 49 ___________________________4.54
Connection plates, type 77 ________________________________________4.55

Installation instructions ___________________________________________4.56

6
7
8
9
4.0

PIPE CLAMPS AND CLAMP BASES,

PRODUCT GROUP 4
In high temperature piping
systems, pipe clamps and
clamp bases are the most
highly stressed and therefore most vulnerable components in the support
system, owing to the additional effects of high temperatures. In spite of this,
pipe clamps are seldom
checked, as access is difficult after commissioning
due to the surrounding
insulation.

Standardization
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, pipe weld-on lugs
and U-bolts constitute the group of pipe connection components. Regarding these products, the design criteria for piping systems
lead to a wide variation and hence to a
particularly large number of components.
The dynamic clamps in Product Group 3
(see page 3.19) also belong in principle to
this group. The design of both horizontal
and vertical piping is determined by
diameters
loads
temperature of the medium
For appropriate coverage of the whole spectrum with safe products, LISEGA provides a
complete program of standardized products
for the whole field of application. In line
with the special requirements of the field of
application, the corresponding ideal design
shape has been developed. Diameters range
from OD 0.84 to 36 inch [OD 21.3 to OD
914.4], the temperature range extends to

1200F [650C] and the loads divided into

economical areas of operation cover the
highest level of the practical field of
application.

Fields of application of
standardized pipe clamps

Type 43 - 48 at T = 660F

Type 43 - 48 at T = 1040F

permissible load

kips

Type 46/48

Type 46/48

Type 44/2x

Type 48

Type 44

Type 45

nominal diameter

4.1

Type 44/2x

Type 43 - 48 at T = 1200F

Type 43

Type 44

Type 43

Type 45
Type 43

inch

Type 44

4
These standardized components are an integral part of the LISEGA modular system, so
connection and load compatibility to the load
groups are correspondingly assured.
Quality
Because of their exposed field of application,
the design and construction of the pipe connection components require particular attention. Just as much care should be spent
on the pipe supports as on the piping itself,
since:

Through standardization of the entire application spectrum with sophisticated designs,

plant designers, constructors and operators
can draw equal profit:
Comprehensive and clearly structured
data tables simplify planning work
all supplies from a single source
through integration into a complete
support program
(LISEGA modular system)

Piping can never be better than its supports!

superior quality at competitive prices

through rational series production and
favorable designs

The most important prerequisite for dependable component quality is general standardization.

consistent standardization enables

instant availability

When purchasing pipe connection components, confidence should only be placed in

products of proven suitability.

favorable performance/weight ratios,

easy to install designs and connection
compatibility of LISEGA components
allow rational installation
the uniform design with guaranteed
safety factors ensures maximum
operational safety
a correspondingly compact design
prevents excessive heat loss
certification from type tests by
independent authorities is on hand

4.2

HORIZONTAL CLAMPS WITH CONNECTION PARTS

TYPE 41, 42, 43, 44
1. Weld-on lug type 41
This type is used principally as a pipe connection for piping under 175F [80C] on
horizontal pipes or elbows.

Typ 41

Material: carbon steel

Horizontal clamps with connecting parts 

Type 42 .. .9
Type 43

Type

2. Horizontal clamp type 42

This clamp can be used as a construction
component or hanger clamp in cold piping
systems. For larger pipe diameters the load
range is limited.

Dispensing completely with weldings, the

individual parts are form-fitted with non-welded
connections and bolted together with threaded securing studs.
(Patent-No. DE3817059)

Material: carbon steel

The horizontal clamp type 44 is used where

type 43 reaches its economic limits.
This is essentially the high temperature, large
diameter or high load range.

Heat resistant materials

(Construction component clamp)
Type 42 .. 29 - 16Mo3/A204
Type 42 .. 39 - 13CrMo4-5/A387 Gr.12
Type 42 .. 49 - 10CrMo9-10/A387 Gr.22

Type 42 .. 17

44 .. .1 Type
.2
.3

44 .. .4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9

4. Horizontal clamp type 44

A rigid yoke takes on the load from a pipesurrounding U-bolt with an inlay plate. From
certain diameters, temperatures or load ranges,
a flat steel strap is used instead of a U-bolt.

3. Horizontal clamp type 43

This hanger clamp corresponds to the traditional shape made from flat steel. Its use is
limited to an economical range up to a unit
weight of approx. 55 lbs [25kg]. Connection
to the load chain is made via connecting pins
and LISEGA eye nut type 60.
Through the temperature dependence, the
load-related application range of the pipe
clamps can be extended over a number of
LISEGA load groups.
For this, the eye nuts are so designed that
at least 3 corresponding screw diameters can
be accommodated.
Material: carbon steel, 16Mo3/A204
13CrMo 4-5, A387 Gr.12
10CrMo9-10, A387 Gr.22
F91(1.4903), A387 Gr.91Cl.II

Connection to the load chain is made via a lug

and LISEGA clevis type 61. The connection lug
is designed to accommodate connection pins
of a number of LISEGA load groups.
Material: carbon steel
16Mo3/A204/A387 Gr.22
13CrMo4-5/A387 Gr.12/Gr.22
21CrMoV5-7
1OCrMo9-1O/A387 Gr.22
F91(1.4903)/A387 Gr.91 Cl.II

Comparison of a LISEGA pipe clamp type 44 with a

clamp of traditional design following the same criteria.
(Load 7200 lbs [32kN], temperature 570F [300C]) 

Type 44 .. 51
.2
.3
.4
.5

pipe clamp with U-bolt Type 44

weight 31 lbs

4.3

pipe clamp Type 43

weight 60 lbs

RISER CLAMPS
TYPE 45, 46, 48
1. Riser clamp type 45
With the riser clamp type 45, the lower
range suited to this design is covered.
Connection to the vertical piping is made via
the shear lugs welded to the pipe. The design
and application of the lugs is the responsibility of the piping manufacturer.
Connection to the load chain is made via
connection pins and LISEGA eye nuts type
60. Up to 3 LISEGA load groups can be
accommodated.
When ordering, the desired span (dimension L)
is to be given.
Material: carbon steel
13CrMo4-5/A387 Gr.12/Gr.22
2. Riser clamp type 46/48
The design of this riser clamp exploits the box
shape as the best precondition for the economical use of material. The individual parts
are bolted together without weldings via
socket connections.
(Patent no. DE3817015)

Material: carbon steel

16Mo3/A204/A387 Gr.22
13CrMo4-5/A387 Gr.12/Gr.22
10CrMo9-10/A387 Gr.22
Only for type 48
F91(1.4903)/A387 Gr.91Cl.II
3. Special designs
For equipping austenitic pipe systems,
all pipe clamps can be fitted with
austenitic inlay plates.

Riser clamp type 45 with

connecting parts

For special diameters not contained in

the selection table, corresponding intermediate sizes are available or, for minimal
diameter differences, appropriate inlay
plates are supplied.
The riser clamp type 48 can quite easily
be supplied as a special design in conjunction with LISEGA rigid struts type 39
as an axial stop for both directions, also
for dynamic loads (see Special Designs
on page 4.7).

Connection to the vertically assembled piping

can be made in two different ways and therefore demands two different designs:

Riser clamp type 46 with

connecting parts

Riser clamp type 48 with

connecting parts

Type 46 for load support through either

4 or 2 shear lugs welded to the pipe.
In general, two lugs come into operation
only at ND  6 inch and are to be so
arranged that they lie laterally to the
longitudinal axis.
Type 48 for load support through
trunnions welded to the pipe.
The bore diameter for the trunnions is
approximately 1/3 of the pipe diameter
based on ASME Code case N-392-3 and
DIN EN 13480-3.
Connection to the load chain is formed by
integrated lugs designed for connection to
LISEGA clevises, type 61.
The connection lugs are designed to accommodate the connection pins for a number of
LISEGA load groups.

 Type 43 with inlay plate  Type 44 with inlay plate

Special design of a riser clamp

type 46

4.4

CLAMP BASE
TYPE 49
Clamp bases are generally used as slide
bearings (loose supports) for horizontally
arranged piping systems.

The fixed installation heights relate, for all

diameters, to the respective lower rim of the
pipe and have a dimension range of 2 or 4
inch [50 or 100mm] increments.

As with pipe clamps, the application spectrum embraces a diameter range of

OD 0.84 to 36 inch [OD 21.3 to OD
914.4mm] and a temperature range up to
1110F [600C].

The standard dimensions selected for the

support height of pipes as well as the length
of the slide bases cover the most common
cases of application.
Different application conditions through
temperature and loading demand different
clamp base designs.

Besides the support load, the operational

temperature of the piping is an essential
design criterion in the design of clamp bases.
The material to be used is determined by
this. The installation height is governed by
the thickness of the heat insulation.

If required, components with special dimensions can be supplied (see also Special
Designs, page 4.7).

To keep within a clear level of available sizes,

fixed installation heights are assigned to the
temperature ranges.
 Clamp base heights dependent on temperature of the medium and pipe diameter.

Possible stress effects on a

clamp base

4.5

Temp. up to

57/8

77/8

660F (350C)

pipe

0.84-3.50

0.84-22

4.25-36

12.75-36

Temp up to

57/8

77/8

97/8

117/8

930F (500C)

pipe

0.84-1.06

1.33-3

3.50-7.625

8.625-18

20-36

Temp. up to

57/8

77/8

97/8

117/8

1040F(560C)

pipe

0.84-3

3.50-6.625

7.625-12.75

14-36

Temp. up to

57/8

77/8

97/8

117/8

1110F(600C)

pipe

0.84-3

3.50-6.625

7.625-12.75

14-36

4
1. Design for lower temperatures and
smaller pipe diameters
The design for this field of application consists
of two shaped halves. On installation with the
piping, the lower section of both halves is
bolted on firmly and provides the slide base.
In the upper section the pipe is secured in
position via a preset screw.
Through the free space under the pipe allowed by the design of the component, constant ventilation of the area is assured.
This is essential for cold piping systems, because otherwise permanent moisture would
develop here after only a short time, causing
corrosion of the piping.
Material: A36

2. Design for medium and high

temperatures
This design consists of a shaped lower metal
part firmly welded to two pipe clamps.
The lower section is fitted, according to the
respective design load, with a reinforcement
gosset.
The clamp bases are versatile in application.
By the use of two lower sections set against
each other, a double guide can easily be produced. By the additional application of lateral
guides, a manifold guiding system can be
provided. The shape of the support plate
permits the simple mounting of lift-off
restraints. The lower section is so designed
that it can be equipped with a stainless steel
plate as a sliding surface for a PTFE bearing.

Material: A36
16Mo3/A204/A387 Gr.22
13CrMo4-5/A387 Gr.12/Gr.22
10CrMo9-10/A387 Gr.22
Applications of clamp bases on trapezes
or PTFE see page 4.5.
3. Special designs
For the support of austenitic piping systems,
all clamp bases can be fitted with
corresponding stainless steel inlay plates.

Clamp base for smaller pipe

diameters type 49 .. .1, 49 .. .2

Special lengths or heights are possible

if required. In cases of great expansion
it might be more expedient to arrange
for correspondingly long support surfaces
on site.
The slide bearings of all clamp bases
can be supplied as sliding surfaces for
a PTFE or graphite bearing.
For special diameters not contained in the
selection table, corresponding intermediate
sizes are supplied. For minimal diameter
differences suitable inlay plates are
provided.

Clamp base for medium and high

temperatures type 49 .. .3,
.. .4, .. .5

The clamp bases can if required be fitted

with lift-off restraints.
Two-fold or manifold guidings using
standard clamp bases can be supplied
if required (see Special Designs on
page 4.7).

Clamp base type 49 with PTFE

slide bearing to standard design.

 Clamp base with lift-off

restraints, permissible loads and
dimensions, see page 4.54 (Fig. 1)
 Clamp base as double guide
(horizontal application) (Fig. 2)
 Clamp base as manifold guide
(vertical application) (Fig. 3)

(Fig. 1)

(Fig. 2)

(Fig. 3)

4.6

SPECIAL DESIGNS

The use of standard components in the field of pipe

supports has long since
proven its superiority, leading to enormous savings
in time and costs associated with engineering, delivery and installation.
This especially includes
pipe clamps and clamp
bases.
However, because of an
extremely wide range of
applications and the
complexity of piping, in
some cases special designs
are required. In such
situations it is important to
have experts on hand to
ensure tried and tested
solutions and to profit from
proven calculation procedures.

Special designs
Although the standardized LISEGA range of
pipe surrounding support components is
comprehensive and covers all common areas
of application, more complicated cases
sometimes arise where only a special solution can solve the problem.
Among other cases, special designs are most
often required especially for the following
specific applications:
exceptionally restricted areas
interferences insurmountable
by common techniques
tailor-made fixed point designs
exceptionally high load requirements
especially high temperatures
(up to 1800F)
abnormal insulation thicknesses
irregularly inclining pipes
special trunnion diameters
LISEGAs customers are not left on their own
in this regard. For such particular assignments
an experienced team of technicians and
engineers is available, ready to react speedily
and flexibly with appropriate solutions. They
are supported by a kit of special tools such
as modern CAD programs and individual inhouse calculation software. In addition to
this, a broad repertoire of well proven basic
designs is on hand.
Every problem has a solution this conviction motivates LISEGAs experts in support
technology. For our clients this can be
demonstrated as required at any time!

4.7

U-BOLTS
TYPE 40

U-bolts
type 40 01 .8 to 40 91 .8

OD

Type 40 serves mainly to

secure piping of max. 175F
[80C] temp. to secondary
steel structure.

Type
40 01 .8
40 02 .8
40 03 .8
40 04 .8
40 05 .8
40 06 .8
40 07 .8
40 09 .8
40 10 .8
40 11 .8
40 14 .8
40 17 .8
40 22 .8
40 27 .8
40 32 .8
40 36 .8
40 41 .8
40 46 .8
40 51 .8
40 61 .8
40 71 .8
40 76 .8
40 91 .8

OD
0.84
1.06
1.33
1.67
1.90
2.37
2.87
3.50
4.25
4.50
5.50
6.63
8.63
10.75
12.75
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
36

5. digit:

A
1 3/16
1 3/8
1 5/8
2 1/16
2 3/8
213/16
3 7/16
4 1/16
4 7/8
5 1/16
6 1/8
7 3/8
9 3/8
11 5/8
13 3/4
15
17
19 1/8
21 1/8
25 1/8
29 1/8
31 1/8
37 1/8

B
2 3/4
2 3/4
2 3/4
2 7/8
3
3 1/4
3 3/4
4
4 1/2
4 1/2
5
6 1/8
7 1/8
8 3/8
9 5/8
10 1/4
11 1/4
12 5/8
13 5/8
15 5/8
17 5/8
18 5/8
21 5/8

d2 x L
1/ UNC x 23/
4
8
1/ UNC x 23/
4
8
1/ UNC x 23/
4
8
3/ UNC x 23/
8
8
3/ UNC x 21/
8
2
3/ UNC x 21/
8
2
1/ UNC x 3
2
1/ UNC x 3
2
1/ UNC x 3
2
1/ UNC x 3
2
1/ UNC x 3
2
5/ UNC x 33/
8
4
5/ UNC x 33/
8
4
3/ UNC x 4
4
7/ UNC x 41/
8
4
7/ UNC x 41/
8
4
7/ UNC x 41/
8
4
1 UNC x 43/4
1 UNC x 43/4
1 UNC x 43/4
1 UNC x 43/4
1 UNC x 43/4
1 UNC x 43/4

1
1
1
2
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
15
18

7/
16
1/
2
11/
16
13/
16
15/
16
1/
8
3/
8
3/
4
1/
8
1/
4
3/
4
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8

weight
(lbs)
0.12
0.13
0.13
0.35
0.37
0.40
0.85
0.92
1.00
1.03
1.15
2.18
2.54
4.44
5.05
5.38
5.91
12.10
13.10
15.00
16.90
17.90
20.70

2 = carbon steel
4 = stainless steel 1.4301

4.8

WELD-ON LUGS FOR PIPES

TYPE 41
Weld-on lugs for pipes
Type 41 D9 11 to 41 79 12

OD

 Permissible load at 175F

[80C] = normal load (load
case A) of the corresponding load group (3rd digit
of the type designation,
see Max. permissible load
for static components,
page 0.5)
Stress present in the given
welding seam  7.25 ksi
[50N/mm2] at 4 load
angle.
Material: carbon steel
Type 41 .. 11 Smax = 3/8 inch
Type 41 .. 12 Smax = 4 inch

Reduction factors of the

permiss. load at increased
temperatures:

Order details:
Weld-on lug for pipes,
type 41 .9 1.

4.9

Type

d3

41 D9 11
41 D9 12
41 29 11
41 29 12
41 39 11
41 39 12
41 49 11
41 49 12
41 59 11
41 59 12
41 69 11
41 69 12
41 79 11
41 79 12

1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/2
2 5/8
1 7/8
2 7/8
3 1/8
4 3/4
3 3/8
5 1/4
4 3/4
6 1/2
6 3/4
9

0.41
0.41
0.50
0.50
0.65
0.65
0.81
0.81
1.00
1.00
1.34
1.34
1.60
1.60

1
4 1/2
1
4 1/2
1 1/8
4 3/4
1 5/8
4 7/8
1 5/8
5 1/8
2
5 1/2
2 3/8
5 7/8

F perm. (T)

480F [250C]
660F [350C]

0.7 F perm. (175F)

0.5 F perm. (175F)

1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2

5/
8
5/
8
3/
4
3/
4
7/
8
7/
8
1/
8
1/
8
1/
4
1/
4
5/
8
5/
8

C
5/
8
5/
8
7/
8
7/
8
1/
8
1/
8
1/
2
1/
2
5/
8
5/
8

1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2 5/8
2 5/8

G
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8

a
leg length

t
5/

16

3/

16

5/

16

3/

16

3/

3/

16

3/

3/

16

1/

1/

1/

1/

5/

1/

5/

1/

3/

5/

16

3/

5/

16

3/

3/

3/

3/

1
1
1 1/ 4
1 1/ 4

weight
(lbs)
0.14
0.50
0.24
1.08
0.46
1.66
1.16
3.52
1.66
5.10
3.52
9.10
7.10
16.10

WELD-ON LUGS FOR PIPES

TYPE 41

Permissible load at 175F [80C] is normal

load (load case A) of the highest of the load
groups indicated (see Max. permissible

OD
2.37
2.87
3
3.5
3.5
4.25
4.25
4.5
4.5
5.25
5.25
5.5
5.5
6.25
6.25
6.63
6.63
7.63
7.63
8.63
8.63
9.63
9.63
10.5
10.5
10.75
10.75
12.75
12.75
14
14
14.5
14.5
16
16
16.5
16.5
18
18
20
20
22
22
24
24
26
26
28
28
30
30

Load 
group C
7/
C-2
8
7/
C-2
8
7/
C-2
8
7/
C-2
8
2-3 1 1/8
7/
C-2
8
1
2-3 1 /8
7/
C-2
8
2-3 1 1/8
7/
C-2
8
1
2-3 1 /8
7/
C-2
8
3-4 1 1/2
7/
C-2
8
1
3-4 1 /2
2-3 1 1/8
4-5 1 5/8
2-3 1 1/8
4-5 1 5/8
2-3 1 1/8
4-5 1 5/8
2-3 1 1/8
4-5 1 5/8
2-3 1 1/8
4-5 1 5/8
2-3 1 1/8
4-5 1 5/8
3-4 1 1/2
5-6 2
3-4 1 1/2
5-6 2
3-4 1 1/2
5-6 2
3-4 1 1/2
5-6 2
3-4 1 1/2
5-6 2
4-5 1 5/8
6-7 2 5/8
4-5 1 5/8
6-7 2 5/8
4-5 1 5/8
6-7 2 5/8
4-5 1 5/8
6-7 2 5/8
4-5 1 5/8
6-7 2 5/8
4-5 1 5/8
6-7 2 5/8
4-5 1 5/8
6-7 2 5/8

R1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
7/
8
3/
4
7/
8
3/
4
7/
8
3/
4
7/
8
3/
4
1/
8
3/
4
1/
8
7/
8
1/
4
7/
8
1/
4
7/
8
1/
4
7/
8
1/
4
7/
8
1/
4
7/
8
1/
4
1/
8
5/
8
1/
8
5/
8
1/
8
5/
8
1/
8
5/
8
1/
8
5/
8
1/
4

t
5/
16
5/
16
5/
16
5/
16
3/
8
5/
16
3/
8
5/
16
3/
8
5/
16
3/
8
5/
16
5/
8
5/
16
5/
8
3/
8
3/
4
3/
8
3/
4
3/
8
3/
4
3/
8
3/
4
3/
8
3/
4
3/
8
3/
4
5/
8
3/
4
5/
8
3/
4
5/
8
3/
4
5/
8
3/
4
5/
8
3/
4
3/
4

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1 1/4 3/4
1
2
1 1/4 3/4
1
2
1 1/4 3/4
1
2
1 1/4 3/4
2 1
1 1/4 3/4
1
2
1 1/4 3/4
1
2

loads for static components, page 0.5).

Stress present in the given welding seam
 7.25 ksi [50N/mm2] at 4 load angle.

d3
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.65
0.50
0.65
0.50
0.65
0.50
0.65
0.50
0.81
0.50
0.81
0.65
1.00
0.65
1.00
0.65
1.00
0.65
1.00
0.65
1.00
0.65
1.00
0.81
1.34
0.81
1.34
0.81
1.34
0.81
1.34
0.81
1.34
1.00
1.60
1.00
1.60
1.00
1.60
1.00
1.60
1.00
1.60
1.00
1.60
1.00
1.60

Weld-on lugs for pipes

(R1.5 OD)
type 41 06 13
up to 41 76 16

R1
a

OD

smax = 4 inch[100mm]
weight
a
Type
E leg length
(lbs)
3/
0.92
41 06 15 5 3/8
16
3/
0.9
41 07 15 5 3/8
16
3/
0.9
41 08 15 5 3/8
16
3/
0.9
41 09 15 5 3/8
16
1/
1.46
41 09 16 5 1/2
4
3/
0.94
41 10 15 5 3/8
16
1
1/
1.52
41 10 16 5 /2
4
3/
0.92
41 11 15 5 3/8
16
1/
1.46
41 11 16 5 1/2
4
3/
0.98
41 13 15 5 3/8
16
1/
1.52
41 13 16 5 1/2
4
3/
0.94
41 14 15 5 3/8
16
1/
3.6
41 14 16 5 3/4
4
3/
0.98
41 16 15 5 3/8
16
1/
3.8
41 16 16 5 3/4
4
1
1/
5
/
1.5
41 17 15
2
4
5/
4.6
41 17 16 5 7/8
16
1/
1.54
41 19 15 5 3/8
4
5/
4.8
41 19 16 5 3/4
16
3
1/
5
/
1.52
41 22 15
8
4
5/
4.8
41 22 16 5 3/4
16
1/
1.56
41 24 15 5 1/8
4
5/
4.8
41 24 16 5 3/4
16
7
1/
4
/
1.56
41 26 15
8
4
5/
4.8
41 26 16 5 1/2
16
1/
1.54
41 27 15 5 1/8
4
5/
4.8
41 27 16 5 3/4
16
1
1/
5
/
3.6
41 32 15
8
4
3/
7.2
41 32 16 5 3/4
8
1/
3.8
41 36 15 4 1/2
4
3/
7.2
41 36 16 4 7/8
8
1/
3.8
41 37 15 4 3/4
4
3/
7.2
41 37 16 5 1/8
8
1/
3.8
41 41 15 4 1/8
4
3/
7.2
41 41 16 4 1/2
8
1/
3.8
41 42 15 4 1/2
4
3/
7.2
41 42 16 4 7/8
8
5/
4.8
41 46 15 3 7/8
16
3/
14.8
41 46 16 4 3/4
8
5/
5
41 51 15 3 3/4
16
3/
14.8
41 51 16 4 3/8
8
5/
5
41 56 15 3 3/8
16
1
3/
14.8
41 56 16 4 /8
8
5/
5
41 61 15 3 1/8
16
3/
14.6
41 61 16 3 3/4
8
5/
5
41 66 15 2 3/4
16
3
3/
14.6
41 66 16 3 /8
8
5/
5
41 71 15 2 3/8
16
3/
14.6
41 71 16 3 1/8
8
5/
5
41 76 15 2
16
3
3/
14.6
41 76 16 2 /4
8

41 .. 13
14
15
16

678678

smax = 1/2 inch[10mm]

weight
a
Type
E leg length
(lbs)
3/
0.26
41 06 13 1 3/8
16
3/
0.24
41 07 13 1 1/8
16
3/
0.24
41 08 13 1 3/8
16
3/
0.24
41 09 13 1 1/8
16
3/
0.46
41 09 14 1 3/8
16
3/
0.24
41 10 13 1 1/8
16
3/
0.46
41 10 14 1 3/8
16
3/
0.24
41 11 13 1 1/8
16
3/
0.46
41 11 14 1 3/8
16
3/
0.24
41 13 13 1
16
3/
0.46
41 13 14 1 1/8
16
3/
0.24
41 14 13 1
16
1/
1.24
41 14 14 1 5/8
4
3/
0.24
41 16 13 1
16
1/
1.26
41 16 14 1 5/8
4
3/
0.44
41 17 13 1
16
5/
1.72
41 17 14 1 5/8
16
3/
0.46
41 19 13 3/4
16
5/
1.74
41 19 14 1 3/8
16
3/
0.44
41 22 13 3/4
16
5/
1.7
41 22 14 1 3/8
16
3/
0.44
41 24 13 5/8
16
5/
1.72
41 24 14 1 1/8
16
3
3/
/
0.46
41 26 13
8
16
5/
1.72
41 26 14 1
16
3/
0.44
41 27 13 5/8
16
5/
1.68
41 27 14 1
16
1/
1.2
41 32 13 5/8
4
3/
2.6
41 32 14 1
8
1/
1.22
41 36 13 - 3/8
4
3/
2.6
41 36 14 1/4
8
1/
0
1.22
41 37 13
4
3/
2.6
41 37 14 5/8
8
1/
1.22
41 41 13 - 5/8
4
3/
2.6
41 41 14 - 1/4
8
3
1/
/
1.22
41 42 13
8
4
3/
2.6
41 42 14 1/4
8
5/
1.7
41 46 13 - 3/4
16
3/
6.8
41 46 14 0
8
5/
1.7
41 51 13 -1 1/8
16
3/
6.8
41 51 14 - 3/8
8
5/
1.68
41 56 13 -1 5/8
16
3/
6.6
41 56 14 - 3/4
8
3
5/
-1
/
1.68
41 61 13
4
16
3/
6.6
41 61 14 -1 1/8
8
5/
1.68
41 66 13 -2 1/8
16
3/
6.6
41 66 14 -1 3/8
8
5/
1
-2
/
1.68
41 71 13
2
16
3/
6.4
41 71 14 -1 3/4
8
5/
1.68
41 76 13 -3
16
3/
6.4
41 76 14 -2 1/8
8

smax
=1/2 inch
smax
=4 inch

Reduction factors of the

permiss. load at increased
temperatures:
T

F perm. (T)

480F [250C] 0.7 F perm. (175F)

660F [350C] 0.5 F perm. (175F)

Order details:
Weld-on lugs for pipes
R1.5 OD
type 41 .. 1.

4.10

SELECTION OF PIPE CLAMPS

AND CLAMP BASES
The selection tables on the following pages
offer a general view of the fields of application. They have been arranged in ascending
order according to pipe diameters. All pipe
clamps and clamp bases to be considered for
a given design of pipe system can therefore
be found clearly set out on one page.
The following points are important for application purposes:
1. In the selection table, all the information
can be found that is required for determining
the correct component and placing an order
free of uncertainty.
2. The component with the lowest permissible
load to cover in the appropriate temperature
range is at the same time the most economical of all those listed.
3. The geometrical values of the connections
are compatible with those of LISEGA connection components. Via the wide load application range, connections in various LISEGA
load groups can be linked up.
4. The lengths of connection lugs are so designed that the connection points lie outside
the economical insulation thicknesses.
5. For use in pipe systems made of austenitic
material, all pipe clamps and clamp bases can
be equipped with corresponding inlay plates.
6. In selecting an appropriate pipe clamp, the
following procedure should be followed:
6.1 Determination of the correct page for the
external dimensions (OD) of the piping to be
supported.
6.2 Determination of the correct temperature
range in the column for the desired support
type, horizontal or vertical.
6.3 Determination of the permissible load to
be covered.
By coupling two pipe clamps with
type 77 (see page 4.55), the loads
can be doubled

4.11

6.4 Checking of the installation dimension

E and width B for agreement with the
installation conditions prevailing.

6.5 For riser clamps, checking of the span

(L-dimension).
6.6 For riser clamps of Type 46/48, the decision as to whether shear lugs or trunnions
should be used.
6.7 On the basis of the properly fitting LISEGA
load group ranges provided, the conformity
of the connection with the load chain required can be ascertained.
6.8 Determination of the selected component
through specification of the appropriate
LISEGA type designation.
7.0 In selecting a suitable clamp base, proceed according to points 6.1 6.3.
In addition, attention should be paid to the
choice of the correct height (dimension H)
which is determined by the thickness of the
heat insulation.
7.1 The heights given (dimension H) as well
as the lengths (dimension A) are standard
dimensions and cover the most common
application cases. If required, components
of different dimensions can be supplied.
8. The supply of pipe clamps and clamp bases
is possible as special designs for particular
uses and conditions (see pages 4.4 and 4.6
in this regard).
9. In the design and construction of LISEGA
pipe clamps and clamp bases, nuclear applications have also been considered.
However, separate fabrication is required in
this case with strict adherence to the LISEGA
quality management system. The type designation hereby differs in the 5th digit by addition of a 5 (see also page 0.7 in this respect).

SELECTION TABLE
OD 0.84- 21.3mm

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 0.84 (ND 15/1/2), types 42, 43, 45, 49
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d4
Type
0.41
42 01 17 0.56

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930
42 01 19 1.20 0.85 0.65

950

985 1040 1075 1110F

A B
13/4 1

lbs
0.3

load
group
C-D

d2
E
B
0.40 11/8 11/4

lbs
0.7

load
group
C-2

d1
0.48
0.48
0.48

4
51/4
51/4

B
11/4
11/4
11/8

lbs
1.1
1.3
1.3

load
group
C-2
C-2
C-2

E
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

B
2
2
2
2
2
23/4
23/4
23/4
23/4

load
lbs group
L
4.4 C-4
10
113/4 5.1 C-4
153/4 6.6 C-4
193/4 7.9 C-4
231/2 9.3 C-4
113/4 8.6 C-4
153/4 11.0 C-4
193/4 13.4 C-4
231/2 15.9 C-4

E
7/

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
43 01 19 1.30 1.00 0.65
43 01 39
1.30 1.15 0.75 0.65 0.45 0.25
43 01 49
0.54 0.40
0.29

Type
45 01 11
45 01 11
45 01 11
45 01 11
45 01 11
45 01 31
45 01 31
45 01 31
45 01 31

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950
0.95 0.80 0.55
0.80 0.65 0.45
0.60 0.45 0.30
0.45 0.35 0.25
0.40 0.30 0.20
1.75 1.60 1.05 0.90
1.30 1.20 0.80 0.65
1.05 0.95 0.60 0.55
0.85 0.75 0.50 0.40

985 1040 1075 1110F

0.65
0.45
0.35
0.30

0.35
0.25
0.20
0.15

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
49 01 11 0.25 0.18 0.13
49 01 12 0.35 0.25 0.20
49 01 25
0.22 0.20 0.13
49 01 35
0.50 0.36 0.31 0.22 0.13
49 01 45
0.27 0.20 0.13

d1
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48

E
23/8
43/8
43/8
61/4
61/4

A
4
6
63/4
63/4
63/4

B
11/2
21/2
21/2
31/2
31/2

C
9
9
9

H
2
4
4
57/8
57/8

lbs
1.3
2.9
4.5
6.6
6.6

4.12

SELECTION TABLE
OD 1.06- 26.9mm

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 1.06 (ND 20/ 3/4), types 42, 43, 45, 49

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d4 E
42 02 17 0.56
0.41 1

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930
42 02 19 1.20 0.85 0.65

950

985 1040 1075

1110F

A B
17/8 1

E
d2
0.40 11/4

B
11/4

lbs
0.3

load
group
C-D

lbs
0.7

load
group
C-2

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

E
Type
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d1
43 02 19 1.30 1.00 0.65
0.48 43/8
43 02 39
1.30 1.15 0.75 0.65 0.45 0.25
0.48 51/4
43 02 49
0.54 0.40 0.29 0.48 51/4

Type
45 02 11
45 02 11
45 02 11
45 02 11
45 02 11
45 02 31
45 02 31
45 02 31
45 02 31

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950
1.00 0.80 0.55
0.80 0.65 0.45
0.60 0.45 0.35
0.45 0.35 0.25
0.40 0.30 0.20
1.80 1.65 1.10 0.95
1.35 1.20 0.80 0.70
1.05 0.95 0.65 0.55
0.85 0.80 0.50 0.45

985 1040 1075 1110F d1

0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.65 0.35
0.48
0.50 0.25
0.48
0.40 0.20
0.48
0.30 0.15
0.48

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
49 02 11 0.25 0.18 0.13
49 02 12 0.35 0.25 0.20
49 02 25
0.22 0.20 0.13
49 02 35
0.50 0.36 0.31 0.22 0.13
49 02 45
0.27 0.20 0.13

4.13

E
21/2
41/2
41/2
61/2
61/2

E
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

A
4
6
63/4
63/4
63/4

B
2
2
2
2
2
23/4
23/4
23/4
23/4

B
11/2
21/2
21/2
31/2
31/2

load
group
C-2
C-2
C-2

B
11/4
11/4
11/8

lbs
1.1
1.3
1.4

L
10
113/4
153/4
193/4
231/2
113/4
153/4
193/4
231/2

load
lbs group
4.4 C-4
5.1 C-4
6.6 C-4
7.9 C-4
9.3 C-4
8.6 C-4
11.0 C-4
13.4 C-4
15.9 C-4

C
9
9
9

H
2
4
4
57/8
57/8

lbs
1.3
3.1
4.7
6.9
6.9

SELECTION TABLE
OD 1.33- 33.7mm

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 1.33 (ND 25/1), types 42, 43, 45, 49

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d4 E
Type
0.41 11/4
42 03 17 0.56

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930
42 03 19 1.20 0.85 0.65

950

985 1040 1075 1110F

A B
21/8 1

lbs
0.4

load
group
C-D

E
d2
B
0.40 11/2 11/4

lbs
0.9

load
group
C-2

B
11/4
11/4
15/8

lbs
1.3
1.8
2.3

load
group
C-2
C-2
C-2

L
10
113/4
153/4
193/4
231/2
113/4
113/4
153/4
153/4
193/4
193/4
231/2
231/2

lbs
5.3
6.2
7.7
9.5
11.0
8.6
22.3
11.0
28.5
13.4
34.5
16.0
41.0

load
group
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
43 03 19 1.30 1.00 0.65
43 03 39
1.30 1.15 0.75 0.65 0.45 0.25
43 03 49
0.63 0.47 0.36

Type
45 03 11
45 03 11
45 03 11
45 03 11
45 03 11
45 03 31
45 03 32
45 03 31
45 03 32
45 03 31
45 03 32
45 03 31
45 03 32

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950
1.30 1.00 0.70
1.05 0.85 0.60
0.75 0.60 0.40
0.55 0.45 0.30
0.45 0.40 0.25
1.90 1.70 1.10 1.00
2.15 1.80 1.75 1.70
1.35 1.25 0.80 0.70
2.15 1.80 1.75 1.70
1.10 1.95 0.65 0.55
2.15 1.80 1.75 1.70
0.85 0.80 0.50 0.45
2.15 1.80 1.75 1.70

985 1040 1075 1110F

0.70
1.70
0.50
1.70
0.40
1.70
0.30
1.70

0.35
1.65
0.25
1.45
0.20
1.10
0.15
0.90

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
49 03 11 0.25 0.18 0.13
49 03 12 0.35 0.25 0.20
49 03 25
0.27 0.22 0.16
49 03 35
0.60 0.45 0.36 0.27 0.16
49 03 45
0.31 0.25 0.16

d1
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48

E
25/8
45/8
65/8
65/8
65/8

E
d1
0.48 43/4
0.48 61/2
0.48 61/2

E
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

A
4
6
63/4
63/4
63/4

B
23/8
23/8
23/8
23/8
23/8
23/4
31/2
23/4
31/2
23/4
31/2
23/4
31/2

B
13/4
23/4
4
4
4

C
9
9
9

H
2
4
57/8
57/8
57/8

lbs
1.5
3.3
7.7
7.7
7.7

4.14

SELECTION TABLE
OD 1.67- 42.4mm

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 1.67 (ND 32/11/4), types 42, 43, 45, 49

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
A B
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d4
E
42 04 17 0.56
0.41 13/4 25/8 1

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950
42 04 19 1.20 0.85 0.65
Type

985 1040 1075 1110F

d2
0.40

lbs
0.4

load
group
C-D

E
B lbs
15/8 11/4 0.9

load
group
C-2

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
43 04 19 1.30 1.00 0.65
43 04 39
1.30 1.15 0.75 0.65 0.45 0.25
43 04 49
0.63 0.47 0.36
Type

Type
45 04 11
45 04 11
45 04 11
45 04 11
45 04 39
45 04 31
45 04 32
45 04 39
45 04 31
45 04 32
45 04 39
45 04 31
45 04 32
45 04 39
45 04 31
45 04 32

210
2.00
1.45
1.10
0.90

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

480 660 840 930 950 985
1.60 1.10
1.15 0.80
0.85 0.65
0.70 0.50
1.12
3.35 2.90 2.20 1.95 1.35
4.90 4.25 4.00 4.00 3.35
1.12 1.06
2.45 2.20 1.65 1.45 1.05
4.90 4.25 4.00 3.55 2.65
1.12 0.85
2.05 1.85 1.30 1.15 0.85
4.90 4.25 3.35 2.90 2.15
1.12 0.98 0.70
1.75 1.55 1.10 0.95 0.65
4.25 3.80 2.65 2.45 1.75

1040 1075 1110F

0.75
0.75
1.95
0.55
0.55
1.45
0.45
0.45
1.15
0.35
0.35
0.95

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
49 04 11 0.25 0.18 0.13
49 04 12 0.35 0.25 0.20
49 04 25
0.27 0.22 0.16
49 04 35
0.60 0.45 0.36 0.27 0.16
49 04 45
0.31 0.25 0.16
Type

4.15

d1
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.63
0.63
0.48
0.63
0.63
0.48
0.63
0.63
0.48
0.63
0.63

E
23/4
43/4
63/4
63/4
63/4

d1
0.48
0.48
0.48

E
1
1
1
1
1
11/8
11/8
1
11/8
11/8
1
11/8
11/8
1
11/8
11/8

A
4
6
63/4
63/4
63/4

E
B
51/4 11/4
71/8 11/4
71/8 15/8

B
23/4
23/4
23/4
23/4
23/4
23/4
4
23/4
23/4
4
23/4
23/4
4
23/4
23/4
4

B
13/4
23/4
4
4
4

L
113/4
153/4
193/4
231/2
133/4
133/4
133/4
173/4
173/4
173/4
213/4
213/4
213/4
251/2
251/2
251/2

C
9
9
9

lbs
1.5
2.0
2.5

load
group
C-2
C-2
C-2

lbs
9
12
14
17
16
16
29
19
19
36
23
23
43
27
27
50

load
group
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4

H
2
4
57/8
57/8
57/8

lbs
1.5
3.5
7.8
7.8
7.8

SELECTION TABLE
OD 1.90- 48.3mm

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 1.90 (ND 40/11/2), types 42, 43, 45, 49

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d4 E
Type
0.41 21/8
42 05 17 0.56

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930
42 05 19 1.20 0.85 0.65
Type

950

985 1040 1075 1110F

lbs
0.6

load
group
C-D

E
13/4

B lbs
11/4 0.9

load
group
C-2

d1
0.48
0.48
0.48

E
51/2
71/4
71/4

B
11/4
11/4
15/8

lbs
1.5
2.0
2.6

load
group
C-2
C-2
C-2

B
31/8
31/8
31/8
31/8
31/8
31/8
43/4
31/8
31/8
43/4
31/8
31/8
43/4
31/8
31/8
43/4

L
113/4
153/4
193/4
231/2
133/4
133/4
133/4
173/4
173/4
173/4
213/4
213/4
213/4
251/2
251/2
251/2

lbs
11
13
16
19
18
18
35
22
22
45
26
26
52
31
31
60

load
group
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4

d2
0.40

A
3

B
1

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
43 05 19 1.30 1.00 0.65
43 05 39
1.30 1.15 0.75 0.65 0.45 0.25
43 05 49
0.63 0.47 0.36
Type

Type
45 05 11
45 05 11
45 05 11
45 05 11
45 05 39
45 05 31
45 05 32
45 05 39
45 05 31
45 05 32
45 05 39
45 05 31
45 05 32
45 05 39
45 05 31
45 05 32

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985
2.40 1.80 1.30
1.70 1.30 0.90
1.30 1.00 0.70
1.10 0.80 0.60
1.12
4.00 3.55 2.45 2.20 1.60
4.90 4.25 4.00 4.00 4.00
1.12
2.90 2.65 1.95 1.70 1.20
4.90 4.25 4.00 4.00 3.10
1.12 0.98
2.20 2.20 1.55 1.35 0.95
4.90 4.25 4.00 3.55 2.45
1.12 0.83
2.00 1.80 1.30 1.10 0.80
4.90 4.25 3.35 2.90 2.20

1040 1075 1110F

0.85
0.85
2.20
0.65
0.65
1.80
0.50
0.50
1.45
0.40
0.40
1.20

d1
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.63
0.63
0.48
0.63
0.63
0.48
0.63
0.63
0.48
0.63
0.63

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F E
49 05 11 0.25 0.18 0.13
3
49 05 12 0.35 0.25 0.20
47/8
49 05 25
67/8
0.30 0.25 0.18
49 05 35
67/8
0.65 0.50 0.43 0.31 0.18
49 05 45
0.34 0.25 0.18 67/8
Type

1
1
1
1
1
11/8
11/8
1
11/8
11/8
1
11/8
11/8
1
11/8
11/8

A
4
6
63/4
63/4
63/4

B
2
3
4
4
4

C
9
9
9

H
2
4
57/8
57/8
57/8

lbs
1.8
3.7
7.9
7.9
7.9

4.16

SELECTION TABLE
OD 2.37- 60.3mm

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 2.37 (ND 50/2), types 42, 43, 45, 49

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d4
E A
Type
0.41 27/8 33/4
42 06 17 0.56

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930
42 06 19 1.65 1.20 0.85
Type

950

d2
0.48

985 1040 1075 1110F

B
1

lbs
0.6

load
group
C-D

E
B
21/8 11/2

lbs
1.7

load
group
C-2

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
43 06 19 1.65 1.20 0.85
43 06 39
1.95 1.75 1.15 1.00 0.70 0.40
43 06 49
0.90 0.65 0.49
Type

Type
45 06 11
45 06 12
45 06 11
45 06 12
45 06 11
45 06 12
45 06 11
45 06 12
45 06 39
45 06 31
45 06 32
45 06 39
45 06 31
45 06 32
45 06 39
45 06 31
45 06 32
45 06 39
45 06 31
45 06 32

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985
2.00 1.50 1.05
5.35 4.00 2.90
1.45 1.05 0.75
3.80 2.90 2.10
1.10 0.85 0.60
2.90 2.20 1.65
0.90 0.65 0.45
2.45 1.90 1.35
1.12
4.45 3.80 2.65 2.45 1.75
4.90 4.25 4.00 4.00 3.80
1.12
3.35 2.90 2.20 1.90 1.35
4.90 4.25 4.00 4.00 2.90
1.12
2.65 2.45 1.80 1.55 1.10
4.90 4.25 3.80 3.35 2.45
1.12 0.97
2.20 2.10 1.50 1.30 0.95
4.90 4.25 3.35 2.90 2.05

1040 1075 1110F

0.95
0.95
2.15
0.75
0.75
1.65
0.60
0.60
1.35
0.50
0.50
1.10

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
49 06 11 0.30 0.23 0.16
49 06 12 0.40 0.30 0.22
49 06 25
0.30 0.25 0.18
49 06 35
0.65 0.50 0.43 0.31 0.18
49 06 45
0.40 0.27 0.18
Type

4.17

d1
0.48
0.48
0.48

E
61/8
77/8
77/8

B
11/2
2
2

lbs
2.6
3.5
4.6

load
group
C-4
C-4
C-4

B
23/4
31/8
23/4
31/8
23/4
31/8
23/4
31/8
4
4
43/4
4
4
43/4
4
4
43/4
4
4
43/4

L
113/4
113/4
153/4
153/4
193/4
193/4
231/2
231/2
153/4
153/4
153/4
193/4
193/4
193/4
231/2
231/2
231/2
271/2
271/2
271/2

lbs
10
16
12
20
15
25
17
29
25
25
40
30
30
48
36
36
55
41
41
65

load
group
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4

d1
0.48
0.63
0.48
0.63
0.48
0.63
0.48
0.63
0.48
0.63
0.63
0.48
0.63
0.63
0.48
0.63
0.63
0.48
0.63
0.63

E
31/8
51/8
71/8
71/8
71/8

1
11/8
1
11/8
1
11/8
1
11/8
1
11/8
11/8
1
11/8
11/8
1
11/8
11/8
1
11/8
11/8

A
6
8
85/8
85/8
85/8

B
2
3
41/4
41/4
41/4

C
111/4
111/4
111/4

H
2
4
57/8
57/8
57/8

lbs
2.9
5.3
10.9
10.9
10.9

SELECTION TABLE
OD 2.87- 73mm
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 2.87 (ND 65/21/2), types 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49
permissible load (kN)
Type
210 480 660 840 930 950 985
42 07 17 1.12

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930
42 07 19 1.65 1.20 0.85

950

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

1040 1075 1110F d4 E A

0.51 33/4 43/4

985

1040 1075 1110F

B lbs
11/4 1.1

lbs
1.8

load
group
C-2

lbs
2.6
4.0
5.0

load
group
C-4
C-4
C-4

E
B
23/8 11/2

d2
0.48

load
group
C-2

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
210
43 07 19 1.65
43 07 39
43 07 49

Type
45 07 19
45 07 11
45 07 12
45 07 19
45 07 11
45 07 12
45 07 19
45 07 11
45 07 12
45 07 19
45 07 11
45 07 12

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
1.20 0.85
1.95 1.75 1.15 1.00 0.70 0.40
0.90 0.65 0.49

E
d1
0.48 61/2
0.48 81/2
0.48 81/2

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

E
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d1
1.12
0.48 1
3.80 2.90 2.05
0.63 11/8
6.05 5.15 3.55
0.63 11/8
1.12
0.48 1
3.10 2.20 1.65
0.63 11/8
4.90 3.55 2.45
0.63 11/8
1.12
0.48 1
2.45 1.85 1.30
0.63 11/8
3.80 2.65 2.00
0.63 11/8
1.12 1.05
0.48 1
2.00 1.45 1.05
0.63 11/8
2.90 2.20 1.60
0.63 11/8

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040
4. 07 31
3.55 3.35 2.45 2.20 1.55 0.85
4. 07 32
4.70 4.45 3.35 2.90 2.20 1.30
4. 07 33
9.65 7.85 5.80 5.15 3.80 2.20
4. 07 41
1.50
4. 07 42
2.40
4. 07 43
4.00

1075 1110F d3
0.81
0.81
1.00
1.1 0.8 0.81
1.7 1.3 0.81
2.9 2.2 1.00

EK

ER
1/
23/4
2
1 3
11/4 37/8
1/
23/4
2
1 33/8
11/4 41/2

B
23/4
23/4
4
23/4
23/4
4
23/4
23/4
4
23/4
23/4
4

B
11/2
2
2

L
113/4
113/4
113/4
153/4
153/4
153/4
193/4
193/4
193/4
231/2
231/2
231/2

load
lbs group
14 C-D
14 1-4
19 1-4
17 C-D
17 1-4
24 1-4
21 C-D
21 1-4
30 1-4
24 C-D
24 1-4
35 1-4

L
lbs
min. max. min. max.
133/4 291/2 15 32
133/4 291/2 16 41
133/4 291/2 21 57
14 291/2 15 33
14 291/2 20 42
14 291/2 24 58

load
group
C-4
C-4
3-5
C-4
C-4
3-5

 Type 46

 Type 48

13/8

 Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 12% less..

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F E
49 07 11 0.30 0.23 0.16
31/2
49 07 12 0.40 0.30 0.22
53/8
49 07 25
73/8
0.38 0.31 0.22
49 07 35
73/8
1.00 0.75 0.65 0.47 0.27
49 07 45
0.54 0.38 0.27 73/8

A
6
8
85/8
85/8
85/8

B
C
21/8
31/8
41/4 111/4
41/4 111/4
41/4 111/4

H lbs
3.3
2
5.7
4
57/8 11.3
57/8 11.3
57/8 11.3

4.18

SELECTION TABLE
OD 3.00- 76.1mm

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 3.00 (ND 65/21/2), types 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

A B
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d4
E
Type
0.51 33/4 43/4 11/4
42 08 17 1.12

lbs
1.2

load
group
C-2

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930
42 08 19 1.65 1.20 0.85

E
d2
B
0.48 21/2 11/2

lbs
2.0

load
group
C-2

B
11/2
2
2

lbs
2.6
4.0
5.0

load
group
C-4
C-4
C-4

L
113/4
113/4
113/4
153/4
153/4
153/4
193/4
193/4
193/4
231/2
231/2
231/2

lbs
15
15
21
18
18
26
22
22
31
25
25
36

load
group
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4

950

985 1040 1075 1110F

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075
43 08 19 1.65 1.20 0.85
43 08 39
1.95 1.75 1.15 1.00 0.70 0.40
43 08 49
0.90 0.65

Type
45 08 19
45 08 11
45 08 12
45 08 19
45 08 11
45 08 12
45 08 19
45 08 11
45 08 12
45 08 19
45 08 11
45 08 12

 Type 46

 Type 48

13/8

1110F

0.49

d1
0.48
0.48
0.48

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

E
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d1
1.12
0.48 1
3.80 2.90 2.05
0.63 11/8
6.05 5.15 3.55
0.63 11/8
1.12
0.48 1
3.10 2.20 1.65
0.63 11/8
4.90 3.55 2.45
0.63 11/8
1.12
0.48 1
2.45 1.85 1.30
0.63 11/8
3.80 2.65 2.00
0.63 11/8
1.12 1.05
0.48 1
2.00 1.45 1.05
0.63 11/8
2.90 2.20 1.60
0.63 11/8

61/2
81/2
81/2

B
23/4
23/4
4
23/4
23/4
4
23/4
23/4
4
23/4
23/4
4

L
lbs
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
load
Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d3 EK ER min. max. min. max. group
4. 08 31
C-4
3.55 3.35 2.45 2.20 1.55 0.85
0.81 1/2 23/4 133/4 291/2 15 32
4. 08 32
C-4
4.70 4.45 3.35 2.90 2.20 1.30
0.81 1 3 133/4 291/2 15 41
4. 08 33
3-5
9.65 7.85 5.80 5.15 3.80 2.20
1.00 1 1 / 4 37/8 133/4 291/2 24 57
4. 08 41
C-4
0.8 0.81 1/2 23/4 14 291/2 15 33
1.5 1.1
4. 08 42
C-4
1.3 0.81 1 33/8 14 291/2 20 42
2.4 1.7
4. 08 43
3-5
2.2 1.00 11/4 41/2 14 291/2 29 60
4.0 2.9
 Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 14% less.

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F E
31/2
49 08 11 0.30 0.23 0.16
51/2
49 08 12 0.40 0.30 0.22
73/8
49 08 25
0.38 0.31 0.22
73/8
49 08 35
1.00 0.75 0.65 0.47 0.27
49 08 45
0.54 0.38 0.27 73/8

4.19

A
6
8
85/8
85/8
85/8

B
21/8
31/8
41/4
41/4
41/4

C
111/4
111/4
111/4

H lbs
2
3.3
4
5.7
57/8 11.3
57/8 11.3
57/8 11.3

SELECTION TABLE
OD 3.50- 88.9mm
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 3.50 (ND 80/3), types 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

A
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d4
E
B
Type
0.51 33/4 43/4 11/4
42 09 17 1.12

lbs
1.3

load
group
C-2

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930
42 09 19 1.45 1.00 0.75

B
11/2

lbs
2.2

load
group
C-2

lbs
3.1
3.1
4.2
4.2
5.4

load
group
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-4

950

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46

E
d2
0.48 23/4

985 1040 1075 1110F

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
43 09 18
0.46
43 09 19 1.65 1.20 0.85
43 09 38
0.46 0.40
43 09 39
1.95 1.75 1.15 1.00 0.70 0.40
43 09 49
0.90 0.65 0.49

Type
45 09 19
45 09 11
45 09 12
45 09 19
45 09 11
45 09 12
45 09 19
45 09 11
45 09 12
45 09 19
45 09 11
45 09 12
Type
4. 0931
4. 09 32
4. 09 33
4. 09 41
4. 09 42
4. 09 43

210
3.80
6.05
2.65
4.25
2.00
2.90
1.55
2.20

d1
0.48
0.63
0.48
0.63
0.48

E
63/4
63/4
91/4
91/4
91/4

11/2
11/2
2
2
2

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

E
480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d1
1.12
0.48 1
2.90 2.10
0.63 11/8
5.15 3.55
0.63 11/8
1.12
0.48 1
2.00 1.40
0.63 11/8
3.10 2.20
0.63 11/8
1.12
0.48 1
1.45 1.05
0.63 11/8
2.20 1.60
0.63 11/8
1.12 0.80
0.48 1
1.15 0.80
0.63 11/8
1.75 1.25
0.63 11/8

B
23/4
23/4
4
23/4
23/4
4
23/4
23/4
4
23/4
23/4
4

L
113/4
113/4
113/4
173/4
173/4
173/4
231/2
231/2
231/2
291/2
291/2
291/2

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075
3.55 3.35 2.45 2.20 1.55 0.85
4.70 4.45 3.35 2.90 2.20 1.30
9.65 7.85 5.80 5.15 3.80 2.20
1.5 1.1
2.4 1.7
4.2 2.9

1110F d3
0.81
0.81
1.00
0.8 0.81
1.3 0.81
2.2 1.00

EK
1/
2

1
13/8
1/
2

1
13/8

ER
3
33/8
37/8
3
37/8
41/8

load
lbs group
15 C-D
15 1-4
21 1-4
20 C-D
20 1-4
28 1-4
26 C-D
26 1-4
36 1-4
31 C-D
31 1-4
44 1-4

L
lbs
load
min. max. min. max. group
C-4
133/4 331/2 16 46
C-4
133/4 331/2 16 58
3-5
133/4 331/2 24 66
C-4
14 331/2 18 40
C-4
14 331/2 20 53
3-5
14 331/2 26 77

 Type 46

 Type 48

13/8

 Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 15% less.

Type
49 09 11
49 09 12
49 09 25
49 09 35
49 09 45

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
0.40 0.33 0.23
0.55 0.44 0.30
0.50 0.43 0.31
1.20 0.90 0.80 0.56 0.35
0.65 0.49 0.35

E
A
33/4 6
53/4 8
95/8 105/8
95/8 105/8
95/8 105/8

B
23/8
33/8
53/4
53/4
53/4

C
131/4
131/4
131/4

H
2
4
77/8
77/8
77/8

lbs
5.1
8.4
17.4
17.4
17.4

4.20

SELECTION TABLE
OD 4.25- 108mm

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 4.25 (ND 100/4), types 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
Type
210 480 660 840 930 950
42 10 19 2.20 1.70 1.30

E
d2
0.63 31/2

985 1040 1075 1110F

B
2

lbs
4.4

load
group
1-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type 210
43 10 19 2.20
43 10 29
43 10 38
43 10 39
43 10 49

Type
45 10 19
45 10 11
45 10 19
45 10 11
45 10 19
45 10 11
45 10 19
45 10 11
 Type 46

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

480 660 840 930 950
1.70 1.30
0.65 0.40

0.56 0.50
2.45 2.20 1.55 1.35 0.95 0.50
1.35 0.99 0.74

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950
1.12
3.80 2.90 2.15
1.12
2.65 2.05 1.50
1.12
2.10 1.55 1.10
1.12 0.85
1.65 1.25 0.85

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985
4. 10 12 4.0 3.1 2.2
4. 10 31
4.7 4.4 3.8 3.3 2.4
4. 10 32
8.0 6.7 5.1 4.4 3.3
4. 10 33
13.9 11.2 8.9 7.8 5.6
4. 10 41
4. 10 42
4. 10 43

 Type 48

d1
0.63
0.48
0.48
0.63
0.63

985 1040 1075 1110F

985 1040 1075 1110F

1040 1075 1110F d3

1.00
1.3
0.81
1.7
1.00
3.3
1.34
2.4 1.7 1.3 0.81
3.1 2.2 1.7 1.00
5.3 4.0 3.3 1.34

d1
0.48
0.63
0.48
0.63
0.48
0.63
0.48
0.63

EK

ER
1/
23/4
4
1/
33/8
2
1 33/8
13/8 43/4
1/
37/8
2
1 43/8
13/8 51/8

E
1
11/8
1
11/8
1
11/8
1
11/8

load
group
1-4
C-4
C-D
1-4
1-4

8
91/2
101/2
101/2
101/2

B
2
11/2
2
2
23/4

lbs
5.5
2.9
6.6
6.6
9.0

B
31/8
31/8
31/8
31/8
31/8
31/8
31/8
31/8

load
L
lbs group
133/4 18 C-D
133/4 18 1-4
193/4 25 C-D
193/4 25 1-4
251/2 31 C-D
251/2 31 1-4
311/2 37 C-D
311/2 37 1-4

L
lbs
load
min. max. min. max. group
131/2 311/2 17 41
3-5
133/4 371/2 19 57
C-4
133/4 371/2 32 72
3-5
133/4 371/2 35 101
3-6
14 371/2 22 63
C-4
14 371/2 31 80
3-5
14 371/2 40 116
3-6

 Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 16% less.

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
49 10 11 0.50 0.40 0.30
49 10 12 0.70 0.55 0.40
49 10 25
0.65 0.60 0.45
49 10 35
1.20 1.05 0.90 0.65 0.40
49 10 45
0.74 0.54 0.40

4.21

E
A
6 6
8 8
10 103/8
10 103/8
10 103/8

B
33/4
5
6
6
6

C
131/2
131/2
131/2

H
4
57/8
77/8
77/8
77/8

lbs
9
14
23
23
23

SELECTION TABLE
OD 4.50- 114.3mm
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 4.50 (ND 100/4), types 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
210 480 660 840 930
Type
42 11 19 2.20 1.70 1.30

950

985

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)
E
d2
0.63 35/8

1040 1075 1110F

B
2

lbs
4.6

load
group
1-4

B
2
11/2
2
2
23/4

lbs
5.7
3.3
6.6
6.6
9.1

load
group
1-4
C-4
C-D
1-4
1-4

L
133/4
133/4
193/4
193/4
251/2
251/2
311/2
311/2

lbs
19
19
25
25
32
32
38
38

load
group
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985
43 11 19 2.20 1.70 1.30
0.65 0.40
43 11 29
0.56
43 11 38
2.45 2.20 1.55 1.35 0.95
43 11 39
43 11 49

Type
45 11 19
45 11 11
45 11 19
45 11 11
45 11 19
45 11 11
45 11 19
45 11 11

Type
4. 1112
4. 11 31
4. 11 32
4. 11 33
4. 11 41
4. 11 42
4. 11 43

210
3.80
2.65
2.10
1.65

1040 1075 1110F

0.50
0.50
1.35 0.99

0.74

d1
0.63
0.48
0.48
0.63
0.63

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

E
480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d1
1.12
0.48 1
2.90 2.15
0.63 11/8
1.12
0.48 1
2.05 1.50
0.63 11/8
1.12
0.48 1
1.55 1.10
0.63 11/8
1.12 0.85
0.48 1
1.25 0.85
0.63 11/8

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d3
4.0 3.1 2.2
1.00
4.7 4.4 3.8 3.3 2.4 1.3
0.81
8.0 6.7 5.1 4.4 3.3 1.7
1.00
13.9 11.2 8.9 7.8 5.6 3.3
1.34
2.4 1.7 1.3 0.81
3.1 2.2 1.7 1.00
5.3 4.0 3.3 1.34

EK
1/
4
1/
2

1
13/8
1/
2

1
13/8

ER
23/4
33/8
33/8
43/4
37/8
43/8
51/8

E
8
91/2
101/2
101/2
101/2

B
31/8
31/8
31/8
31/8
31/8
31/8
31/8
31/8

L
lbs
load
min. max. min. max. group
131/2 311/2 17 42
3-5
133/4 371/2 19 58
C-4
133/4 371/2 33 74
3-5
133/4 371/2 37 102 3-6
14 371/2 22 63
C-4
14 371/2 33 80
3-5
14 371/2 42 117 3-6

 Type 46

 Type 48

 Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 17% less.

Type

210
49 11 11 0.50
49 11 12 0.70
49 11 25
49 11 35
49 11 45

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F E
A
61/4 6
0.40 0.30
81/8 8
0.55 0.40
101/8 103/8
0.65 0.60 0.45
101/8 103/8
1.20 1.05 0.90 0.65 0.40
0.74 0.54 0.40 101/8 103/8

B
33/4
5
6
6
6

C
131/2
131/2
131/2

H
4
57/8
77/8
77/8
77/8

lbs
9
14
23
23
23

4.22

SELECTION TABLE
OD 5.25- 133mm

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 5.25 (ND 125/5), types 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
Type
210 480 660 840 930
42 13 19 2.20 1.70 1.25

950

985 1040 1075 1110F

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)
d2
0.63

E
4

load
group
1-4

B
2

lbs
4.9

B
2
2
2
23/8
23/8
23/4

load
lbs group
6.2 1-4
5.1 C-D
5.1 1-4
8.6 C-D
8.6 1-4
12.0 1-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
43 13 19 2.20 1.70 1.30
0.56
43 13 28
1.00 0.60
43 13 29
0.56 0.55
43 13 38
2.65 2.45 1.65 1.45 1.05 0.55
43 13 39
1.35 0.99 0.74
43 13 49

Type
45 13 19
45 13 11
45 13 19
45 13 11
45 13 19
45 13 11
45 13 19
45 13 11

E
d1
0.63 83/4
0.48 101/2
0.63 101/2
0.48 111/2
0.63 111/2
0.63 111/2

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

E
480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d1
1.12
0.48 1
4.00 3.10 2.20
0.63 11/8
1.12
0.48 1
2.90 2.15 1.55
0.63 11/8
1.12
0.48 1
2.20 1.65 1.15
0.63 11/8
1.12 0.90
0.48 1
1.75 1.30 0.90
0.63 11/8
210

B
31/2
31/2
31/2
31/2
31/2
31/2
31/2
31/2

L
153/4
153/4
211/2
211/2
271/2
271/2
331/2
331/2

lbs
24
24
31
31
38
38
45
45

load
group
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4

 Type 46

Type
4. 13 12
4. 13 31
4. 13 32
4. 13 33
4. 13 41
4. 13 42
4. 13 43

 Type 48

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985
4.9 4.0 2.9
5.1 4.7 4.4 3.8 2.6
8.3 7.8 5.8 5.1 3.8
14.6 12.3 10.1 8.9 6.5

1040 1075 1110F d3

1.00
0.81
1.5
1.00
2.2
1.34
3.8
2.6 2.0 1.5 0.81
4.0 2.9 2.2 1.00
6.9 5.1 3.8 1.34

EK
3/
8
1/
2
1/
4
1/
2
1/
2
1/
4
1/
2

1
1
1
1

ER
23/4
33/4
37/8
51/8
41/8
41/2
53/4

L
lbs
load
min. max. min. max. group
151/2 331/2 28 51 3-5
153/4 391/2 25 71 C-4
153/4 391/2 34 86 3-5
153/4 391/2 51 128 4-6
16 391/2 29 76 C-4
16 391/2 40 99 3-5
16 391/2 57 148 4-6

 Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 18% less.

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
49 13 11 0.55 0.45 0.33
49 13 12 0.85 0.65 0.45
1.00 0.85 0.60
49 13 25
1.90 1.45 1.30 0.95 0.55
49 13 35
0.99 0.74 0.55
49 13 45
Type

4.23

E
A
B
C
61/2 6 41/8
81/2 8 51/8
101/2 101/2 61/4 133/4
101/2 101/2 61/4 133/4
101/2 101/2 61/4 133/4

H
4
57/8
77/8
77/8
77/8

lbs
12
18
24
24
24

SELECTION TABLE
OD 5.50- 139.7mm
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 5.50 (ND 125/5), types 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
210 480 660 840 930
Type
42 14 19 2.20 1.65 1.15

950

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46

985 1040 1075 1110F

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)
E
B
41/8 2

d2
0.63

lbs
5.3

load
group
1-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
43 14 19 2.20 1.70 1.30
43 14 28
0.56
43 14 29
1.00 0.60
43 14 38
0.56
43 14 39
2.65 2.45 1.65 1.45 1.05 0.55
43 14 49
1.35 0.99 0.74

Type
45 14 19
45 14 11
45 14 19
45 14 11
45 14 19
45 14 11
45 14 19
45 14 11

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d1
1.12
0.48
4.00 3.10 2.20
0.63
1.12
0.48
2.90 2.15 1.55
0.63
1.12
0.48
2.20 1.65 1.15
0.63
1.12 0.90
0.48
1.75 1.30 0.90
0.63

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985
4. 14 12 4.9 3.8 2.6
4. 14 31
5.1 4.7 4.4 3.8 2.6
4. 14 32
8.3 7.8 5.8 5.1 3.8
4. 14 33
14.6 12.3 10.1 8.9 6.5
4. 14 41
4. 14 42
4. 14 43
Type

1040 1075 1110F d3

1.00
1.5
0.81
2.2
1.00
3.8
1.34
2.6 2.0 1.5 0.81
4.0 2.9 2.2 1.00
6.9 5.1 3.8 1.34

EK
3/
8
1/
2
1/
4
1/
2
1/
2
1/
4
1/
2

1
1
1
1

ER
23/4
33/4
37/8
51/8
41/8
41/2
53/4

d1
0.63
0.48
0.63
0.48
0.63
0.63

E
1
11/8
1
11/8
1
11/8
1
11/8

E
83/4
103/4
103/4
111/2
111/2
111/2

B
31/2
31/2
31/2
31/2
31/2
31/2
31/2
31/2

load
B lbs group
2
6.4 1-4
2
5.5 C-D
2
5.5 1-4
23/8 9.0 C-D
23/8 9.0 1-4
23/4 12.0 1-4

L
153/4
153/4
211/2
211/2
271/2
271/2
331/2
331/2

L
min. max.
151/2 331/2
153/4 391/2
153/4 391/2
153/4 391/2
16 391/2
16 391/2
16 391/2

lbs
24
24
32
32
39
39
45
45

load
group
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4

lbs
load
min. max. group
56 3-5
21
71 C-4
26
86 3-5
37
47 128 4-6
77 C-4
31
44 103 3-5
57 146 4-6

 Type 46

 Type 48

 Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 19% less.

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985
49 14 11 0.55 0.45 0.33
49 14 12 0.85 0.65 0.45
49 14 25
1.00 0.85 0.60
49 14 35
1.90 1.45 1.30 0.95
49 14 45
Type

1040 1075 1110F

0.55
0.99 0.74 0.55

A
E
63/4 6
83/4 8
105/8 101/2
105/8 101/2
105/8 101/2

B
C
41/8
51/8
61/4 133/4
61/4 133/4
61/4 133/4

H
4
57/8
77/8
77/8
77/8

lbs
12
19
25
25
25

4.24

SELECTION TABLE
OD 6.25- 159mm

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 6.25 (ND 150/6), types 42, 43, 46, 48, 49
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
Type
210 480 660 840 930 950
42 16 19 2.00 1.45 1.05

985 1040 1075 1110F

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)
d2
0.63

E
B
41/2 2

lbs
5.5

load
group
1-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d1
0.63
43 16 19 2.20 1.65 1.20
1.65 1.20 0.75
0.63
43 16 29
3.35 3.10 2.65 2.20 1.65 0.90
0.63
43 16 39
1.84 1.37 1.01 0.63
43 16 49

Type
4. 16 11
4. 16 12
4. 16 31
4. 16 32
4. 16 33
4. 16 41
4. 16 42
4. 16 43

 Type 46

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950
4.0 3.1 2.2
6.2 4.9 3.5
5.1 4.4 4.2 3.8
10.3 8.9 6.9 6.0
16.8 13.0 11.9 10.3

985 1040 1075 1110F d3

0.81
1.00
0.81
2.9 1.5
1.00
4.4 2.4
1.34
7.6 4.4
2.6 2.0 1.5 0.81
4.2 3.1 2.4 1.00
7.8 5.8 4.4 1.34

EK
1/
2
1/
2

1
11/2
2
1
11/2
2

ER
31/2
33/8
37/8
43/4
57/8
43/8
51/8
61/2

E
93/4
113/4
121/2
121/2

B
2
2
31/8
31/8

load
lbs group
6.8 1-4
7.5 1-4
15.2 1-4
18.0 1-4

L
lbs
min. max. min. max.
171/2 351/2 24 55
171/2 351/2 26 71
173/4 411/2 30 79
173/4 411/2 41 107
173/4 411/2 61 154
18 411/2 37 84
18 411/2 49 113
18 411/2 73 177

load
group
C-4
3-5
C-4
3-5
4-6
C-4
3-5
4-6

 Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 16% less.

 Type 48

21/2

Type
49 16 11
49 16 14
49 16 25
49 16 35
49 16 45

4.25

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
0.55 0.45 0.33
1.00 0.80 0.75
1.25 1.15 0.85
2.70 2.05 1.80 1.35 0.75
1.44 1.08 0.75

E
7
9
11
11
11

A
8
95/8
121/4
123/8
123/8

C
B
41/2
51/2 131/2
63/4 151/2
63/4 153/4
63/4 153/4

H lbs
15
4
57/8 24
77/8 28
77/8 28
77/8 28

SELECTION TABLE
OD 6.625- 168.3mm
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 6.625 (ND 150/6), types 42, 43, 46, 48, 49
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
210 480 660 840 930
Type
42 17 19 1.90 1.40 1.00

950

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46

985 1040 1075 1110F

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)
E
d2
0.63 43/4

lbs
5.7

load
group
1-4

B lbs
2
7.1
2
7.9
31/8 16.1
31/8 19.0

load
group
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-4

B
2

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d1
43 17 19 2.10 1.60 1.10
0.63
43 17 29
1.75 1.60 1.00
0.63
43 17 39
3.35 3.10 2.65 2.20 1.65 0.90
0.63
43 17 49
1.84 1.37 1.01 0.63

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
4. 1711 4.0 3.1 2.2
4. 17 12 6.2 4.9 3.5
5.1 4.4 4.2 3.8 2.9 1.5
4. 17 31
10.3 8.9 6.9 6.0 4.4 2.4
4. 17 32
16.8 13.0 11.9 10.3 7.6 4.4
4. 17 33
2.6 2.0 1.5
4. 17 41
4.2 3.1 2.4
4. 17 42
7.8 5.8 4.4
4. 17 43
Type

d3
0.81
1.00
0.81
1.00
1.34
0.81
1.00
1.34

EK
1/
2
1/
2

1
11/2
2
1
11/2
2

ER
31/2
33/8
37/8
43/4
57/8
43/8
51/8
61/2

E
93/4
113/4
121/2
121/2

L
min. max.
171/2 351/2
171/2 351/2
173/4 411/2
173/4 411/2
173/4 411/2
18 411/2
18 411/2
18 411/2

lbs
load
min. max. group
25 55 C-4
42 72 3-5
31 80 C-4
47 107 3-5
64 163 4-6
37 85 C-4
51 117 3-5
75 179 4-6

 Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 19% less.

 Type 46

 Type 48

21/2

Type
49 17 11
49 17 14
49 17 25
49 17 35
49 17 45

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

E
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
A
71/4 8
0.55 0.45 0.33
91/4 95/8
1.05 0.90 0.85
111/4 121/4
1.30 1.20 0.85
111/4 123/8
2.70 2.05 1.80 1.35 0.75
1.46 1.10 0.75 111/4 123/8

B
43/4
6
63/4
63/4
63/4

C
131/2
151/2
153/4
153/4

H
4
57/8
77/8
77/8
77/8

lbs
15
25
29
29
29

4.26

SELECTION TABLE
OD 7.625- 193.7mm

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 7.625 (ND 175/7), types 42, 43, 46, 48, 49
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
210 480 660 840 930 950
Type
42 19 19 1.55 1.20 0.85

985

1040 1075 1110F

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)
d2
0.63

E
B
51/2 2

lbs
6.4

load
group
1-4

lbs
10.3
9.3
23.8
23.8
34.0

load
group
1-5
1-5
1-3
3-6
3-6

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type 210
43 19 19 2.65
43 19 29
43 19 38
43 19 39
43 19 49

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

E
480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d1
2.00 1.45
0.63 101/2
1.30 0.80
0.63 133/4
2.20 2.10 2.00 1.90 1.75 1.30
0.63 14
4.90 4.45 4.00 3.55 2.90 1.60
0.79 14
2.92 2.25 1.69 0.79 14

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985
4. 1911 5.3 4.2 2.9
4. 19 12 8.3 6.5 4.7
4. 19 21
5.6 4.9 3.5
4. 19 22
8.9 7.6 5.6
4. 19 31
3.3 2.2
4. 19 32
6.2 5.6 4.0
4. 19 33
8.7 7.6 5.6
4. 19 34
15.9 13.0 9.6
4. 19 41
4. 19 42
4. 19 43
4. 19 44
Type

 Type 46

 Type 48

1040 1075 1110F d3

0.81
1.00
0.81
1.00
0.81
1.3
1.00
2.2
1.00
3.1
1.60
5.6
2.2 1.7 1.3 0.81
3.8 2.9 2.2 1.00
5.3 4.0 3.1 1.00
10.1 7.4 5.6 1.60

EK
1/
2
3/
4
1/
2
1/
4

1
1
11/4
11/2
2
1
11/4
11/2
2

ER
31/8
31/2
37/8
43/8
43/8
43/8
51/8
61/4
41/2
51/8
51/2
61/4

L
min.
191/2
191/2
193/4
193/4
213/4
213/4
213/4
213/4
211/2
211/2
211/2
211/2

B
2
2
23/4
23/4
37/8

lbs
load
max. min. max. group
371/2 31 63 C-4
371/2 38 92 3-5
391/2 31 70 C-4
391/2 44 94 3-5
451/2 36 87 C-4
451/2 56 118 3-5
451/2 69 139 3-5
451/2 100 208 4-7
451/2 44 92 C-4
451/2 62 128 3-5
451/2 82 172 3-5
451/2 119 241 4-7

 Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 19% less.

21/2

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F E
A
B
73/4 95/8 51/8
49 19 13 0.95 0.85 0.80
93/4 93/4 6
49 19 14 1.60 1.50 1.30
113/4 121/2 71/8
1.80 1.55 1.15
49 19 25
133/4 121/2 8
3.60 2.70 2.50 1.75 1.00
49 19 35
2.05 1.53 1.00 133/4 121/2 8
49 19 45
Type

4.27

C
131/2
137/8
153/4
161/4
161/4

H
4
57/8
77/8
97/8
97/8

lbs
22
31
31
47
48

SELECTION TABLE
OD 8.625- 219.1mm

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 8.625 (ND 200/8), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
210 480 660 840 930 950
42 22 19 1.55 1.15 0.80
Type

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46

985

1040 1075 1110F

E
d2
0.63 53/4

985

1040 1075 1110F

E
d1
0.63 111/2
0.63 141/2

lbs
6.8

load
group
1-4

B
2
2

lbs
11
12

load
group
1-5
1-5

lbs
24
19
30
48
23
33
52

load
group
3-6
C-4
4-6
5-8
C-4
4-6
5-8

B
2

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950
43 22 19 2.65 2.00 1.45
43 22 29
2.00 1.75 1.10
Type

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

E
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d3
44 22 12 6.5 5.1
4.0
1.34 103/4
44 22 31
2.0 1.7
2.2 2.0
1.1
0.81 143/4
44 22 32
5.1 4.0
2.4
6.5 5.8 5.3
1.34 143/4
44 22 33
7.8 6.5
3.8
11.9 10.1 8.5
1.80 143/4
44 22 41
1.3 1.1 0.81 143/4
2.0
44 22 42
3.1 2.4 1.34 143/4
4.2
44 22 43
11.5
5.3 3.8 1.80 143/4
7.4
Type

33/8
35/8
33/4
43/4
37/8
37/8
51/8

 Type 46

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d3
4.2211 5.3 4.0 2.9
0.81
4. 22 12 9.4 7.1 5.1
1.00
4. 22 21
1.00
7.4 6.9 4.9
4. 22 22
1.34
10.5 9.4 6.9
4. 22 31
0.81
3.3 2.2 1.3
4. 22 32
1.00
8.0 6.9 5.1 2.9
4. 22 33
1.60
11.4 9.4 6.9 4.0
4. 22 34
1.80
19.7 16.1 11.9 6.9
4. 22 41
2.2 1.7 1.3 0.81
4. 22 42
5.1 3.8 2.9 1.00
4. 22 43
7.1 5.3 4.0 1.60
4. 22 44
12.3 9.2 6.9 1.80
Type

EK
1/
2

1
13/8
11/2
1
11/2
2
21/2
1
11/2
2
21/2

ER
41/8
43/8
43/4
57/8
51/8
57/8
63/4
77/8
51/8
61/8
71/4
77/8

L
min.
191/2
191/2
193/4
193/4
213/4
213/4
213/4
213/4
211/2
211/2
211/2
211/2

max.
431/2
431/2
471/2
471/2
471/2
471/2
471/2
471/2
53
53
53
53

lbs
load
min. max. group
34 87 C-4
52 119 3-5
46 122 3-5
55 160 4-6
41 109 C-4
72 173 3-5
93 218 4-7
134 313 5-8
49 120 C-4
86 207 3-5
106 252 4-7
154 369 5-8

 Type 48

6431/8

 Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 18% less.

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F E
81/4
49 22 13 1.50 1.30 1.25
101/4
49 22 14 2.20 1.90 1.80
141/4
2.10 2.00 1.45
49 22 25
141/4
4.45 3.40 2.90 2.25 1.30
49 22 35
2.25 1.82 1.30 141/4
49 22 45
Type

A
95/8
101/8
123/8
123/8
123/8

B
51/8
61/8
81/4
81/4
81/4

C
133/4
141/4
153/4
161/4
161/4

H
4
57/8
97/8
97/8
97/8

lbs
26
33
37
49
50

4.28

SELECTION TABLE
OD 9.625- 244.5mm

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 9.625 (ND 225/9), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
210 480 660 840 930
42 24 19 1.40 1.05 0.75
Type

950

985 1040 1075 1110F

d2
E
0.63 61/4

load
lbs group
7.3 1-4

B
2

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950
43 24 19 2.65 2.45 1.85
2.00 1.75 1.10
43 24 29
Type

permissible load (lbs x

210 480 660 840
44 24 12 4.4 3.5 2.6
44 24 13 8.5 7.8 6.5
44 24 31
2.1
44 24 32
6.7 5.8
44 24 33
11.6 10.1
44 24 41
44 24 42
44 24 43
Type

1000)
930 950

2.0
5.3
8.5

1.9
5.1
7.8

985 1040 1075 1110F

d1
0.63
0.63

985 1040 1075 1110F

d3
1.34
1.80
0.81
1.34
1.80
0.81
1.34
1.80

1.7
4.0
6.5

11.5

1.1
2.4
3.8
2.0
4.0
7.4

1.3
3.1
5.3

1.1
2.4
3.8

E
121/4
151/4

E
113/4
13
151/2
151/2
151/2
151/4
151/4
151/4

B
2
2

lbs
13
13

load
group
1-5
1-5

lbs
19
27
20
33
51
24
36
55

load
group
3-6
5-8
C-4
4-6
5-8
C-4
4-6
5-8

27/8
31/8
35/8
33/4
43/4
37/8
37/8
51/8

 Type 46

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 9851040 1075 1110F d3 EK
4.2411 6.7 5.1 3.8
1.00 1
4. 24 12 11.2 8.9 6.2
1.34 13/8
4. 24 21
8.5 7.6 5.3
1.00 11/2
4. 24 22
11.9 10.1 7.6
1.34 13/4
3.8 2.6 1.5
1.00 11/4
4. 24 31
8.9 7.6 5.3 3.1
1.00 13/4
4. 24 32
4.4
12.5
10.3
7.6
1.60 2
4. 24 33
21.5 18.0 13.0 7.6
1.80 21/2
4. 24 34
2.6 2.0 1.5 1.00 11/4
4. 24 41
5.6 4.0 3.1 1.00 13/4
4. 24 42
8.0 6.0 4.4 1.60 2
4. 24 43
13.7 10.3 7.6 1.80 21/2
4. 24 44
Type

 Type 48

64 31/8

L
ER
37/8
43/4
51/8
57/8
43/8
57/8
61/4
71/8
43/4
57/8
61/4
71/2

min.
191/2
191/2
213/4
213/4
213/4
213/4
213/4
213/4
211/2
211/2
211/2
211/2

max.
431/2
431/2
471/2
471/2
531/2
531/2
531/2
531/2
53
53
53
53

lbs
min. max.
42 104
63 137
55 134
74 171
48 124
81 186
103 237
150 340
57 134
95 224
119 275
172 397

load
group
3-5
4-6
3-5
4-6
3-5
3-5
4-7
5-8
3-5
3-5
4-7
5-8

 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 22% less.

Type
49 24 13
49 24 14
49 24 25
49 24 35
49 24 45

4.29

permissible load (lbs

210 480 660 840
1.55 1.30 1.25
2.50 2.15 2.05
2.90 2.65
6.05

x 1000)
930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F

1.90
4.50 4.00 2.90 1.70
3.37 2.47

E
83/4
103/4
145/8
145/8
1.70 145/8

A
95/8
101/8
123/8
125/8
125/8

B
51/8
63/4
83/4
83/4
83/4

C
133/4
141/4
161/4
161/2
161/2

H
4
57/8
97/8
97/8
97/8

lbs
27
36
51
53
54

SELECTION TABLE
OD 10.50- 267mm
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 10.50 (ND 250/10), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
210 480 660 840 930 950
Type
42 26 19 1.45 1.10 0.75

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

985 1040 1075 1110F

d2
0.79

985 1040 1075 1110F

d1
E
0.63 131/2
0.95 131/2
0.95 161/4

B lbs
23/8 10

E
7

load
group
3-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930 950
43 26 18 2.05 2.00 1.90
43 26 19 6.50 4.00 3.10
43 26 29
2.45 1.65

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d3
Type
1.34
3.5
44 26 12 5.8 4.7
1.80
9.4
44 26 13 13.2 12.1
0.81
2.0
1.9 1.7 1.7 1.1
44 26 31
1.34
5.1
4.9 4.7 3.8 2.4
44 26 32
1.80
10.5 8.9
8.5 7.8 6.5 4.0
44 26 33
1.1 0.81
1.7 1.3
44 26 41
2.4 1.34
4.4 3.3
44 26 42
4.0 1.80
11.0 7.4 5.3
44 26 43

E
131/2
141/4
163/4
163/4
163/4
163/4
163/4
163/4

B
23/4
23/4
23/4

lbs
26
26
23

load
group
1-3
3-6
3-6

lbs
22
45
22
34
54
29
42
59

load
group
4-6
5-8
C-4
4-6
5-8
C-4
4-6
5-8

27/8
43/8
35/8
33/4
43/4
41/8
41/2
51/8

 Type 46

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075
Type
4.2611 7.8 6.2 4.4
4. 26 12 11.9 9.2 6.7
8.9 8.0 5.8
4. 26 21
12.1 11.2 8.0
4. 26 22
4.4 3.3 1.7
4. 26 31
9.2 7.8 5.6 3.3
4. 26 32
13.2 11.0 8.0 4.7
4. 26 33
22.4 18.8 13.7 8.0
4. 26 34
3.1 2.2
4. 26 41
6.0 4.4
4. 26 42
8.5 6.2
4. 26 43
14.6 11.0
4. 26 44
 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 20% less.

permissible load (lbs

Type 210 480 660 840
49 26 13 1.90 1.60 1.55
49 26 14 3.55 3.10 2.90
3.40 3.15
49 26 25
7.20
49 26 35
49 26 45

x 1000)
930 950 985

2.25
5.40 4.75 3.40

1110F d3
1.00
1.34
1.00
1.34
1.00
1.00
1.60
1.80
1.7 1.00
3.3 1.00
4.7 1.60
8.0 1.80

EK
13/8
13/4
13/4
2
11/4
2
2
23/4
11/4
2
2
23/4

1040 1075 1110F

2.00
3.82 2.92

2.00

L
ER min. max.
41/8 211/2 451/2
51/8 211/2 451/2
51/2 233/4 511/2
57/8 233/4 511/2
43/4 233/4 551/2
57/8 233/4 551/2
61/4 233/4 551/2
71/4 233/4 551/2
51/2 231/2 55
67/8 231/2 55
61/2 231/2 55
81/8 231/2 55

E
91/4
111/8
151/8
151/8
151/8

A
93/4
105/8
131/2
133/4
133/4

B
61/4
63/4
9
9
9

lbs
load
min. max. group
52 122 3-5
69 155 4-6
65 160 3-5
79 212 4-6
69 144 3-5
93 207 3-5
119 262 4-7
174 378 5-8
79 165 3-5
112 247 3-5
143 304 4-7
203 444 5-8

C
141/4
151/2
173/4
18
18

H
4
57/8
97/8
97/8
97/8

 Type 48

5
803 /8

lbs
36
47
61
62
63

4.30

SELECTION TABLE
OD 10.75- 273mm

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 10.75 (ND 250/10), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
Type
210 480 660 840 930 950
42 27 19 1.40 1.05 0.75

985 1040 1075 1110F

d2
0.79

E
7

B
23/8

lbs
10

load
group
3-4

lbs
28
28
24

load
group
1-3
3-6
3-6

lbs
22
46
22
35
56
29
42
60

load
group
4-6
5-8
C-4
4-6
5-8
C-4
4-6
5-8

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950
Type
43 27 18 2.05 2.00 1.90
43 27 19 6.50 4.00 3.10
2.90 1.95
43 27 29

permissible load
210
480 660
Type
4.7 3.5
44 27 12 5.8
44 27 13 13.2 12.1 9.4
44 27 31
44 27 32
10.7
44 27 33
44 27 41
44 27 42
44 27 43

(lbs x 1000)
840 930 950

2.0
5.6
8.9

1.9
5.1
8.5

1.9
4.9
7.8

985 1040 1075 1110F

985 1040 1075 1110F

1.7
4.0
6.5

11.0

1.1
2.4
4.0
1.7
4.4
7.4

1.3
3.3
5.3

1.1
2.4
4.0

B
d1
E
0.63 131/2 23/4
0.95 131/2 23/4
0.95 161/4 23/4

d3
1.34
1.80
0.81
1.34
1.80
0.81
1.34
1.80

E
131/2
141/4
163/4
163/4
163/4
163/4
163/4
163/4

B
27/8
43/8
35/8
33/4
43/4
41/8
41/2
51/8

 Type 46

 Type 48

80 35/8

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 9851040 1075 1110F d3
1.00
4.2711 7.8 6.2 4.4
1.34
4. 27 12 11.9 9.4 6.7
9.2 8.0 5.8
1.00
4. 27 21
12.1 11.2 8.0
1.34
4. 27 22
4.4 3.3 1.7
1.00
4. 27 31
9.2 7.8 5.6 3.3
1.00
4. 27 32
13.2 11.0 8.0 4.7
1.60
4. 27 33
22.4 18.8 13.7 8.0
1.80
4. 27 34
3.1 2.2 1.7 1.00
4. 27 41
6.0 4.4 3.3 1.00
4. 27 42
8.5 6.2 4.7 1.60
4. 27 43
14.6 11.0 8.0 1.80
4. 27 44
 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 22% less.

permissible load (lbs

210 480 660 840
Type
49 27 13 1.90 1.60 1.55
49 27 14 3.55 3.10 2.90
3.40 3.15
49 27 25
7.20
49 27 35
49 27 45

4.31

EK
13/8
13/4
13/4
2
11/4
2
2
23/4
11/4
2
2
23/4

x 1000)
930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F

ER
41/8
51/8
51/2
57/8
43/4
57/8
61/4
71/4
51/2
67/8
61/2
81/8

E
93/8
111/4
2.25
151/4
5.40 4.75 3.40 2.00
151/4
3.82 2.47 2.00 151/4

L
min. max.
211/2 451/2
211/2 451/2
233/4 511/2
233/4 511/2
233/4 551/2
233/4 551/2
233/4 551/2
233/4 551/2
231/2 55
231/2 55
231/2 55
231/2 55

A
93/4
105/8
131/2
133/4
133/4

B
61/4
63/4
9
9
9

lbs
load
min. max. group
61 125 3-5
72 157 4-6
69 163 3-5
88 213 4-6
70 145 3-5
95 209 3-5
121 264 4-7
181 381 5-8
82 167 3-5
115 248 3-5
146 307 4-7
212 453 5-8

C
141/4
151/2
173/4
18
18

H
4
57/8
97/8
97/8
97/8

lbs
36
47
61
62
63

SELECTION TABLE
OD 12.75- 323.9mm
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 12.75 (ND 300/12), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
Type
210 480 660 840 930 950
42 32 19 1.25 0.90 0.65

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)
E
81/8

B lbs
23/8 12

load
group
3-4

d1
E
0.63 143/4
0.95 143/4
0.95 171/4

B lbs
31/8 35
31/8 35
23/4 33

load
group
1-3
3-6
3-6

985 1040 1075 1110F d2

0.79

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type 210
43 32 18 2.05
43 32 19 6.70
43 32 29

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

480 660 840 930 950
2.00 1.90
4.90 3.55
4.00 3.80 2.45

Type
210
44 32 12 8.3
44 32 13 15.7
44 32 31
44 32 32
44 32 33
44 32 41
44 32 42
44 32 43

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d3
E
1.80 143/4
7.1 5.1
2.00 151/4
13.4 11.2
1.00 181/2
4.7 4.4 4.2 3.8 2.2
1.60 181/2
8.3 7.8 7.1 6.0 3.8
1.80 181/2
15.7 13.4 13.0 12.1 10.5 6.5
4.4 3.3 2.2 1.00 181/2
7.4 5.3 3.8 1.60 181/2
13.3 12.3 9.2 6.5 1.80 181/2

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

480 660 840 930 950 985 1040
5.1 3.8
9.4 6.7
13.9 10.3
6.0 4.4
13.4 11.4 8.3
18.6 15.7 11.4
6.2 4.7 2.6
14.1 11.4 8.5 4.9
19.1 15.5 11.4 6.7
24.7 21.3 15.7 8.7
32.5 26.7 19.7 11.4
4.7
8.9
12.1
15.7
20.9

Type 210
4.3211 6.7
4. 32 12 11.9
4. 32 13 18.8
4. 32 21
4. 32 22
4. 32 23
4. 32 31
4. 32 32
4. 32 33
4. 32 34
4. 32 35
4. 32 41
4. 32 42
4. 32 43
4. 32 44
4. 32 45
 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 22%

985

1040 1075 1110F

L
1075 1110F d3
1.00
1.34
1.60
1.00
1.34
1.80
1.00
1.60
1.80
1.80
2.00
3.5 2.6 1.00
6.5 4.9 1.60
8.9 6.7 1.80
11.9 8.7 1.80
15.7 11.4 2.00

EK
13/8
11/2
21/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

ER
43/4
51/2
53/8
43/4
57/8
61/4
57/8
71/8
75/8
81/8
77/8
61/2
71/8
81/4
87/8
91/4

min.
231/2
231/2
231/2
271/2
271/2
271/2
273/4
273/4
273/4
273/4
311/2
271/2
271/2
271/2
271/2
311/2

B
31/8
41/2
43/8
41/2
61/2
41/2
51/8
63/4

lbs
36
64
44
60
107
49
68
116

load
group
5-8
6-9
3-5
5-7
5-8
3-5
5-7
5-8

lbs
load
max. min. max. group
70 128 3-5
471/2
97 176 4-6
471/2
471/2 133 239 5-7
74 137 3-5
511/2
511/2 109 206 4-6
511/2 143 266 5-8
551/2 101 189 3-5
551/2 153 286 4-7
551/2 188 360 5-8
551/2 225 429 5-8
551/2 295 510 6-9
123 235 3-5
55
185 341 4-7
55
218 423 5-8
55
258 499 5-8
55
344 598 6-9
55

 Type 46

 Type 48

9345/8

less.

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F E
A
B
C
49 32 13 2.90 2.50 2.20
101/4 101/8 7 143/4
49 32 14 4.50 3.80 3.60
141/4 105/8 9 151/2
49 32 25
4.45 4.00 2.90
161/4 131/2 93/4 173/4
49 32 35
7.85 7.20 6.30 4.70 2.70
161/4 133/4 10 18
49 32 45
4.95 3.60 2.70 161/4 133/4 10 18

H
4
77/8
97/8
97/8
97/8

lbs
41
65
67
69
72

4.32

SELECTION TABLE
OD 14- 355.6mm

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 14 (ND 350/14), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
Type
210 480 660 840 930 950 985
42 36 19 1.15 0.85 0.60

B
E
83/4 23/8

lbs
13

load
group
3-4

B
1075 1110F d1
E
0.63 151/4 31/2
0.95 151/4 31/2
0.95 181/2 31/2

lbs
42
42
45

load
group
1-3
3-6
3-6

lbs
45
71
47
70
113
53
72
120

load
group
6-8
6-9
3-5
5-7
5-8
3-5
5-7
5-8

1040 1075 1110F d2

0.79

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950
43 36 18 2.05 2.00 1.90
43 36 19 6.95 5.15 3.55
43 36 29
4.90 4.45 2.90
Type

permissible load (lbs

Type
210 480 660 840
44 36 12 9.8 8.5 6.2
44 36 13 15.7 13.4 11.9
44 36 31
4.7
44 36 32
8.7
44 36 33
15.7 13.4
44 36 41
44 36 42
44 36 43

985 1040

x 1000)
930 950

985 1040 1075 1110F d3

1.80
2.00
1.00
4.4 4.2 3.8
2.2
1.60
8.3 7.8 6.2
3.8
1.80
13.0 12.1 10.5
6.5
2.2 1.00
4.4 3.3
3.8 1.60
7.4 5.3
6.5 1.80
13.3 12.3 9.4

 Type 46

 Type 48

5
93 4 /8

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d3
1.34
4.3611 8.3 6.5 4.7
1.34
4. 36 12 14.8 11.2 8.5
1.80
4. 36 13 20.8 16.4 11.9
5.3 3.8
1.00
4. 36 21
7.4 5.3
1.34
4. 36 22
16.8 14.6 10.5
1.60
4. 36 23
21.1 18.0 13.2
2.00
4. 36 24
5.3 3.8 2.2
1.00
4. 36 31
7.1 5.3 3.1
1.34
4. 36 32
15.0 12.5 9.2 5.3
1.60
4. 36 33
25.3 21.3 15.5 8.9
1.80
4. 36 34
37.3 30.3 22.4 13.2
2.00
4. 36 35
4.0 2.9 2.2 1.00
4. 36 41
5.6 4.2 3.1 1.34
4. 36 42
9.6 7.1 5.3 1.60
4. 36 43
16.1 12.1 8.9 1.80
4. 36 44
24.0 17.9 13.2 2.00
4. 36 45
 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 23% less.

L
EK
13/8
11/2
21/2
11/4
11/2
11/2
13/4
11/2
2
21/2
21/2
23/4
11/2
2
21/2
21/2
23/4

ER
43/4
51/8
53/4
41/2
51/2
61/8
61/4
53/8
61/4
71/8
81/8
9
61/8
63/4
71/2
91/2
95/8

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F E
49 36 13 4.90 4.25 4.00
11
49 36 14 6.05 5.15 4.90
147/8
49 36 25
5.80 5.20 3.80
167/8
49 36 35
10.10 9.20 8.10 5.85 3.40
183/4
49 36 45
6.30 4.72 3.40 183/4

4.33

E
153/4
161/2
191/8
191/8
191/8
191/8
191/8
191/8

min.
271/2
271/2
271/2
273/4
273/4
311/2
311/2
273/4
273/4
311/2
311/2
311/2
271/2
271/2
311/2
311/2
311/2

A
123/8
121/2
153/4
16
16

max.
511/2
511/2
511/2
551/2
551/2
551/2
551/2
591/2
591/2
591/2
591/2
591/2
59
59
59
59
59

B
33/8
41/2
43/8
43/4
61/2
41/2
51/8
63/4

lbs
load
min. max. group
105 166 4-6
131 228 4-6
154 283 6-8
67 144 3-5
103 172 4-6
161 294 5-7
180 342 6-9
103 195 3-5
128 245 4-6
190 337 4-7
261 482 5-8
355 620 6-9
123 228 3-5
150 286 4-6
231 407 4-7
302 561 5-8
414 747 6-9

B
9
91/4
101/4
11
11

C
H lbs
59
171/2 4
18
77/8 61
20
97/8 74
3
/
20 4 117/8 103
203/4 117/8 103

SELECTION TABLE
OD 14.50- 368mm

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 14.50 (ND 350/14), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
Type
210 480 660 840 930 950
42 37 19 1.10 0.85 0.60

985

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46

1040 1075 1110F d2

0.79

E
9

B
23/8

lbs
13

load
group
3-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930 950
43 37 18 2.05 2.00 1.90
43 37 19 6.70 4.90 3.55
43 37 29
4.90 4.45 2.90

B
985 1040 1075 1110F d1
E
0.63 151/2 31/2
0.95 151/2 31/2
0.95 183/4 31/2

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930 950 985
44 37 12 9.8 8.5 6.0
44 37 13 15.7 13.4 11.9
44 37 31
4.7 4.4 4.2 3.8
44 37 32
8.7 8.3 7.8 6.2
44 37 33
16.0 13.4 13.0 12.1 10.5
44 37 41
44 37 42
44 37 43
13.3

1040 1075 1110F

2.2
4.0
6.5
4.4
7.4
12.3

3.3
5.3
9.4

2.2
4.0
6,5

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d3 EK
6.5 4.7
1.34 13/8
11.2 8.5
1.34 11/2
16.1 11.9
1.80 21/2
5.3 3.8
1.00 11/4
7.4 5.3
1.34 11/2
16.8 14.6 10.5
1.60 11/2
21.1 18.0 13.2
1.80 13/4
1.00 11/2
5.3 3.8 2.2
1.34 2
7.1 5.3 3.1
15.5 12.5 9.2 5.3
1.60 21/2
25.3 21.3 15.5 8.9
1.80 21/2
37.3 30.3 22.4 13.2
2.00 23/4
4.0 2.9 2.2 1.00 11/2
5.6 4.2 3.1 1.34 2
9.6 7.1 5.3 1.60 21/2
16.1 12.1 8.9 1.80 21/2
23.8 17.9 13.2 2.00 23/4

Type
210
4.3711 8.3
4. 37 12 14.8
4. 37 13 20.8
4. 37 21
4. 37 22
4. 37 23
4. 37 24
4. 37 31
4. 37 32
4. 37 33
4. 37 34
4. 37 35
4. 37 41
4. 37 42
4. 37 43
4. 37 44
4. 37 45
 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 23% less.

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930 950 985
49 37 13 4.90 4.25 4.00
49 37 14 6.30 5.40 5.15
49 37 25
5.80 5.40 4.00
49 37 35
10.30 9.45 8.30 6.05
49 37 45

1040 1075 1110F

3.60
6.74 4.95

E
111/4
151/8
171/8
19
3.60 19

load
group
1-3
3-6
3-6

E
153/4
161/2
191/4
191/4
191/4
191/4
191/4
191/4

load
B lbs group
33/8 45 6-8
41/2 71 6-9
43/8 47 3-5
43/4 69 5-7
61/2 115 5-8
41/2 54 3-5
51/8 73 5-7
63/4 122 5-8

L
min. max.
271/2 511/2
271/2 511/2
271/2 511/2
273/4 551/2
273/4 551/2
311/2 551/2
311/2 551/2
291/2 591/2
291/2 591/2
291/2 591/2
291/2 591/2
331/2 591/2
291/2 59
291/2 59
291/2 59
291/2 59
331/2 59

lbs
load
min. max. group
108 169 4-6
135 232 4-6
159 287 6-8
70 144 3-5
90 175 4-6
152 295 5-7
184 340 6-8
108 198 3-5
135 243 4-6
185 343 4-7
259 488 5-8
370 630 6-9
130 231 3-5
159 291 4-6
223 401 4-7
302 568 5-8
437 756 6-9

d3
1.80
2.00
1.00
1.60
1.80
1.00
1.60
1.80

ER
43/4
51/8
53/4
41/2
51/2
61/8
61/4
53/8
61/4
71/8
85/8
9
61/8
63/4
71/2
91/2
95/8

lbs
41
41
45

A
B
123/8 9
121/2 91/2
153/4 101/4
16 111/2
16 111/2

C
171/2
18
20
203/4
203/4

 Type 46

 Type 48

9345/8

H lbs
4
59
77/8 62
97/8 74
117/8 107
117/8 107

4.34

SELECTION TABLE
OD 16- 406.4mm

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 16 (ND 400/16), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
Type
210 480 660 840 930 950
42 41 19 1.75 1.40 1.00

985 1040

1075 1110F

d2
0.95

E
10

B
23/4

lbs
21

load
group
3-5

B
4
4
4

lbs
51
51
54

load
group
1-3
3-6
3-6

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930 950
43 41 18 2.05 2.00 1.90
43 41 19 6.95 5.15 3.55
43 41 29
4.90 4.45 2.90

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930 950 985
44 41 12 13.2 10.1 8.3
44 41 13 19.3 17.0 13.7
44 41 22
5.8 5.3
44 41 23
10.7 8.5
44 41 31
4.2 3.8
44 41 35
8.9 8.5 7.6
44 41 36
14.8 14.1 13.0
44 41 41
44 41 45
44 41 46
21.8

 Type 46

 Type 48

118
55/8

1040 1075 1110F d1

E
0.63 17
0.95 17
0.95 193/4

1040 1075 1110F

2.2
5.1
8.5
4.2
9.2
13.9

3.1
6.7
10.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d3
1.34
4.4111 9.8 7.8 5.6
4. 41 12 16.1 12.3 9.2
1.60
4. 41 13 24.7 18.8 14.1
1.80
4. 41 21
6.2 4.4
1.00
4. 41 22
8.7 6.2
1.34
4. 41 23
20.0 17.3 12.3
1.60
4. 41 24
25.0 21.3 15.5
1.80
4. 41 31
1.00
6.2 4.4 2.6
4. 41 32
1.60
10.1 7.8 4.4
4. 41 33
17.7 14.6 10.7 6.2
1.80
4. 41 34
25.1 21.3 15.5 8.9
1.80
4. 41 35
43.5 36.0 26.5 15.5
2.00
4. 41 41
4.7 3.5 2.6 1.00
4. 41 42
8.0 6.0 4.4 1.60
4. 41 43
11.2 8.5 6.2 1.80
4. 41 44
16.1 12.1 8.9 1.80
4. 41 45
28.1 21.1 15.5 2.00
 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 21% less.

Type
49 41 13
49 41 14
49 41 25
49 41 35
49 41 45

4.35

985

210
5.8
10.7

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

480 660 840 930 950 985
4.9 4.7
8.5 7.8
8.3 5.8 4.7
13.5 11.7 10.3 7.6

2.2
5.1
7.6

6.7

E
171/2
173/4
193/4
193/4
201/2
201/2
201/2
201/2
201/2
201/2

L
EK ER min.
11/4 61/8 311/2
11/2 61/4 311/2
21/4 67/8 311/2
11/2 53/4 311/2
11/2 57/8 311/2
2
71/8 331/2
1
2 /2 71/8 331/2
13/4 61/4 311/2
2
71/8 311/2
23/4 77/8 311/2
23/4 85/8 311/2
31/4 101/4 351/2
13/4 67/8 331/2
2
81/8 331/2
3
2 /4 87/8 331/2
23/4 87/8 331/2
31/4 101/2 351/2

1040 1075 1110F

4.5
9.0

d3
2.00
2.40
1.60
2.00
1.00
1.80
2.00
1.00
1.80
2.00

4.5

E
117/8
157/8
173/4
197/8
197/8

A
113/4
121/2
157/8
161/8
161/8

max.
551/2
551/2
551/2
591/2
591/2
591/2
591/2
631/2
631/2
631/2
631/2
631/2
63
63
63
63
63

B
101/4
91/2
103/4
113/4
113/4

B
35/8
51/4
45/8
51/4
43/8
53/4
57/8
41/2
53/4
71/4

load
lbs group
58 6-9
86 7-10
57 5-7
88 6-9
51 3-5
102 5-8
147 6-9
58 3-5
130 5-8
204 6-9

lbs
min. max.
138 211
168 286
228 362
104 192
136 223
207 349
237 414
137 244
194 343
252 448
310 550
465 820
170 300
238 417
291 520
366 645
551 939

load
group
4-6
5-7
6-8
3-5
4-6
5-7
6-8
3-5
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
3-5
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9

C
H
173/4 4
19
77/8
21
97/8
3
/
21 4 117/8
213/4 117/8

lbs
86
91
109
146
146

SELECTION TABLE
OD 16.50- 419mm

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 16.50 (ND 400/16), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
permissible load(lbs x 1000)
210 480 660 840 930 950
42 42 19 1.75 1.35 0.95
Type

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46

985 1040 1075 1110F

d2
E
B
0.95 101/4 23/4

lbs
21

load
group
3-5

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950
43 42 18 2.05 2.00 1.90
43 42 19 6.70 5.15 3.55
43 42 29
4.90 4.45 2.90
Type

985 1040

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040
44 42 12 13.2 10.1 8.3
44 42 15 33.7 24.7 18.4
44 42 22
5.8 5.3
44 42 25
12.5 11.2
44 42 31
4.2 3.8 2.2
44 42 35
8.9 7.6 5.3
44 42 36
15.2 14.6 13.0 8.7
44 42 41
4.2
44 42 45
9.2
44 42 46
22.0 13.9
Type

Type

1075 1110F d1
E
0.63 17
0.95 17
0.95 193/4

1075 1110F d3
2.00
2.40
1.60
2.00
1.00
1.80
2.00
3.1 2.2 1.00
6.7 5.1 1.80
10.3 7.6 2.00

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d3 EK ER
7.8 5.6
1.34 11/4 61/8
12.3 9.2
1.60 11/2 61/4
18.8 14.1
1.80 21/4 67/8
6.2 4.4
1.00 11/2 53/4
8.7 6.2
1.34 11/2 57/8
20.0 17.3 12.3
1.60 2
71/8
25.0 21.3 15.5
1.80 21/2 71/8
6.2 4.4 2.6
1.00 13/4 61/4
10.1 7.8 4.4
1.60 2
71/8
17.7 14.6 10.7 6.2
1.80 23/4 77/8
25.3 21.3 15.5 8.9
1.80 23/4 85/8
43.5 36.0 26.5 15.5
2.00 31/4 101/4
4.7 3.5 2.6 1.00 13/4 67/8
81/8
8.0 6.0 4.4 1.60 2
11.2 8.5 6.2 1.80 23/4 87/8
16.1 12.1 8.9 1.80 23/4 87/8
28.1 21.1 15.5 2.00 31/4 101/2

210
4.4211 9.8
4. 42 12 16.1
4. 42 13 24.7
4. 42 21
4. 42 22
4. 42 23
4. 42 24
4. 42 31
4. 42 32
4. 42 33
4. 42 34
4. 42 35
4. 42 41
4. 42 42
4. 42 43
4. 42 44
4. 42 45
 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 21% less.

Type
49 42 13
49 42 14
49 42 25
49 42 35
49 42 45

permissible load (lbs

210 480 660 840
7.4 5.8 4.9
10.7 8.5 7.8
8.3
6.5
13.5

x 1000)
930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F

5.2
12.8 11.4 8.5 4.9
9.4

7.2

4.9

E
121/4
161/8
181/8
201/8
201/8

E
171/2
18
193/4
193/4
203/4
203/4
203/4
203/4
203/4
203/4

L
min.
311/2
311/2
311/2
311/2
311/2
331/2
331/2
311/2
311/2
311/2
351/2
351/2
311/2
311/2
311/2
351/2
351/2

A
115/8
121/2
157/8
161/8
161/8

B
4
4
4

max.
551/2
551/2
551/2
591/2
591/2
591/2
591/2
631/2
631/2
631/2
631/2
631/2
63
63
63
63
63

B
91/2
91/2
103/4
113/4
113/4

B
35/8
63/8
45/8
53/4
43/8
53/4
57/8
41/2
53/4
71/4

lbs
51
51
54

load
group
1-3
3-6
3-6

lbs
59
148
58
104
52
101
150
59
130
215

load
group
6-9
7-10
5-7
6-9
3-5
5-8
6-9
3-5
5-8
6-9

lbs
min. max.
141 215
173 286
237 386
106 190
139 224
201 383
242 433
140 248
195 347
258 450
330 555
475 830
172 305
236 412
298 527
392 653
562 951

load
group
4-6
5-7
6-8
3-5
4-6
5-7
6-8
3-5
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
3-5
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9

 Type 46

 Type 48

55/8
118

lbs
H
C
68
161/2 4
77/8 92
19
97/8 110
21
3
/
21 4 117/8 146
213/4 11 7/8 146

4.36

SELECTION TABLE
OD 18- 457.2mm

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 18 (ND 450/18), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
210 480 660 840 930 950
42 46 19 1.70 1.30 0.90
Type

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

985 1040 1075 1110F d2

0.95

E
B
11 23/4

lbs
23

load
group
3-5

lbs
53
53

load
group
1-3
3-6

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950
43 46 18 2.05 2.00 1.90
43 46 19 6.50 4.70 3.35
Type

Type

210
44 46 12 13.2
44 46 13 15.7
44 46 15 33.7
44 46 22
44 46 23
44 46 25
44 46 31
44 46 32
44 46 35
44 46 36
44 46 41
44 46 42
44 46 45
44 46 46
Type
 Type 46

 Type 48

118
55/8

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

480 660 840 930 950 985
11.2 8.5
14.0 11.0
24.7 18.4
4.9 4.4
9.8 8.3
12.3 11.2
3.1 2.9
7.1 6.5
14.0 13.4 12.8
22.6 22.4 21.1

26.3
480
7.8
10.3
20.6
25.1

1040 1075 1110F

2.2
4.0
7.8
13.0
4.0 3.1 2.2
7.1 5.3 4.0
13.9 10.3 7.6
20.2 14.8 11.0

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
5.6
7.4
15.5
19.7
7.6 5.3
12.1 8.9
29.0 24.4 18.0
33.4 28.0 20.2
10.3 7.6 4.4
12.1 8.9 5.1
25.3 21.3 15.5 8.9
51.0 41.5 30.7 17.9
57.7 47.1 34.6 20.2
8.0 6.0 4.4
9.2 6.9 5.1
16.1 12.1 8.9
32.5 24.5 17.9
36.6 27.4 20.2

4.4611
4. 46 12
4. 46 13
4. 46 14
4. 46 21
4. 46 22
4. 46 23
4. 46 24
4. 46 31
4. 46 32
4. 46 33
4. 46 34
4. 46 35
4. 46 41
4. 46 42
4. 46 43
4. 46 44
4. 46 45
 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 24% less.

Type
49 46 13
49 46 14
49 46 25
49 46 35
49 46 45

4.37

210
10.1
13.2
27.0
33.7

985 1040 1075 1110F d1

E
0.63 173/4
0.95 173/4

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040
8.0 7.1 5.1
15.0 11.4 8.3
9.0 7.6 6.1
15.0 14.3 13.7 10.1 5.8
10.8

d3
1.34
1.60
1.80
2.00
1.34
1.60
1.80
2.00
1.60
1.80
1.80
2.00
2.40
1.60
1.80
1.80
2.00
2.40

EK
13/8
11/2
2
21/2
13/4
2
21/4
21/4
2
2
21/2
23/4
31/4
2
2
21/2
23/4
31/4

1075 1110F

8.1

5.8

d3
2.00
2.00
2.40
1.60
2.00
2.00
1.00
1.80
2.00
2.00
1.00
1.80
2.00
2.00

ER
57/8
61/8
63/4
71/4
61/4
63/4
71/4
77/8
71/8
71/2
87/8
95/8
97/8
75/8
81/4
91/4
111/2
111/2

E
13
167/8
187/8
203/4
203/4

B
4
4

E
181/2
181/2
19
211/4
211/4
211/4
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22

L
min.
331/2
331/2
331/2
331/2
331/2
331/2
371/2
371/2
351/2
351/2
351/2
391/2
391/2
351/2
351/2
351/2
391/2
391/2

A
137/8
141/8
157/8
161/8
161/8

B
43/8
41/2
63/8
33/4
43/4
51/2
4
51/4
57/8
81/4
41/2
51/2
71/4
81/2

max.
571/2
571/2
571/2
571/2
631/2
631/2
631/2
631/2
671/2
671/2
671/2
671/2
671/2
67
67
67
67
67

B
91/2
101/4
111/2
123/4
123/4

load
lbs group
69 6-9
83 7-9
153 7-10
54 5-7
82 6-9
105 6-9
58 3-5
93 5-8
154 6-9
260 6-9
63 3-5
97 5-8
214 6-9
316 6-9

lbs
min. max.
161 252
176 293
303 411
315 515
149 235
193 340
320 545
345 555
233 391
270 449
365 610
620 990
660 1070
287 470
315 538
439 726
710 1175
796 1287

load
group
4-6
5-7
6-8
6-9
4-6
5-7
6-8
7-9
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10

C
H lbs
19
4
82
193/4 77/8 113
21
97/8 117
3
21 /4 117/8 156
213/4 117/8 156

SELECTION TABLE
OD 20 - 508mm

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 20 (ND 500/20), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
Type
210 480 660 840 930 950
42 51 19 1.60 1.20 0.85

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46

E
12

B
23/4

lbs
25

load
group
3-5

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d3
E
44 51 14 2.2 1.7 1.5
0.81 193/4
44 51 15 6.5 5.3 3.8
1.34 193/4
44 51 16 12.8 10.3 7.8
2.00 193/4
44 51 17 22.0 16.1 13.4
2.40 193/4
44 51 18 44.0 33.7 26.9
2.80 201/2
44 51 25
1.00 221/2
2.9 2.2
44 51 26
1.60 221/2
4.9 4.4
44 51 27
2.00 221/2
10.1 8.9
44 51 28
2.40 221/2
21.3 18.0
44 51 35
1.00 231/4
3.8
3.5 2.2
44 51 36
1.80 231/4
8.0
7.4 4.4
44 51 37
2.00 231/4
18.6 17.7 14.0 8.9
44 51 38
2.40 231/4
29.4 24.7 21.1 13.4
44 51 45
1.00 231/4
4.2 3.3
2.2
44 51 46
1.80 231/4
8.5 6.5
4.4
44 51 47
2.00 231/4
14.1 10.3
7.8
44 51 48
40.7 27.2 20.2 14.6 2.40 231/4

B
31/8
31/8
35/8
63/8
83/4
4
4
43/4
61/2
5
53/4
73/8
73/4
51/8
53/4
75/8
91/4

lbs
58
63
83
155
275
63
71
97
172
84
113
183
260
94
141
240
412

load
group
1-4
4-6
6-9
7-10
8-30
3-5
5-7
6-9
7-10
3-5
5-8
6-9
7-10
3-5
5-8
6-9
7-10

985 1040 1075 1110F

d2
0.95

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d3
4.5111 10.1 7.8 5.6
1.34
4. 51 12 15.2 11.4 8.3
1.60
4. 51 13 27.0 20.6 15.0
1.80
4. 51 14 38.2 28.0 22.4
2.00
4. 51 21
8.9 6.5
1.34
4. 51 22
12.1 8.9
1.60
4. 51 23
28.5 24.4 17.7
1.80
4. 51 24
35.0 30.1 22.0
2.40
4. 51 31
1.60
10.1 7.8 4.4
4. 51 32
25.3 12.1 8.9 5.1
1.80
4. 51 33
51.0 20.2 15.5 8.9
1.80
4. 51 34
63.5 41.5 30.7 18.0
2.00
4. 51 35
2.40
51.6 38.2 22.4
4. 51 41
8.0 6.0 4.4 1.60
4. 51 42
9.2 6.9 5.1 1.80
4. 51 43
16.1 12.1 8.9 1.80
4. 51 44
32.5 24.5 17.9 2.00
4. 51 45
40.9 30.7 22.4 2.40
 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 23% less.
permissible load
Type
210 480 660 840
49 51 13 10.1 8.0 5.8
49 51 14 18.4 13.9 10.1
49 51 25
11.9 9.7
49 51 35
18.6
49 51 45

EK
13/8
11/2
21/2
21/2
2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
23/4
31/4
31/4
31/2
21/2
23/4
31/4
31/4
31/2

(lbs x 1000)
930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F

7.6
17.7 16.6 12.3 7.2
15.3 11.2

7.2

ER
61/4
67/8
67/8
71/8
63/4
71/8
77/8
85/8
77/8
77/8
9
101/2
113/4
81/4
87/8
97/8
121/2
121/2

min.
351/2
351/2
351/2
351/2
371/2
371/2
411/2
411/2
391/2
391/2
391/2
411/2
411/2
391/2
391/2
391/2
411/2
411/2

E
14
177/8
213/4
213/4
213/4

L
max.
591/2
591/2
591/2
591/2
651/2
651/2
651/2
651/2
711/2
711/2
711/2
711/2
711/2
71
71
71
71
71

A
141/8
141/8
161/8
161/4
161/4

load
lbs
min. max. group
195 279 4-6
215 339 5-7
386 472 6-8
380 600 6-9
183 285 4-6
225 340 5-7
365 555 6-8
430 620 7-10
272 436 4-7
320 505 5-8
425 690 5-8
670 1105 6-9
785 1255 7-10
335 528 4-7
377 600 5-8
511 844 5-8
809 1310 6-9
957 1528 7-10

B
91/2
11
13
13
13

C
193/4
193/4
215/8
223/4
223/4

H
4
77/8
117/8
117/8
117/8

 Type 46

 Type 48

144
63/4

lbs
96
122
140
185
192

4.38

SELECTION TABLE
OD 22 - 558.8mm

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 22 (ND 550/22), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d2
B
E
42 56 19 4.00 2.90 2.20
1.20 133/4 31/2

lbs
53

load
group
5-6

lbs
77
94
106
164
290
75
105
113
184
116
200
265
370
152
269
331
458

load
group
3-6
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
4-6
6-9
6-9
7-10
5-8
6-9
7-10
7-10
5-8
6-9
7-10
7-10

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930 950 985
44 56 14 4.4 3.8 3.3
44 56 15 9.8 7.8 5.8
44 56 16 16.6 13.4 10.1
44 56 17 22.4 17.3 13.9
44 56 18 44.0 35.9 26.9
44 56 25
4.0
4.2
44 56 26
8.9
10.1
44 56 27
11.9 11.2
44 56 28
20.2 18.0
44 56 35
8.0 7.4
44 56 36
18.6 17.7 14.0
44 56 37
27.0 23.5 18.4
44 56 38
34.8 33.7 29.2
44 56 45
44 56 46
44 56 47
31.0
44 56 48
45.0

 Type 46

 Type 48

144

63/4

1040 1075 1110F

4.4
8.9
12.3
18.0
8.9 6.5
14.1 10.5
20.2 14.8
28.5 21.1

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d3
4.5611 10.1 7.6 5.6
1.34
4. 56 12 15.2 11.6 8.5
1.60
4. 56 13 29.2 21.7 17.3
2.00
4. 56 14 46.5 34.3 27.4
2.00
4. 56 21
9.2 6.7
1.34
4. 56 22
12.1 8.9
1.60
4. 56 23
29.2 24.7 18.0
2.00
4. 56 24
43.5 37.0 27.0
2.00
4. 56 31
1.60
11.9 8.5 4.9
4. 56 32
1.80
15.7 11.4 6.7
4. 56 33
1.80
20.2 15.5 8.9
4. 56 34
51.0 41.5 30.7 17.9
2.00
4. 56 35
76.8 63.0 45.0 27.0
2.40
4. 56 41
8.7 6.5 4.9 1.60
4. 56 42
12.1 8.9 6.7 1.80
4. 56 43
16.1 12.1 8.9 1.80
4. 56 44
32.5 24.5 17.9 2.00
4. 56 45
48.7 36.6 26.9 2.40
 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 25% less.

4.4
7.8
11.2
15.7

d3
1.34
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80
1.34
2.00
2.00
2.40
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.40
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.40

EK ER
11/2 6 3/4
2
71/4
21/2 75/8
21/2 81/8
21/4 71/8
21/2 71/2
21/2 81/8
21/2 91/2
21/2 77/8
21/2 9
23/4 91/2
31/2 103/4
4 121/2
21/2 87/8
21/2 85/8
23/4 101/4
31/2 111/4
4 141/4

E
21
21
21
21
211/2
233/4
233/4
233/4
233/4
241/2
241/2
241/2
241/2
241/2
241/2
241/2
241/2

L
min.
371/2
371/2
371/2
371/2
391/2
391/2
431/2
431/2
431/2
431/2
431/2
431/2
471/4
431/2
431/2
431/2
431/2
47

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
A
E
49 56 13 12.1 9.6 6.9
15 153/4
49 56 14 21.3 17.9 13.0
187/8 157/8
49 56 25
14.1 11.9 9.4
223/4 173/4
49 56 35
23.6 22.5 20.0 14.6 8.5
223/4 177/8
49 56 45
8.5
16.4 12.1
223/4 177/8

4.39

max.
611/2
611/2
611/2
611/2
671/2
671/2
671/2
671/2
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75

B
33/8
41/4
41/2
63/8
83/4
4
43/4
51/4
61/2
51/2
73/8
73/4
85/8
53/4
75/8
81/8
95/8

lbs
min. max.
199 294
241 367
380 565
495 690
211 317
251 403
445 615
530 775
340 530
415 675
480 750
755 1220
1025 1515
412 641
507 773
593 932
915 1453
1260 1910

B
91/2
111/2
131/2
133/4
133/4

load
group
4-6
5-7
6-9
7-9
4-6
5-7
6-9
7-9
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10

C
H
221/2 4
23
77/8
3
24 /8 117/8
25 117/8
251/2 117/8

lbs
160
202
206
257
267

SELECTION TABLE
OD 24 - 609.6mm
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 24 (ND 600/24), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
Type
210 480 660 840 930 950
42 61 19 3.80 2.90 2.05

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46

985 1040 1075 1110F

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

d2
E
1.20 143/4

B
31/2

lbs
57

load
group
5-6

lbs
92
105
125
174
300
97
113
169
198
144
222
320
405
169
264
465
537

load
group
3-6
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30
4-7
6-9
7-10
7-10
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
44 61 14
44 61 15
44 61 16
44 61 17
44 61 18
44 61 25
44 61 26
44 61 27
44 61 28
44 61 35
44 61 36
44 61 37
44 61 38
44 61 45
44 61 46
44 61 47
44 61 48

210
6.5
13.0
18.0
26.0
45.0

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

480 660 840 930 950 985 1040
5.3 4.4
10.1 7.8
14.6 10.7
19.5 16.4
37.0 26.9
4.4
4.9
8.5
9.4
14.6 12.3
20.2 18.4
8.5 7.4 4.4
17.5 13.7 8.7
25.8 23.5 19.1 13.4
39.3 36.0 29.8 20.2
8.5
13.9
34.2 25.8
53.1 34.8

1075 1110F

6.5
10.3
19.3
25.6

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d3
4.6111 13.4 10.5 7.6
1.60
4. 61 12 20.2 15.5 11.4
1.80
4. 61 13 28.5 21.5 17.0
2.00
4. 61 14 41.7 31.0 25.0
2.00
4. 61 15 50.0 37.0 29.6
2.40
4. 61 21
12.8 9.4
1.60
4. 61 22
24.7 17.9
2.00
4. 61 23
40.4 36.0 27.0
2.00
4. 61 24
51.6 45.0 33.7
2.40
4. 61 31
12.0 8.7 4.9
1.60
4. 61 32
20.2 15.5 8.9
1.80
4. 61 33
27.6 20.2 11.9
1.80
4. 61 34
49.4 40.4 29.6 17.5
2.00
4. 61 35
76.4 63.0 45.0 26.9
2.40
4. 61 36
94.3 78.6 58.4 33.7
2.80
4. 61 41
8.7 6.7 4.9 1.60
4. 61 42
16.1 12.1 8.9 1.80
4. 61 43
21.5 16.1 11.9 1.80
4. 61 44
31.6 23.8 17.5 2.00
4. 61 45
48.7 36.6 26.9 2.40
4. 61 46
61.1 46.0 33.7 2.80
 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 26% less.

4.4
7.6
13.4
19.1
EK
11/2
13/4
2
21/4
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
23/4
21/2
23/4
31/2
31/2
41/4
41/4
21/2
23/4
31/2
31/2
41/4
41/2

d3
1.34
2.00
2.00
2.40
2.80
1.60
2.00
2.40
2.40
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80

ER
71/4
75/8
71/2
81/8
9
71/2
85/8
91/4
101/2
85/8
91/4
11
111/4
123/4
141/4
9
103/4
11
111/2
14
141/4

E
22
22
22
22
223/4
251/2
251/2
251/2
251/2
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27

L
min.
391/2
391/2
391/2
391/2
391/2
431/2
431/2
431/2
451/4
471/4
471/4
471/4
511/4
51 1/4
511/4
47
47
47
51
51
51

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
A
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
E
49 61 13 14.0 13.0 10.7
18 153/4
49 61 14 23.6 17.9 13.0
197/8 157/8
49 61 25
14.6 13.7 10.8
233/4 173/4
49 61 35
24.2 22.9 22.0 17.0 10.1
233/4 177/8
49 61 45
18.7 13.9 10.1 233/4 177/8

max.
631/2
631/2
631/2
631/2
631/2
711/2
711/2
711/2
711/2
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79

41/2
37/8
43/4
63/8
83/4
43/4
43/4
55/8
61/2
61/2
73/8
81/4
85/8
61/4
75/8
95/8
95/8

lbs
min. max.
270 386
337 477
435 615
540 720
605 855
285 454
460 650
565 840
710 1005
390 595
550 830
650 975
880 1325
1160 1665
1385 2000
470 701
670 1027
811 1203
1080 1573
1440 2114
1706 2506

B
103/4
121/4
141/4
141/2
141/2

C
H
221/2 57/8
23
77/8
3
24 /8 117/8
25 117/8
251/2 117/8

load
group
4-7
6-8
6-9
7-9
7-10
4-7
6-9
7-9
8-10
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30

 Type 46

 Type 48

7/
7172
8

lbs
181
217
219
271
284

4.40

SELECTION TABLE
OD 26 - 660.4mm

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 26 (ND 650/26), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d2
42 66 19 3.55 2.65 1.95
1.20
Type

Type

Heat resistant materials

see page 4.3

44 66 14
44 66 15
44 66 16
44 66 17
44 66 18
44 66 19
44 66 25
44 66 26
44 66 27
44 66 28
44 66 35
44 66 36
44 66 37
44 66 38
44 66 45
44 66 46
44 66 47
44 66 48

 Type 48

172
87/

480
6.2
9.8
14.6
21.3
30.3
54.0

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

660 840 930 950 985 1040
5.3
7.6
11.9
17.5
23.5
40.4
4.9 4.4
10.1 8.9
16.8 15.7
29.6 27.0
4.4
8.9 7.8
9.4
18.6 15.7
25.6 19.3 13.4
39.3 36.0 29.8 20.2
8.7
17.3
35.5 27.2
53.8 35.2

1075 1110F

6.5
13.0
19.7
25.8

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d3
4.6611
7.4
1.60
4. 66 12
11.4
1.80
4. 66 13
18.0
2.00
4. 66 14
28.0
2.40
4. 66 15
33.7
2.40
4. 66 21
14.1 10.1
1.60
4. 66 22
24.7 18.0
2.00
4. 66 23
42.6 36.0 27.0
2.00
4. 66 24
54.0 45.0 33.7
2.40

4. 66
31 von min. auf max. jeweils13.4
Sprnge
200mm.
10.5 5.6
1.60
4. 66 32
20.2 15.5 8.9
1.80
4. 66 33
1.80
34.8 28.0 20.6 12.3
4. 66 34
2.00
50.5 41.5 30.7 17.9
4. 66 35
2.40
76.4 63.0 45.0 26.9
4. 66 36
2.80
94.3 78.6 58.4 33.7
4. 66 41
10.1 7.6 5.6 1.60
4. 66 42
16.1 12.1 8.9 1.80
4. 66 43
22.2 16.8 12.3 1.80
4. 66 44
32.8 24.7 17.9 2.00
4. 66 45
49.0 36.8 26.9 2.40
4. 66 46
61.1 46.0 33.7 2.80

4.4
9.4
13.4
19.3

d3
1.60
2.00
2.00
2.40
2.80
2.80
1.60
2.00
2.40
2.80
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80

E
24
24
24
24
24
25
263/4
263/4
263/4
263/4
271/2
271/2
271/2
271/2
271/2
271/2
271/2
271/2

ER
77/8
81/2
77/8
95/8
91/4
85/8
95/8
101/4
103/4
87/8
95/8
111/2
12
121/2
14
91/4
111/4
111/2
121/2
133/4
141/4

L
min.
411/2
411/2
411/2
411/2
411/2
491/4
491/4
491/4
51
491/4
491/4
491/4
491/4
531/4
531/4
49
49
49
49
53
53

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
E
49 66 13 16.6 14.6 10.7
187/8
49 66 14 26.9 20.6 15.0
207/8
49 66 25
16.6 14.8 12.8
243/4
49 66 35
28.5 27.0 25.8 20.0 11.7
243/4
49 66 45
21.6 16.2 11.7 243/4

A
153/4
157/8
173/4
18
18

Type

 Type 46

210
7.8
12.5
18.4
28.7
40.2
68.3

B
E
153/4 31/2

210
13.4
20.2
30.3
48.3
57.5

480
10.3
15.7
22.4
34.8
42.6

EK
11/2
2
21/4
21/2
23/4
21/2
21/2
23/4
31/4
21/2
21/2
31/2
31/2
4
41/4
21/2
21/2
31/2
31/2
4
41/4

B
41/2
41/2
63/8
63/8
81/4
9
43/4
51/4
61/4
73/4
61/2
73/4
81/4
85/8
61/4
81/8
95/8
95/8

lbs
62

load
group
5-6

lbs
100
122
180
191
285
405
99
126
187
305
153
285
330
425
178
349
483
550

load
group
4-7
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
4-7
6-9
7-10
8-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30

lbs
max. min. max.
651/2 308 414
651/2 410 520
651/2 510 665
651/2 680 920
651/2 785 990
75 340 550
75 525 710
75 660 960
75 765 1120
81 460 680
81 595 875
81 725 1100
81 970 1435
81 1255 1790
81 1500 2135
81 540 808
81 739 1091
81 893 1306
81 1135 1710
81 1554 2249
81 1841 2664

load
group
5-7
6-8
6-9
7-10
8-10
4-7
6-9
7-9
8-10
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30

 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 23% less.

4.41

B
113/4
13
141/2
15
15

C
221/2
23
241/2
253/8
251/2

H
57/8
77/8
117/8
117/8
117/8

lbs
195
230
252
284
302

SELECTION TABLE
OD 28 - 711.2mm

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 28 (ND 700/28), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
Type
42 71 19
Type
44 71 14
44 71 15
44 71 16
44 71 17
44 71 18
44 71 19
44 71 25
44 71 26
44 71 27
44 71 28
44 71 29
44 71 35
44 71 36
44 71 37
44 71 38
44 71 39
44 71 45
44 71 46
44 71 47
44 71 48

Type
4.7111
4. 71 12
4. 71 13
4. 71 14
4. 71 15
4. 71 21
4. 71 22
4. 71 23
4. 71 24
4. 71 31
4. 71 32
4. 71 33
4. 71 34
4. 71 35
4. 71 36
4. 71 41
4. 71 42
4. 71 43
4. 71 44
4. 71 45
4. 71 46

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950
3.35 2.45 1.80

210
9.6
21.3
27.8
33.7
39.7
69.0

210
16.6
26.5
40.4
53.0
61.8

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

480 660 840 930 950
8.0 6.7
16.8 13.4
19.7 16.1
27.0 19.7
32.5 25.8
50.5 40.4
5.8 5.3
9.6 8.9
14.6 13.4
21.3 18.0
29.4 27.0
8.9
16.1
23.5
37.0 34.8
50.5 43.8

985 1040 1075 1110F

d2
1.20

985 1040 1075 1110F

d3
1.60
2.00
2.40
2.80
2.80
2.80
1.60
2.00
2.40
2.80
2.80
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80
2.80
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80

7.8 5.6
13.9 8.9
19.1 13.4
28.0 18.0
38.2 24.0
9.4 6.9
20.0 14.8
28.5 21.1
53.7 35.0 25.8

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
12.8 9.4
20.2 15.7
29.8 23.5
39.3 31.9
45.0 35.9
15.7 11.2
24.7 18.0
43.8 38.2 28.0
54.0 43.8 35.0
13.4 10.3 6.0
20.0 15.5 8.9
39.3 31.4 23.5 14.1
50.5 41.5 30.7 18.0
76.4 63.0 45.0 27.0
99.0 82.0 60.6 35.0
11.0 8.3 6.0
16.1 12.1 8.9
25.8 19.3 14.1
32.5 24.5 17.9
48.7 36.6 26.9
63.6 47.8 35.0

permissible load
Type
210 480 660 840
49 71 13 19.1 15.0 11.0
49 71 14 29.2 22.4 16.1
49 71 25
20.6 18.4
49 71 35
33.7
49 71 45

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46

5.1
10.5
15.2
19.3

d3
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.00
2.40
1.80
2.00
2.00
2.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.00
2.40
2.80
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.00
2.40
2.80

EK
13/4
21/4
21/2
31/4
31/2
23/4
23/4
23/4
31/2
23/4
23/4
4
4
4
51/4
23/4
23/4
4
4
4
51/4

(lbs x 1000)
930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F

14.6
31.9 30.3 22.2 13.0
24.3 18.2

13.0

ER
75/8
91/2
87/8
9
81/2
85/8
91/2
97/8
11
91/4
97/8
111/4
12
131/4
131/2
91/2
111/2
12
121/2
14
141/2

E
B
24 3/4 55/8
24 3/4 63/8
24 3/4 65/8
24 3/4 71/8
24 3/4 83/4
25 1/2 91/4
28 1/2 43/4
28 1/2 51/2
28 1/2 57/8
28 1/2 61/2
28 1/2 73/4
29 1/8 61/2
29 1/8 73/8
29 1/8 81/4
29 1/8 85/8
29 1/8 10
29 1/8 63/4
29 1/8 81/2
29 1/8 10
29 1/8 95/8

L
min.
43 1/2
43 1/2
431/2
431/2
431/2
491/4
491/4
531/4
531/4
511/4
511/4
511/4
551/4
551/4
571/4
51
51
51
55
55
57

E
20
217/8
253/4
253/4
253/4

B
31/2

E
17

max.
671/2
671/2
671/2
671/2
671/2
79
79
79
79
83
83
83
83
83
83
821/2
821/2
821/2
821/2
821/2
821/2

A
153/4
157/8
177/8
18
18

lbs
66

load
group
5-6

lbs
154
196
211
239
330
430
117
144
202
235
320
169
242
350
440
560
213
392
528
576

load
group
4-7
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
5-7
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30

lbs
min. max.
374 496
490 680
605 870
780 1030
1020 1100
420 615
570 795
760 1055
925 1240
500 730
655 940
905 1325
1095 1535
1365 1910
1700 2360
631 907
802 1169
1096 1601
1283 1824
1689 2403
2081 2925

B
121/2
133/4
151/2
161/4
161/4

C
221/2
23
25
253/8
251/2

H
57/8
77/8
117/8
117/8
117/8

load
group
5-7
6-8
7-9
7-9
8-10
5-8
6-9
7-9
8-10
4-7
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30
4-7
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30

Heat resistant materials

see page 4.3

 Type 46

 Type 48

172
87/8

 Weights for type 46 - for

type 48 approx. 26% less.

lbs
207
245
270
305
326

4.42

SELECTION TABLE
OD 30 - 762mm

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 30 (ND 750/30), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d2
42 76 19 3.10 2.20 1.70
1.20

Heat resistant materials

see page 4.3

 Type 46

 Type 48

198
97/

 Weights for type 46 - for

type 48 approx. 24% less.

Type
44 76 14
44 76 15
44 76 16
44 76 17
44 76 18
44 76 19
44 76 25
44 76 26
44 76 27
44 76 28
44 76 29
44 76 35
44 76 36
44 76 37
44 76 38
44 76 39
44 76 45
44 76 46
44 76 47
44 76 48
44 76 49
Type
4.7611
4. 76 12
4. 76 13
4. 76 14
4. 76 15
4. 76 21
4. 76 22
4. 76 23
4. 76 24
4. 76 31
4. 76 32
4. 76 33
4. 76 34
4. 76 35
4. 76 36
4. 76 41
4. 76 42
4. 76 43
4. 76 44
4. 76 45
4. 76 46

210
12.1
18.6
25.8
33.7
43.8
69.0

480
9.4
15.0
19.7
25.8
34.8
50.5

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

660 840 930 950 985
7.4
11.9
16.1
19.7
26.9
40.4
9.6 8.9
14.3 13.4
21.3 18.0
27.0 22.4
49.4 41.5 37.0
8.9 8.7
16.1 14.3
23.5 21.3
36.0 30.3
53.0 49.0 40.4

1040 1075 1110F

5.8
8.9
13.4
20.2
26.7
11.2
20.2
28.5
51.7 35.5
75.3 48.3

210
16.6
27.0
41.1
55.0
69.6

480
12.8
20.4
30.3
40.4
51.6

8.5
14.8
20.9
26.0
35.7

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d3
9.4
1.60
15.5
1.80
23.5
2.00
31.4
2.00
41.5
2.40
15.7 11.2
1.80
24.7 18.0
2.00
45.0 40.4 29.2
2.00
63.0 53.0 40.4
2.40
15.5 11.4 6.7
1.60
20.2 15.5 8.9
1.80
31.4 22.4 13.4
2.00
50.5 41.5 30.7 18.0
2.00
76.4 63.0 45.0 27.0
2.40
115.0 90.0 65.1 40.4
2.80
12.1 9.2 6.7 1.60
16.1 12.1 8.9 1.80
24.5 18.4 13.4 2.00
32.5 24.5 17.9 2.00
49.2 36.6 26.9 2.40
73.2 55.3 40.4 2.80

6.0
10.5
15.2
19.3
26.7

d3
1.60
2.00
2.40
2.80
2.80
2.80
2.00
2.40
2.80
2.80
2.80
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80
2.80
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80
2.80

EK ER
13/4 8 1/2
21/4 8 1/2
21/2 9 5/8
31/4 10 1/4
31/2 10
23/4 9 7/8
23/4 9 7/8
31/4 113/4
31/2 11 3/4
31/4 10 1/4
31/4 10 3/4
4 12 1/4
4 13
41/4 14 1/4
51/2 15 3/4
31/4 10 3/4
31/4 11 1/4
4 13 1/4
4 13 1/2
41/4 14 1/4
51/2 17

L
min.
451/4
451/4
451/4
451/4
451/4
551/4
551/4
591/4
591/4
591/4
591/4
591/4
591/4
591/4
63
59
59
59
59
59
63

E
26 1/2
26 1/2
26 1/2
26 1/2
26 1/2
27 1/4
30
30
30
30
30
30 1/4
30 1/4
30 1/4
30 1/4
301/4
301/4
301/4
301/4
301/4
301/4

B
61/8
63/8
65/8
71/8
83/4
91/4
51/2
57/8
61/2
73/4
85/8
63/4
73/8
81/4
87/8
10
75/8
81/2
10
10
107/8

max.
69 1/2
69 1/2
69 1/2
69 1/2
69 1/2
87
87
87
87
91
91
91
91
91
91
90 1/2
90 1/2
90 1/2
90 1/2
90 1/2
90 1/2

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F E
A
49 76 13 21.3 19.1 13.9
21 157/8
49 76 14 33.0 24.7 18.0
227/8 157/8
49 76 25
23.3 21.1 17.1
263/4 173/4
49 76 35
38.4 36.4 34.8 26.9 15.7
263/4 18
49 76 45
28.8 21.6
15.7 263/4 18

4.43

B lbs
31/2 68

E
18

B
13 1/2
14 1/2
15 3/4
16 1/2
16 1/2

load
lbs group
182 4-7
199 6-9
215 7-10
248 8-30
355 8-30
450 9-30
154 6-9
210 7-10
265 8-30
330 8-30
460 9-30
189 5-8
275 6-9
370 7-10
480 8-30
650 9-30
297 5-8
413 6-9
549 7-10
628 8-30
789 9-30

lbs
min. max.
410 530
535 745
790 920
990 1090
1110 1290
485 765
660 960
890 1230
1150 1545
640 905
770 1085
1040 1485
1240 1745
1535 2175
2115 2860
798 1098
948 1344
1268 1772
1484 2081
1956 2733
2641 3583
C
23 1/4
23
25
25 3/8
25 1/2

load
group
5-6

H
5 7/8
77/8
117/8
117/8
117/8

load
group
5-7
6-8
7-9
7-9
8-10
5-8
6-9
7-9
8-10
4-7
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30
4-7
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30
lbs
236
260
304
316
348

SELECTION TABLE
OD 32 - 812.8mm
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 32 (ND 800/32), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
Type
210 480 660 840 930 950
42 81 19 3.10 2.20 1.65

Type
44 81 14
44 81 15
44 81 16
44 81 17
44 81 18
44 81 19
44 81 25
44 81 26
44 81 27
44 81 28
44 81 29
44 81 35
44 81 36
44 81 37
44 81 38
44 81 39
44 81 45
44 81 46
44 81 47
44 81 48

Type
4.8111
4. 81 12
4. 81 13
4. 81 14
4. 81 15
4. 81 21
4. 81 22
4. 81 23
4. 81 24
4. 81 31
4. 81 32
4. 81 33
4. 81 34
4. 81 35
4. 81 36
4. 81 41
4. 81 42
4. 81 43
4. 81 44
4. 81 45
4. 81 46

210
12.1
20.2
27.4
34.3
46.0
69.0

210
20.2
30.3
47.6
62.0
74.0

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

480 660 840 930 950
9.4 7.6
15.7 12.8
19.7 16.0
25.8 19.7
37.0 28.0
50.5 40.4
9.6 8.9
14.6 13.4
20.2 18.0
28.0 23.5
49.4 42.6 38.2
15.7
23.5
33.7
36.0
49.4 49.0

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

985 1040 1075 1110F

d2
1.20

E
19

B
31/2

lbs
73

load
group
5-6

985 1040 1075 1110F

d3
1.60
2.00
2.40
2.80
2.80
2.80
2.00
2.40
2.80
2.80
2.80
2.00
2.40
2.80
2.80
2.80
2.00
2.40
2.80
2.80

E
27 1/2
27 1/2
27 1/2
27 1/2
27 1/2
28 1/2
31 1/8
31 1/8
31 1/8
31 1/8
31 1/8
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32

B
61/8
63/8
65/8
71/8
83/4
91/4
51/2
57/8
63/4
73/4
85/8
73/8
81/4
87/8
85/8
10
81/2
10
10
111/4

lbs
196
213
230
270
360
475
165
228
270
345
485
275
390
500
570
685
429
571
661
865

load
group
4-7
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30

14.0
19.1
28.0
33.7
40.4

8.9
13.4
19.1
22.4
26.5
19.1
28.3
49.7 35.5
74.6 48.7

14.3
20.6
25.8
36.1

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d3
15.5 12.3
1.80
22.4 18.0
2.00
34.8 27.6
2.40
46.0 36.6
2.40
55.0 43.8
2.80
15.7 11.2
1.80
24.7 18.0
2.00
49.4 40.4 31.4
2.40
69.6 58.4 45.0
2.80
1.80
18.0 13.2 7.6
1.80
22.4 18.0 10.3
2.00
31.4 22.4 13.4
49.4 41.5 30.7 18.0
2.00
76.4 63.0 45.0 27.0
2.40
126.0 90.0 76.5 45.0
2.80
13.4 10.1 7.6 1.80
18.4 13.9 10.3 1.80
24.2 18.2 13.4 2.00
32.8 24.2 17.9 2.00
49.2 36.6 26.9 2.40
82.0 61.1 44.9 2.80

10.1
15.2
19.3
26.7

EK
13/4
21/2
23/4
31/2
4
31/4
31/4
31/2
4
31/2
31/2
4
41/4
43/4
6
31/2
31/2
4
41/4
43/4
6

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
49 81 13 23.6 19.1 14.1
49 81 14 33.7 26.3 19.3
49 81 25
26.5 24.2 19.3
49 81 35
42.2 40.0 38.2 29.5 18.5
49 81 45
33.9 25.4 18.5

ER
81/2
91/2
10
95/8
101/2
97/8
97/8
121/2
121/2
11
113/4
13
133/4
141/2
161/4
111/2
113/4
131/2
133/4
141/2
181/4

E
217/8
237/8
273/4
273/4
273/4

L
min. max.
471/4 711/2
471/4 711/2
471/4 711/2
471/4 711/2
471/4 711/2
591/4 91
591/4 91
63 91
63 91
63 95
63 95
63 95
63 95
63 95
63 95
63 941/2
63 941/2
63 941/2
63 941/2
63 941/2
63 941/2

lbs
min. max.
510 640
700 810
890 1135
1215 1380
1310 1530
540 855
730 1060
1070 1420
1385 1820
790 1070
915 1305
1140 1610
1370 1855
1695 2345
2390 3420
961 1325
1160 1571
1400 1928
1653 2262
2167 2960
2998 4171

load
group
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-10
9-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
5-8
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30
5-8
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30

B
141/4
153/4
163/4
163/4
163/4

C
H
23 1/8 5 7/8
23
77/8
25
117/8
3
25 /8 117/8
25 1/2 117/8

lbs
247
277
321
328
370

A
15 7/8
15 7/8
17 3/4
18
18

Heat resistant materials

see page 4.3

 Type 46

 Type 48

198
97/8

 Weights for type 46 - for

type 48 approx. 26% less.

4.44

SELECTION TABLE
OD 36 - 914.4mm

Temperature up to
1200F see page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 36 (ND 900/36), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d2
42 91 19 3.10 2.20 1.70
1.20
Type

Type

Heat resistant materials

see page 4.3

 Type 46

44 91 14
44 91 15
44 91 16
44 91 17
44 91 18
44 91 19
44 91 25
44 91 26
44 91 27
44 91 28
44 91 29
44 91 35
44 91 36
44 91 37
44 91 38
44 91 46
44 91 47
44 91 48
Type

 Type 48

225
11

 Weights for type 46 - for

type 48 approx. 28% less.

4.9111
4. 91 12
4. 91 13
4. 91 14
4. 91 15
4. 91 21
4. 91 22
4. 91 23
4. 91 24
4. 91 25
4. 91 31
4. 91 32
4. 91 33
4. 91 34
4. 91 35
4. 91 36
4. 91 41
4. 91 42
4. 91 43
4. 91 44
4. 91 45
4. 91 46

210
11.4
19.7
34.3
46.0
57.0
69.0

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

480 660 840 930 950 985
8.9 7.4
15.5 12.5
25.8 19.7
38.2 28.0
46.0 37.0
50.5 40.4
14.6 13.4
20.2 18.0
28.0 23.5
31.4 29.2
49.4 42.6 38.2
22.4 20.2
33.7 29.2
43.8 41.5 36.0
54.0 49.4 41.1

1040 1075 1110F

13.4
18.0
23.1
26.7
28.5 21.1
49.9 35.5 25.8
74.6 49.0 36.1

210 480
21.5 16.0
30.3 22.4
48.3 34.8
63.0 46.0
75.2 55.0

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F d3
12.8
1.80
18.0
2.00
28.0
2.40
37.0
2.40
43.8
2.80
18.0 13.4
1.80
25.8 19.1
2.00
47.1 40.4 31.4
2.40
65.1 56.1 45.0
2.80
81.0 67.4 54.0
2.80
1.80
20.2 15.5 8.9
1.80
31.4 22.4 13.4
2.00
41.5 30.7 18.0
89.8 74.0 52.8 31.4
2.40
130 108 76.4 45.0
2.80
153 124 90.0 54.0
2.80
16.1 12.1 8.9 1.80
24.5 18.4 13.4 1.80
32.8 24.7 17.9 2.00
57.3 43.1 31.4 2.40
81.8 61.1 44.9 2.80
98.4 73.0 53.9 2.80

15.2
19.3
26.7
EK
2
21/2
23/4
31/2
4
31/4
31/2
4
4
41/4
4
41/4
41/4
51/4
51/4
61/4
4
41/4
41/4
51/4
51/4
61/4

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110F
49 91 13 29.2 22.9 16.8
49 91 14 52.8 36.6 29.6
49 91 25
33.2 29.2 26.9
49 91 35
56.1 53.5 51.0 39.5 24.7
49 91 45
47.2 35.0 24.7
Type

4.45

d3
1.60
2.00
2.40
2.80
2.80
2.80
2.00
2.80
2.80
2.80
2.80
2.40
2.80
2.80
2.80
2.40
2.80
2.80

ER
10
91/2
91/2
101/2
111/2
97/8
103/4
113/4
123/4
131/2
113/4
13
133/4
151/4
18
171/4
113/4
131/2
141/2
171/2
171/2
191/4

E
21

B
4

lbs
88

load
group
5-6

E
30
30
30
30
30
31
33
33
33
33
33
34 1/4
34 1/4
34 1/4
34 1/4
34 1/4
34 1/4
34 1/4

B
6 1/8
6 3/8
77/8
83/4
9
91/4
57/8
63/4
73/4
85/8
85/8
81/4
87/8
85/8
10
10
10
111/4

lbs
213
234
300
395
480
520
250
300
380
505
535
435
545
625
745
636
727
926

load
group
4-7
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
7-9
8-30
8-30
9-30
9-30
7-10
8-30
9-30
9-30
7-10
8-30
9-30

L
min. max.
51 75
51 75
51 75
51 75
51 75
63 95
63 95
63 95
63 95
63 95
67 98 1/2
67 98 1/2
67 98 1/2
67 98 1/2
71 98 1/2
71 98 1/2
67 98 1/2
67 98 1/2
67 98 1/2
67 98 1/2
71 98 1/2
71 98 1/2

E
24
257/8
293/4
293/4
293/4

A
177/8
18
20
20
20

lbs
min. max.
620 755
810 975
1190 1295
1385 1580
1660 1655
675 915
870 1255
1180 1570
1510 1980
1695 2285
985 1315
1280 1725
1565 2100
2175 2850
2840 3795
3210 4185
1215 1633
1537 2088
1885 2560
2701 3672
3510 4640
3944 5313

B
14 1/4
16 1/2
17 3/4
19
19

C
25 1/2
26
28
28
28

H
5 7/8
77/8
117/8
117/8
117/8

load
group
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-10
9-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30

lbs
294
355
375
430
463

SELECTION TABLE
OD 1.33 - 3.50, TEMPERATURE 1130-1200F
Pipe clamps, OD 1.33 (ND 25/1), type 43
Type
43 03 59

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148
1184
1130
1166
0.63
0.47
0.72
0.52

1200F
0.40

d1
0.48

E
91/4

B
2

lbs
3.0

load
group
C-2

d1
0.48

E
91/2

B
2

lbs
3.2

load
group
C-2

d1
0.48

E
91/2

B
2

lbs
3.2

load
group
C-2

Pipe clamps, OD 1.67 (ND 32/11/4), type 43

Type
43 04 59

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1130
1148
1166
1184
0.72
0.63
0.52
0.47

1200F
0.40

Pipe clamps, OD 1.90 (ND 40/11/2), type 43

Type
43 05 59

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1130
1148
1166
1184
0.72
0.63
0.52
0.47

1200F
0.40

Type 43

Pipe clamps, OD 2.37 (ND 50/2), type 43

Type
43 06 59

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1130
1148
1166
1184
0.92
0.79
0.65
0.58

1200F
0.52

d1
0.48

E
97/8

B
21/8

lbs
5.3

load
group
C-4

d1
0.48

E
10

lbs
5.5

load
group
C-4

Pipe clamps, OD 2.87 (ND 65/21/2), types 43, 48

Type
43 07 59
Type
4807 51
48 07 52
48 07 53

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148
1184
1130
1166
0.79
0.58
0.92
0.65
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
1130 1148 1166 1184 1200F
0.9
1.1
1.5 1.3
0.9
1.3
1.8
2.2 2.0
1.3
2.4
2.9
3.8 3.3
2.2

1200F
0.52
d3
0.81
0.81
1.00

ER
2 3/4
2 3/4
3 7/8

dN
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8

23/8

L
min. max.
14 29 1/2
14 29 1/2
14 29 1/2

lbs
min. max.
13 29
15 33
20 46

load
group
C-4
C-4
3-5

Type 48

Pipe clamps, OD 3.00 (ND 65/21/2), types 43, 48

Type
43 08 59

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148
1184
1130
1166
0.79
0.58
0.92
0.65

1200F
0.52

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1130 1148 1166 1184 1200F d3
4808 51
0.9
1.3
1.1
1.5
0.9
0.81
48 08 52 2.2
1.3
2.0
1.8
1.3
0.81
48 08 53 3.8
2.4
3.3
2.9
2.2
1.00
Type

dN
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8

d1
0.48
ER
2 3/4
2 3/4
3 7/8

E
10
L
min. max.
14 29 1/2
14 29 1/2
14 29 1/2

lbs
5.6

load
group
C-4

lbs
min. max.
13 29
15 33
20 46

load
group
C-4
C-4
3-5

B
23/8

Pipe clamps, OD 3.50 (ND 80/3), types 43, 48

Type
43 09 59
Type
48 09 51
48 09 52
48 09 53

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148
1184
1130
1166
0.79
0.58
0.92
0.65
permissible load (lbs x 1000)
1130 1148 1166 1184 1200F
0.9
1.3
1.1
1.5
0.9
1.3
2.0
1.8
2.2
1.3
2.4
3.3
2.9
3.8
2.2

1200F
0.52
d3
dN
0.81 1 3/8
0.81 1 3/8
1.00 1 3/8

d1
0.48
ER
3
3 3/8
3 7/8

E
101/4
L
min. max.
14 33 1/2
14 33 1/2
14 33 1/2

lbs
5.9

load
group
C-4

lbs
min. max.
13 35
15 42
20 57

load
group
C-4
C-4
3-5

B
23/4

4.46

SELECTION TABLE
OD 4.25 - 6.25, TEMPERATURE 1130 - 1200F
Pipe clamps, OD 4.25 (ND 100/4), types 43, 48
Type
43 10 59
Type
48 10 51
48 10 52
48 10 53

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148
1184
1130
1166
1.73
1.28
2.00
1.42

1200F
1.12

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1130 1148 1166 1184 1200F d3
2.0
1.8 1.3
2.2
1.3
0.81
2.7
2.2 2.0
2.9
1.8
1.00
5.1
4.7 3.8
6.0
3.3
1.34

dN
2
2
2

d1
0.63

E
101/2
L
min.
14
14
14

ER
3 3/8
3 3/4
5 1/2

B
23/4

lbs
11.2

lbs
min. max.
18 53
22 62
31 93

max.
37 1/2
37 1/2
37 1/2

load
group
1-4
load
group
C-4
3-5
3-6

Pipe clamps, OD 4.50 (ND 100/4), types 43, 48

Type
43 11 59

Type
Type 43

48 11 51
48 11 52
48 11 53

1130
2.00

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148
1184
1166
1200F
1.73
1.28
1.42
1.12

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1130 1148 1166 1184 1200F d3
1.3
2.0 1.8
2.2
1.3
0.81
2.0
2.7 2.2
2.9
1.8
1.00
3.8
5.1 4.7
6.0
3.3
1.34

d1
0.63

E
103/4
L

dN
2
2
2

ER
3 3/8
3 3/4
5 1/2

max.
37 1/2
37 1/2
37 1/2

min.
14
14
14

B
23/4

lbs
11.4

lbs
min. max.
53
18
62
22
93
31

load
group
1-4

load
group
C-4
3-5
3-6

Pipe clamps, OD 5.25 (ND 125/5), types 43, 48

Type
43 13 59

1130
2.25

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1200F
1148
1184
1166
1.26
1.96
1.46
1.60

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1130 1148 1166 1184 1200F d3
48 13 51
2.7 2.2 2.0 1.8
1.5
0.81
48 13 52
3.8 3.3 2.9 2.4
2.2
1.00
48 13 53
6.5 5.8 4.9 4.2
3.8
1.34
Type

Type 48

d1
0.63

E
111/2

B
31/8

L
dN
2
2
2

ER
3 3/4
4 3/8
5 7/8

lbs
max.
39 1/2
39 1/2
39 1/2

min.
16
16
16

lbs
11.7

max.
60
75
108

min.
22
26
37

load
group
1-4

load
group
C-4
3-5
4-6

Pipe clamps, OD 5.50 (ND 125/5), types 43, 48

Type
43 14 59

1130
2.25

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1200F
1148
1184
1166
1.26
1.96
1.46
1.60

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1130 1148 1166 1184 1200F d3
48 14 51
2.7 2.2 2.0 1.8
1.5
0.81
48 14 52
3.8 3.3 2.9 2.4
2.2
1.00
48 14 53
6.5 5.8 4.9 4.2
3.8
1.34
Type

d1
0.63

E
111/2

B
31/8

L
dN
2
2
2

ER
3 3/4
4 3/8
5 7/8

lbs
18.1
lbs

max.
39 1/2
39 1/2
39 1/2

min.
16
16
16

max.
62
77
108

min.
22
29
40

load
group
1-4

load
group
C-4
3-5
4-6

Pipe clamps, OD 6.25 (ND 150/6), types 43, 48

Type
43 16 59

1130
2.25

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1200F
1148
1166
1184
1.26
1.96
1.60
1.46

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1130 1148 1166 1184 1200F d3
4816 51
2.7 2.2 2.0 1.8
1.5 0.81
48 16 52
4.2 3.6 3.3 2.7
2.4 1.00
48 16 53
8.1 6.7 6.0 5.1
4.5 1.34
Type

4.47

d1
0.63

E
121/2

B
31/8

L
dN
21/2
21/2
21/2

ER
3 7/8
4 7/8
5 7/8

min.
18
18
18

lbs
19.5
lbs

max.
41 1/2
41 1/2
41 1/2

min.
26
35
51

max.
68
90
132

load
group
1-4

load
group
C-4
3-5
4-6

SELECTION TABLE
OD 6.625 - 9.625, TEMPERATURE 1130 - 1200F
Pipe clamps, OD 6.625 (ND 150/6), types 43, 48
Type
43 17 59

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148
1184
1130
1166
1.96
1.46
2.25
1.60

1200F
1.26

d1
0.63

E
121/2

lbs
20

load
group
1-4

max.
68
93
132

load
group
C-4
3-5
4-6

lbs
35

load
group
3-6

max.
73
101
123
181

load
group
C-4
3-5
3-5
4-7

lbs
46
79
123

load
group
C-4
4-6
5-8

max.
112
157
190
271

load
group
C-4
3-5
4-7
5-8

B
31/8

4
Type 43

Type
48 17 51
48 17 52
48 17 53

1130
2.7
4.2
8.1

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148 1166 1184 1200F
2.2 2.0 1.8 1.5
3.6 3.3 2.7 2.4
6.7 6.0 5.1 4.5

L
dN
2 1/2
2 1/2
2 1/2

d3
0.81
1.00
1.34

lbs
max.
411/2
411/2
411/2

ER min.
3 7/8 18
4 7/8 18
5 7/8 18

min.
26
35
51

Pipe clamps, OD 7.625 (ND 175/7), types 43, 48

Type
43 19 59

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148
1184
1130
1166
3.15
2.47
3.82
2.70

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1130 1148 1166 1184 1200F
48 19 51
2.2 2.0 1.8 1.3
1.3
48 19 52
3.8 3.3 2.9 2.4
2.2
48 19 53
5.6 4.7 4.2 3.6
3.1
48 19 54
9.9 8.5 7.6 6.3
5.6
Type

1200F
2.02

d1
0.79

B
37/8

E
14
L

d3
0.81
1.00
1.00
1.60

dN
2
2
2
2

1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2

min.
21 1/2
21 1/2
21 1/2
21 1/2

ER
4 3/8
4 7/8
5 7/8
6 1/4

lbs
max.
45 1/2
45 1/2
45 1/2
45 1/2

min.
35
46
55
84

Type 44

Pipe clamps, OD 8.625 (ND 200/8), types 44, 48

Type
44 22 51
44 22 52
44 22 53

1130
1.8
4.2
6.7

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148 1166 1184 1200F
1.1
1.1
1.5
1.3
2.4
2.7
3.8
3.1
3.8
4.2
5.8
4.9

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1130 1148 1166 1184 1200F
48 22 51
2.2 2.0 1.8 1.5
1.3
48 22 52
5.1 4.5 3.8 3.3
2.9
48 22 53
6.9 6.0 5.4 4.5
4.0
48 22 54 12.1 10.3 9.2 7.8
6.9
Type

d3
0.81
1.34
1.80

E
16 7/8
18 1/8
19 1/8

max
B
4 1/2
4 1/8
6 1/2

max
ISO
11
11
11

L
d3
0.81
1.00
1.60
1.80

dN
3 1/8
3 1/8
3 1/8
3 1/8

min.
21 1/2
21 1/2
21 1/2
21 1/2

ER
5 1/8
5 7/8
6 3/4
7 7/8

lbs
max.
53
53
53
53

min.
40
57
71
106

Type 48

Pipe clamps, OD 9.625 (ND 225/9), types 44, 48

Type
44 24 51
44 24 52
44 24 53

1130
1.8
4.2
6.7

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148 1166 1184 1200F
1.1
1.5
1.3
1.1
2.7
3.8
3.1
2.4
4.2
5.8
4.9
3.8

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1130 1148 1166 1184 1200F
48 24 51
2.7 2.4 2.0 1.8 1.5
48 24 52
5.6 4.7 4.2 3.6 3.1
48 24 53
8.1 6.9 6.3 5.4 4.5
48 24 54 13.4 11.9 10.1 9.0 7.6
Type

d3
0.81
1.34
1.80

E
17 3/8
18 3/4
19 5/8

max
B
4 3/4
4 1/8
6 3/4

max
ISO
11
11
11

L
d3
1.00
1.00
1.60
1.80

dN
3 1/8
3 1/8
3 1/8
3 1/8

ER
4 3/8
5 7/8
6 1/4
7 1/8

min.
21 1/2
21 1/2
21 1/2
21 1/2

max.
53
53
53
53

min.
44
62
82
110

lbs
50
82
131
lbs
max.
123
165
209
287

load
group
C-4
4-6
5-8
load
group
3-5
3-5
4-7
5-8

4.48

SELECTION TABLE
OD 10.50 - 12.75, TEMPERATURE 1130 - 1200F
Pipe clamps, OD 10.50 ND 250/10), types 44, 48
Type
44 26 51
44 26 52
44 26 53

1130
1.8
4.2
6.9

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148 1166 1184 1200F
1.1
1.1
1.3
1.5
2.7
2.4
3.1
3.8
4.5
4.0
5.1
6.0

permissible load
1130 1148 1166 1184
48 26 51
3.1 2.7 2.4 2.0
48 26 52
5.8 4.9 4.5 3.8
48 26 53
8.3 7.2 6.5 5.4
48 26 54 14.6 12.5 11.2 9.4
Type

(lbs x 1000)
1200F d3
1.8
1.00
3.3
1.00
4.7
1.60
8.1
1.80

d3
0.81
1.34
1.80

dN
3 5/8
3 5/8
3 5/8
3 5/8

E
17 7/8
19 1/8
19 7/8

ER
4 3/4
5 7/8
6 1/4
7 5/8

max
B
4 7/8
4 3/8
6 1/8

L
min. max.
23 1/2
55
23 1/2
55
23 1/2
55
23 1/2
55

max
ISO
11
11
11

lbs
53
88
140

lbs
min.
53
71
95
130

load
group
C-4
4-6
5-8

max.
141
185
231
322

load
group
3-5
3-5
4-7
5-8

lbs
54
88
141

load
group
C-4
4-6
5-8

max.
141
185
231
324

load
group
3-5
3-5
4-7
5-8

lbs
86
139
191

load
group
3-5
4-6
5-8

max.
185
254
306
355
440

load
group
3-5
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9

Type 44

Pipe clamps, OD 10.75 (ND 250/10), types 44, 48

Type
44 27 51
44 27 52
44 27 53

Type
Type 48

48 27 51
48 27 52
48 27 53
48 27 54

1130
1.8
4.2
6.9

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148 1166 1184 1200F
1.1
1.5
1.1
1.3
2.7
3.8
2.4
3.1
4.5
6.0
4.0
5.1

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1130 1148 1166 1184 1200F d3
3.1 2.7 2.4 2.0 1.8
1.00
5.8 4.9 4.5 3.8 3.3
1.00
8.3 7.2 6.5 5.4 4.7
1.60
14.6 12.5 11.2 9.4 8.1
1.80

d3
0.81
1.34
1.80

E
17 7/8
19 1/8
19 7/8

max
B
4 7/8
4 3/8
7 1/8

max
ISO
11
11
11

L
dN
3 5/8
3 5/8
3 5/8
3 5/8

ER
4 3/4
5 7/8
6 1/4
7 5/8

min.
23 1/2
23 1/2
23 1/2
23 1/2

lbs
max.
55
55
55
55

min.
53
73
95
132

Pipe clamps, OD 12.75 (ND 300/12), types 44, 48

Type
44 32 51
44 32 52
44 32 53

Type
48 32 51
48 32 52
48 32 53
48 32 54
48 32 55

4.49

1130
3.8
6.7
11.4

1130
4.7
8.7
11.9
15.2
20.2

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148 1166 1184 1200F
2.4
3.3
2.2
2.9
4.2
5.8
3.8
4.9
7.4
9.9
6.5
8.5

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148 1166 1184 1200F d3
4.0 3.6 3.1
2.7 1.00
7.4 6.7 5.6
4.9 1.60
10.1 9.0 7.6
6.7 1.80
13.0 11.7 9.9
8.7 1.80
17.3 15.5 13.0 11.4 2.00

d3
1.00
1.34
1.80

E
19 5/8
20 1/8
20 7/8

max
B
3 7/8
6 7/8
5 3/4

max
ISO
11 3/8
11 3/8
11 3/8

L
dN
4 5/8
4 5/8
4 5/8
4 5/8
4 5/8

ER
5 7/8
7 1/8
7 1/8
8 1/4
9 7/8

min.
27 1/2
27 1/2
27 1/2
27 1/2
31 1/2

lbs
max.
55
55
55
55
55

min.
82
121
143
163
218

SELECTION TABLE
OD 14 - 16, TEMPERATURE 1130 - 1200F
Pipe clamps, OD 14 ND 350/14), types 44, 48
Type
44 36 51
44 36 52
44 36 53

Type
48 36 51
48 36 52
48 36 53
48 36 54
48 36 55

1130
3.8
6.7
11.4

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148 1166 1184 1200F
2.4
2.9
2.2
3.3
4.2
4.9
3.8
5.8
7.4
8.5
6.5
9.9

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1130 1148 1166 1184 1200F
4.0 3.3 2.9 2.4
2.2
5.6 4.7 4.2 3.6
3.1
9.4 8.1 7.2 6.0
5.4
15.9 13.9 12.1 10.5
9.0
23.6 20.4 18.2 15.2 13.2

d3
1.00
1.34
1.80

max
B
4 1/8
7 1/8
5 3/4

E
20 1/2
20 5/8
21 1/2

max
ISO
11 3/8
11 3/8
11 3/8

L
d3
1.00
1.34
1.60
1.80
2.00

dN
4 5/8
4 5/8
4 5/8
4 5/8
4 5/8

min.
27 1/2
27 1/2
31 1/2
31 1/2
31 1/2

ER
5 1/2
6 1/4
7 1/8
8 5/8
9 1/2

lbs
94
148
200

lbs
max.
59
59
59
59
59

max.
192
225
293
403
518

min.
79
108
146
196
259

load
group
3-5
4-6
5-8

load
group
3-5
4-6
4-7
5-8
6-9
Type 44

Pipe clamps, OD 14.50 (ND 350/14), types 44, 48

Type
44 37 51
44 37 52
44 37 53

Type
48 37 51
48 37 52
48 37 53
48 37 54
48 37 55

1130
3.8
6.9
11.4

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148 1166 1184 1200F
2.4
3.3
2.2
2.9
4.5
6.0
4.0
5.1
7.4
9.9
6.5
8.5

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1130 1148 1166 1184 1200F
2.2
4.0 3.3 2.9 2.4
3.1
5.6 4.7 4.2 3.6
5.4
9.4 8.1 7.2 6.0
9.0
15.9 13.9 12.1 10.5
23.6 20.4 18.2 15.2 13.2

d3
1.00
1.34
1.80

E
20 7/8
21 1/8
21 5/8

max
B
4 3/8
7 1/2
5 7/8

max
ISO
11 3/8
11 3/8
11 3/8

L
d3
1.00
1.34
1.60
1.80
2.00

dN
4 5/8
4 5/8
4 5/8
4 5/8
4 5/8

ER
5 1/2
6 1/4
7 1/8
8 5/8
9 1/2

min.
29 1/2
29 1/2
29 1/2
29 1/2
33 1/2

lbs
99
159
207

lbs
max.
59
59
59
59
59

min.
84
115
139
190
265

load
group
3-5
4-6
5-8

max.
194
227
293
405
520

load
group
3-5
4-6
4-7
5-8
6-9

lbs
106
194
295

load
group
3-5
5-8
6-9

max.
240
311
379
472
668

load
group
3-5
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9

Type 48

Pipe clamps, OD 16 (ND 400/16), types 44, 48

Type
44 41 51
44 41 52
44 41 53

Type
48 41 51
48 41 52
48 41 53
48 41 54
48 41 55

1130
3.8
9.0
15.0

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148 1166 1184 1200F
2.2
2.9
2.4
3.3
5.1
6.7
5.8
7.8
8.5
11.2
9.9
13.0

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1130 1148 1166 1184 1200F
4.7 4.0 3.6 3.1
2.7
8.1 7.2 6.0 5.4
4.5
11.0 9.4 8.3 7.2
6.3
16.1 14.1 12.3 10.5
9.0
27.8 24.5 21.1 18.4 15.5

d3
1.00
1.60
1.80
1.80
2.00

d3
1.00
1.80
2.00

dN
5 5/8
5 5/8
5 5/8
5 5/8
5 5/8

E
22
22 7/8
22 7/8

ER
6 1/4
7 1/8
7 7/8
9 1/2
9

max
B
4 3/8
5 3/8
7 7/8

L
min.
31 1/2
31 1/2
31 1/2
31 1/2
35 3/8

max
ISO
11 3/4
11 3/4
11 3/4

lbs
max.
63
63
63
63
63

min.
124
154
187
225
348

4.50

SELECTION TABLE
OD 16.50 - 20, TEMPERATURE 1130 - 1200F
Pipe clamps, OD 16.50 (ND 400/16), types 44, 48
Type
44 42 51
44 42 52
44 42 53

Type
48 42 51
48 42 52
48 42 53
48 42 54
48 42 55

1130
3.8
9.4
15.5

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148 1166 1184 1200F
2.4
2.9
2.2
3.3
6.0
6.9
5.4
8.3
10.1
11.4
8.7
13.4

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1130 1148 1166 1184 1200F d3
3.1
3.6
4.0
4.7
2.7
1.00
5.4
6.0
7.2
8.1
4.5
1.60
7.2
8.3
9.4
11.0
6.3
1.80
16.1 14.1 12.3 10.5
9.0
1.80
27.8 24.5 21.1 18.4 15.5
2.00

d3
1.00
1.80
2.00

E
22 1/4
22 3/4
22 3/4

max
B
4 1/2
5 3/8
8 1/4

L
dN
5 5/8
5 5/8
5 5/8
5 5/8
5 5/8

ER
6 1/4
7 1/8
7 7/8
9 1/2
9

min.
31 1/2
31 1/2
31 1/2
35 1/2
35 1/2

max.
63
63
63
63
63

max
ISO
11 3/4
11 3/4
11 3/4

lbs
111
203
309

load
group
3-5
5-8
6-9

max.
240
313
381
472
672

load
group
3-5
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9

lbs
121
179
308
448

load
group
3-5
5-8
6-9
6-9

max.
344
384
523
805
866

load
group
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10

lbs
130
209
370
498

load
group
3-5
5-8
6-9
7-10

max.
392
434
600
908
1034

load
group
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10

lbs
min.
125
154
190
245
353

Type 44

Pipe clamps, OD 18 (ND 450/18), types 44, 48

Type
44 46 51
44 46 52
44 46 53
44 46 54

Type
Type 48

48 46 51
48 46 52
48 46 53
48 46 54
48 46 55

1130
3.8
6.9
13.9
22.4

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148 1166 1184 1200F
2.2
2.4
2.9
3.3
4.0
4.5
5.1
6.0
7.8
9.0
10.3
12.1
12.5
14.6
16.4
19.3

permissible load
1130 1148 1166 1184
5.1
6.0
6.9
8.1
5.8
6.9
7.8
9.2
15.7 13.7 11.9 10.3
32.1 28.3 24.5 21.3
35.9 31.4 27.6 23.8

(lbs x 1000)
1200F d3
4.5
1.60
5.1
1.80
9.0
1.80
17.9
2.00
20.2
2.40

d3
1.00
1.80
2.00
2.00

E
23 1/4
23 5/8
23 7/8
24 3/8

max
B
4 3/4
5 3/8
7 5/8
12 3/8

max
ISO
11 3/4
11 3/4
11 3/4
11 3/4

L
ER
dN
5 5/8 6 3/4
5 5/8 7 1/2
5 5/8 9
5 5/8 10
5 5/8 10 7/8

min.
35 1/2
35 1/2
35 1/2
39 1/2
39 1/2

lbs
max.
67
67
67
67
67

min.
181
203
262
439
474

Pipe clamps, OD 20 (ND 500/20), types 44, 48

Type
44 51 51
44 51 52
44 51 53
44 51 54

Type
48 51 51
48 51 52
48 51 53
48 51 54
48 51 55

4.51

1130
3.8
7.8
15.7
23.8

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148 1166 1184 1200F
2.4
2.9
3.3
2.2
5.1
5.8
6.7
4.5
10.3
11.7
13.7
9.0
15.5
17.7
20.6
13.4

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1130 1148 1166 1184 1200F d3
4.5
5.1
6.0
6.9
8.1
1.60
5.1
6.0
6.9
8.1
9.22
1.80
9.0
15.9 13.7 12.1 10.3
1.80
32.1 27.4 24.5 20.6 17.9
2.00
39.8 35.0 30.3 26.5 22.4
2.40

d3
1.00
1.80
2.00
2.40

E
24 1/4
24 3/4
25
25 5/8

max
B
4 3/4
5 3/8
9
8 1/4

max
ISO
11 3/4
11 3/4
11 3/4
11 3/4

L
ER
dN
6 3/4 7 1/4
6 3/4 7 7/8
6 3/4 9 1/4
6 3/4 10 7/8
6 3/4 12 1/4

min.
39 1/2
39 1/2
39 1/2
41 1/2
41 1/2

lbs
max.
71
71
71
71
71

min.
216
243
309
503
567

SELECTION TABLE
OD 22 - 26, TEMPERATURE 1130 - 1200F
Pipe clamps, OD 22 (ND 550/22), types 44, 48
Type
44 56 51
44 56 52
44 56 53
44 56 54
Type
48 56 51
48 56 52
48 56 53
48 56 54
48 56 55

1130
7.8
15.7
23.8
31.7

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148 1166 1184 1200F
5.1
5.8
6.7
4.5
10.3
11.7
13.7
9.0
15.5
17.7
20.6
13.4
20.9
23.6
27.6
17.9

permissible load (lbs

1130 1148 1166 1184
5.8
6.7
7.6
8.7
8.1
9.2
12.1 10.5
15.9 14.1 12.1 10.5
31.4 27.2 24.0 20.4
48.3 41.8 36.8 31.4

x 1000)
1200F
4.9
6.7
9.0
17.9
26.9

d3
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.40

E
25
26
26
27

3/
4
1/
8
5/
8
1/
8

max
B
5 3/8
9 1/2
8 1/2
11 3/8
L

d3
1.60
1.80
1.80
2.00
2.40

ER
dN
6 3/4 7 7/8
6 3/4 9 1/4
6 3/4 9 1/2
6 3/4 11
6 3/4 14

min.
43 1/2
43 1/2
43 1/2
43 1/2
47

max.
75
75
75
75
75

max
ISO
11 3/4
11 3/4
11 3/4
11 3/4

lbs
229
406
534
672

lbs
min. max.
448
254
551
311
653
350
979
542
743 1275

load
group
5-8
6-9
7-10
7-10
load
group
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10

Type 44

Pipe clamps, OD 24 (ND 600/24), types 44, 48

Type
44 61 51
44 61 52
44 61 53
44 61 54

Type
48 61 51
48 61 52
48 61 53
48 61 54
48 61 55
48 61 56

1130
7.8
15.7
23.8
35.7

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148 1166 1184 1200F
5.1
5.8
6.7
4.5
10.3
11.7
13.7
9.0
15.5
17.7
20.6
13.4
23.3
26.5
31.2
20.2

permissible load (lbs

1130 1148 1166 1184
5.8
7.6 6.7
8.7
16.4 13.9 12.5 10.5
20.9 18.2 15.9 13.7
31.4 27.6 24.0 20.9
47.8 41.1 36.2 31.0
59.3 52.3 45.4 39.5

x 1000)
1200F
4.9
9.0
11.9
17.5
26.9
33.7

d3
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80

27
27
28
29

dN
7 7/8
7 7/8
7 7/8
7 7/8
7 7/8
7 7/8

ER
8 5/8
8 7/8
11
11 5/8
14
13 3/4

E
3/
8
3/
4
1/
8
1/
8

max
B
5 3/8
10
8 7/8
9

L
d3
1.60
1.80
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80

max.
79
79
79
79
79
79

min.
47
47
47
51
51
51

max
ISO
12 1/4
12 1/4
12 1/4
12 1/4

lbs
259
453
586
771

lbs
min. max.
510
300
736
425
835
483
660 1082
842 1391
996 1620

load
group
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30

load
group
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30

Type 48

Pipe clamps, OD 26 (ND 650/26), types 44, 48

Type
44 66 51
44 66 52
44 66 53
44 66 54
Type
48 66 51
48 66 52
48 66 53
48 66 54
48 66 55
48 66 56

1130
7.8
15.7
23.8
35.7

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148 1166 1184 1200F
5.1
5.8
6.7
4.5
10.3
11.7
13.7
9.0
15.5
17.7
20.6
13.4
23.3
26.5
31.2
20.2

permissible load (lbs

1130 1148 1166 1184
6.5
7.6
8.7
10.1
16.1 13.9 12.3 10.5
22.2 19.1 16.8 14.3
32.1 28.3 24.5 21.3
48.7 42.0 37.3 31.7
60.0 52.8 45.8 39.8

x 1000)
1200F
5.6
9.0
12.3
17.9
26.9
33.7

d3
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80

28
28
29
30

dN
8 7/8
8 7/8
8 7/8
8 7/8
8 7/8
8 7/8

ER
9
9
11
12 1/4
13
13 3/4

E
3/
8
3/
4
3/
8
3/
8

max
B
5 3/8
10 1/4
8
9 1/4
L

d3
1.60
1.80
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80

min.
49
49
49
49
53
53

max.
81
81
81
81
81
81

max
ISO
12 1/4
12 1/4
12 1/4
12 1/4

lbs
272
485
629
825

lbs
min. max.
657
355
798
478
924
547
703 1177
925 1497
1087 1742

load
group
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
load
group
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30

4.52

SELECTION TABLE
OD 28 - 32, TEMPERATURE 1130 - 1200F
Pipe clamps, OD 28 (ND 700/28), types 44, 48
Type
44 71 51
44 71 52
44 71 53
44 71 54
44 71 55
Type
48 71 51
48 71 52
48 71 53
48 71 54
48 71 55
48 71 56

1130
9.9
15.7
23.8
31.7
41.8

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148 1166 1184 1200F
8.5
5.6
6.5
7.2
13.7
9.0
10.3
11.7
20.6
13.4
15.5
17.7
27.6
17.9
20.9
23.6
36.4
23.6
27.2
31.0

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1130 1148 1166 1184 1200F
d3
6.0
7.2
8.3
9.6
11.0
1.60
9.0
16.1 13.7 12.1 10.3
1.80
24.9 21.3 19.1 16.1 14.1
2.00
31.4 26.9 23.8 20.4 17.9
2.00
48.7 42.4 37.3 31.9 26.9
2.40
62.7 55.3 47.8 41.5 35.0
2.80

d3
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.40
2.80

E
29
29
30
30
31

1/
8
7/
4
3/
8
7/
8
1/
4

max
B
6 1/2
10 5/8
9 1/2
8 1/2
11 1/4

max
ISO
12 1/4
12 1/4
12 1/4
12 1/4
12 1/4

L
dN
8 7/8
8 7/8
8 7/8
8 7/8
8 7/8
8 7/8

ER min.
9
51
9
51
11
51
12 1/4 55
13 1/4 55
14
57

max. min.
82 1/2 388
82 1/2 505
82 1/2 659
82 1/2 772
82 1/2 979
82 1/2 1200

lbs
341
525
680
760
1035

load
group
5-8
6-9
7-10
7-10
8-30

lbs
max.
701
829
1079
1221
1565
1860

load
group
4-7
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30

lbs
374
569
724
981
1290

load
group
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30

lbs
max.
849
970
1235
1442
1795
2355

load
group
4-7
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30

lbs
623
797
1012
1132
1375

load
group
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30

Type 44

Pipe clamps, OD 30 (ND 750/30), types 44, 48

Type
44 76 51
44 76 52
44 76 53
44 76 54
44 76 55
Type

Type 48

48 76 51
48 76 52
48 76 53
48 76 54
48 76 55
48 76 56

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148 1166 1184 1200F
6.5
7.2
8.5
5.6
10.3
11.7
13.7
9.0
15.5
17.7
20.6
13.4
23.3
26.5
31.2
20.2
31.0
35.0
41.3
26.7

d3
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80
2.80

30
31
31
32
32

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1130 1148 1166 1184 1200F d3
6.7 1.60
7.8
9.2
12.1 10.3
9.0 1.80
16.1 14.1 12.3 10.5
23.8 20.4 18.2 15.5 13.4 2.00
31.9 27.4 24.2 20.6 17.9 2.00
48.3 42.4 36.8 32.1 26.9 2.40
71.9 63.6 55.0 47.8 40.4 2.80

dN
9 7/8
9 7/8
9 7/8
9 7/8
9 7/8
9 7/8

ER
10 1/4
10 1/4
12 1/4
13 3/8
13
16 1/8

1130
9.9
15.7
23.8
35.7
47.4

E
3/
8
1/
8
1/
2
1/
8
1/
4

max
B
6 7/8
11
9 5/8
9 7/8
12 1/4

max
ISO
12 1/4
12 1/4
12 1/4
12 1/4
12 1/4

L
max.
90 1/2
90 1/2
90 1/2
90 1/2
90 1/2
90 1/2

min.
59
59
59
59
59
63

min.
553
624
794
906
1120
1537

Pipe clamps, OD 32 (ND 800/32), types 44, 48

Type
44 81 51
44 81 52
44 81 53
44 81 54
44 81 55
Type
48 81 51
48 81 52
48 81 53
48 81 54
48 81 55
48 81 56

4.53

1130
15.7
23.8
33.7
39.8
47.4

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148 1166 1184 1200F
11.7
10.3
13.7
9.0
17.7
15.5
20.6
13.4
24.9
22.0
29.4
19.1
29.4
26.0
34.6
22.4
35.0
31.0
41.3
26.7

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1130 1148 1166 1184 1200F
d3
7.6
9.0
13.7 11.9 10.5
1.80
18.4 16.1 14.1 12.1 10.3
1.80
24.0 20.6 18.4 15.5 13.4
2.00
32.1 27.6 24.5 20.9 17.9
2.00
49.0 42.2 37.3 31.9 26.9
2.40
81.1 70.3 62.0 53.0 44.9
2.80

d3
2.00
2.40
2.80
2.80
2.80

32
33
33
33
33

dN
9 7/8
9 7/8
9 7/8
9 7/8
9 7/8
9 7/8

ER
11
11 3/4
13
13 3/4
13 3/4
17 3/4

E
1/

1/

1/

5/

5/

max
B
11 5/8
10 1/4
9 5/8
11 1/4
13 3/8

max
ISO
12 5/8
12 5/8
12 5/8
12 5/8
12 5/8

L
min.
63
63
63
63
63
63

lbs
max. min.
94 1/2
648
94 1/2
719
94 1/2
873
94 1/2
996
94 1/2 1237
94 1/2 1726

max.
980
1107
1330
1552
1938
2715

load
group
5-8
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30

SELECTION TABLE
OD 36, TEMPERATURE 1130 - 1200F
Pipe clamps, OD 36 (ND 900/36), types 44, 48
Type
44 91 51
44 91 52
44 91 53
44 91 54
44 91 55
Type
48 91 51
48 91 52
48 91 53
48 91 54
48 91 55
48 91 56

1130
15.7
23.8
33.7
39.8
47.4

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1148 1166 1184 1200F
10.3
11.7
13.7
9.0
15.5
17.7
20.6
13.4
22.0
24.9
29.4
19.1
26.0
29.4
34.6
22.4
31.0
35.0
41.3
26.7

permissible load (lbs x 1000)

1130 1148 1166 1184 1200F
9.0
15.9 14.1 12.1 10.5
24.2 20.6 18.4 15.7 13.4
32.1 27.4 24.2 20.6 17.9
56.4 49.6 43.1 37.5 31.4
81.6 70.1 62.2 53.0 44.9
96.4 84.9 73.7 64.0 53.9

d3
2.00
2.40
2.80
2.80
2.80

max
B
12
10 7/8
10
12 1/4
14 1/8

E
34 1/4
35 1/4
35 5/8
36
35 7/8

max
ISO
12 5/8
12 5/8
12 5/8
12 5/8
12 5/8

L
d3
1.80
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80
2.80

ER
11 3/4
13
13 3/4
15 1/8
18 1/2
17 3/4

dN
11
11
11
11
11
11

min.
67
67
67
67
71
71

lbs
718
903
1129
1308
1556
lbs

max.
98 1/2
98 1/2
98 1/2
98 1/2
98 1/2
98 1/2

min.
774
908
1115
1495
2022
2297

max.
1153
1390
1733
2300
2970
3310

load
group
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
load
group
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30

Type 44

Type 48

LIFT-OFF RESTRAINT FOR

CLAMP BASES TYPE 49
Lift-off restraint for clamp
bases type 49
Type 49 00 01 to 49 00 04

Type
49 00 01
49 00 01
49 00 01
49 00 01
49 00 01
49 00 02
49 00 02
49 00 02
49 00 02
49 00 02
49 00 03
49 00 04

for clamp bases

49 01 11 to
49 01 12 to
49 01 25 to
49 01 35 to
49 01 45 to
49 19 13 to
49 16 14 to
49 13 25 to
49 07 35 to
49 13 45 to
49 36 13 to
49 56 13 to

49 17 11
49 14 12
49 11 25
49 06 35
49 11 45
49 32 13
49 32 14
49 32 25
49 32 35
49 32 45
49 51 45
49 91 45

1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
4

3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
1/
8
1/
8
1/
8
1/
8
1/
8
1/
8
3/
8

5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
1/
4
1/
4
1/
4
1/
4
1/
4
3/
4

1
1
1
1
1
1
2

1
1
1
1
1
2
3

7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
1/
8
1/
8

t
5/
16
5/
16
5/
16
5/
16
5/
16
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
5/
8

a
weight/pair
leg length
(lbs)
3/
0.2
16
3/
0.2
16
3/
0.2
16
3/
0.2
16
3/
0.2
16
1/
0.6
4
1/
0.6
4
1/
0.6
4
1/
0.6
4
1/
0.6
4
5/
1.5
16
7/
4.0
16

The permissible occasional

lift-off load of the clamp
bases are 10% of the
catalog load.

Order details:
Lift-off restraint
Type 49 00 ..

4.54

CONNECTING PLATES
TYPE 77
Connecting plates for
coupling pipe clamps
Type 43
Type 77 09 39 to 77 19 39
Twice the specified load is
possible by coupling two
pipe clamps with Type 77.

Order details:
Connecting plate
Type 77 .. 39

Type

for clamps

77 09 39
77 17 39
77 19 39

43 01 19 up to 43 09 59
43 10 19 up to 43 17 59
43 19 19 up to 43 19 39, 43 19 59

Connecting plates for

coupling pipe clamps
Type 44, up to 1110F

load group

d3

D-5
3-6
4-7

1.00
1.34
1.80

2 1/2
2 3/4
3 1/2

3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2

weight
(lbs)
1.8
2.6
5.1

Type 60

Type 77 22 .. to 77 91 ..
Type designation of connecting
plates: the figures 44 of clamps to
be coupled are to be replaced by 77
e.g. connecting plate for
type 44 66 38
77 66 38.
 The load group for the upper
connection (Type 60) is to be
given when ordering

Order details:
Connecting plate
Type 77 .. .., load group ...

4.55

Type
77 22 .. up to 77 27 ..
77 32 .. up to 77 37 ..
77 41 .. up to 77 46 ..
77 51 .. up to 77 56 ..
77 61 .. up to 77 91 ..

load group 
5-10
5-30
6-30
7-50
7-50

d1
min max
2.37
1.30
2.76
1.30
2.76
1.58
3.55
1.78
3.55
1.78

E
5
5
5
7
7

3/
8
1/
2
1/
2
7/
8
1/
2

Bmax
7 1/8
8 7/8
10 7/8
11 7/8
12 3/4

weight
(lbs)
22-51
24-70
35-115
66-165
68-181

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

LISEGA pipe clamps and clamp bases are

supplied ready for use complete with all bolting required. The standard surface treatment
is outlined in Technical Specifications, page
0.11.
For safe operation and rational installation
the following points should be observed.
If stored in the open, components should be
protected from dirt and water.
Horizontal clamp type 42
This pipe clamp is used as a horizontal clamp
with eye nut type 60. When tightening bolting it must be ensured that the halves are
parallel to each other. Counter nuts are to
be used.
Horizontal clamp type 43
With this horizontal clamp, connection is
made via a separate connecting pin, with eye
nut type 60. It has to be made sure that the
pin is secured by the cotter pin provided.
Otherwise, proceed as with type 42.
Horizontal clamp type 44, U-bolt/strap
These horizontal clamps consist of an upper
part with connecting lug and, depending on
load or temperature range, of a U-bolt with
an inlay plate or strap as lower part. For
installation, the preassembled lower part is
taken off by loosening the fastening nuts or
removing the connecting pins. The upper
part is seated on top of the pipe and the
lower part fitted by screwing the U-bolt on or
pinning the flat steel strap on. After adjusting
the clamp, the connections are tightened.
The U-bolts are secured by counter nuts and
the flat steel straps by tab washers for the
hexagon nuts.
Pipe clamp type 44, over 1110F [600C]
These clamps consist of a yoke with connecting lug and restraint, as well as a flat steel
strap for the lower part. To install, the
restraint and strap are taken off by removing
the outer threaded rods and connecting
bolts.
The upper part is then fitted into the hanger.
The restraint and strap are fitted again, bolted on, and the threaded rods mounted.
All parts are to be checked for secure fit.

Riser clamp type 45

During installation, care must be taken to
place the spacers between the clamp halves
at the bolting. The bolting has to be tightened and secured by counter nuts.
The clamp is mounted via the other supporting pins, which are secured by washers and
cotter pins. The clamp is to be adjusted to
the height indicated by tightening the supporting boltings so that it is form fitted for
load actuation onto the shear lugs.
Riser clamp type 46
This clamp is supplied loose, sealed in plastic
foil.
For installation we recommend hanging the
front plates  in the supports first. The parts
to be tightened should be set at their lowest
level. Afterwards both side plates  can be
inserted in the intake slot. With heavy
clamps, the other side should be momentarily supported. Then the top plates  for
the shear lugs can be fitted and bolted on
by adjusting and tightening the preassembled securing plates .
By tightening the hanging parts the clamp is
to be adjusted to the height indicated and
form fitted for load actuation onto the shear
lugs.

Type 44 with U-bolt

Type 44 with strap




Type 44 over 1110F [600C]

 Type 46

4.56

Riser clamp type 48

This clamp is supplied loose, sealed in plastic
foil.

Type 49 .. .1 and 49 .. .2

First, one of the side plates  should be

prepared using threaded rods . For installation, both side plates are to be seated on
the trunnions and connected by the rods,
and the nuts only lightly tightened.

If required, the base plate may be welded

to the supporting surface.




Type 49 .. .3, 4

 Type 48

Type 49 .. .3, 4, 5

For heavy clamps, support with wooden

blocks or ropes is required.
The front plates  are now fitted into the
intake slots and connected to the hanging
parts. Secure connection of the front and
side plates is made by adjusting and tightening the preassembled securing plates .
By tightening the supports the clamp is to
be adjusted to the height indicated and
form fitted for load actuation to the trunnions.

4.57

Clamp bases type 49

LISEGA clamp bases are sliding supports,
connected to the pipe by clamping tension.
During installation it is essential that the
base plate lies flush and can glide unobstructed over the given stretches.

According to the particular field of application, different designs are used with regard
to support height, pipe diameter, support load
and operating temperature. The following
points are hereby to be observed:
Type 49 .. .1 and 49 .. .2
This clamp base consists of two halves to be
fitted to each side of the pipes. The cornered
ends form the base plate. In the lower
part, both halves are firmly connected to
each other by bolting. Through clamping
tension, the upper bolting secures the
clamp base against slipping.
Type 49 .. .3 and 49 .. .5
The foot of this clamp base forms a solid
support into which the pipe can be fitted.
The upper part, providing clamping tension,
consists of half a clamp and is to be securely
bolted.

PIPE BEARING AND SADDLE COMPONENTS

5
PRODUCT
GROUP

PIPE BEARINGS
AND SADDLE COMPONENTS
CONTENTS

PAGE

Roller bearings, type 51 to 53______________________________________ 5.1

Cylinder roller bearings, type 51 .. 19 ______________________________ 5.3

Double taper roller bearings, single, type 52 .. 19 ____________________ 5.3

Double taper roller bearings, movable, type 52 .. 29 __________________ 5.3
Double cylinder roller bearings, type 53 .. 19 ________________________ 5.4

Double cylinder roller bearings, type 53 .. 29 ________________________ 5.4

Pipe saddle for welding on, type 54 .. 19____________________________ 5.5
Pipe saddle with pipe clamp, type 54 .. 29 __________________________ 5.5

Support tray with pipe clamp, type 54 .. 39 __________________________ 5.6

Lift-off restraint, type 55 .. 19 ______________________________________ 5.6

Insulated pipe supports, type 56 __________________________________ 5.7

Cold block pipe supports, type 56 ________________________________ 5.10
Weld-on pipe shoes, type 57 .. 11 and 57 .. 12 ____________________ 5.11

PRODUCT
GROUP

Stanchions for horizontal pipes, type 58 ..1. and 58 .. 2.______________ 5.12

Stanchions for short radius elbows
(R OD), type 58 .. 1. and 58 .. 2. ________________________________ 5.13
Stanchions for long radius elbows
(R 1.5OD), type 58 .. 1. and 58 .. 2. ______________________________ 5.14
Stanchions, type 58 ____________________________________________ 5.15

6
7

Elbow pads, type 58 .. 3. ________________________________________ 5.15

8
9
5.0

ROLLER BEARINGS
TYPE 51 TO 53
Piping systems arranged
horizontally over long
stretches are placed on
supports. To allow normal
thermal movement, the
support points are designed
as either sliding or roller
types.

LISEGA Standard Roller Bearings

& Pipe Saddles
These items are standardized in LISEGA
Product Group 5 for a wide range of applications.

For larger diameter piping

and especially when fluids
and insulation produce high
loads, roller bearings provide the optimum solution.

Specification and design of roller bearings

In the design of standard components, practical requirements find special consideration.

For applications outside the standard range,

special designs can be offered.

The standard roller bearing is hot-dip galvanized and provides optimum corrosion protection. Except for the movable double cylinder
roller bearing Type 53 .. 29, weldings have
been dispensed with.
The bearing axles are made from austenitic
material and have a polished surface.
The slide bearings incorporate bushings made
from a Teflon bronze sintered compound material fitted into the roller. The bearings are
maintenance free and guarantee dry running
qualities. The formed shoulder of each bushing
minimizes the stick-slip drag effect on lateral
loading. The bearing axles are permanently
fixed in the middle section of the base. Special locking on the side bracket is not required.
The rollers are made from high tensile carbon
steel. Their outer surfaces are machined.

To compensate for misaligned anchor bolts,

on site, the base holes are slotted for additional adjustment.
The height dimensions (E) within a load group
range are identical for all roller bearings, including the lateral movement type.
Information regarding material codes, standards, calculations and weldings are given
in the Technical Specification on page 0.9
and 0.10
Manufacture and Storing
For frequently used items, efficient serial production and stocking can be achieved through
standardization.
Modern order logistics is possible through a
single fabrication process or in small lots,
thus ensuring short fabrication and delivery
times.
Technical Data for Roller Bearings
rolling resistance of the rollers max 4%
rolling resistance on lateral movement
max 4%
temperature range at nominal load
-22F to 176F [-30C to 80C]
permissible lateral loading 35% of
nominal load
permissible lift-off load 10% of
nominal load

5.1

5
The special design and quality of manufacture provide the following application
benefits:
maintenance of minimum roll
resistance (max 4%)
takeover of realistic lateral loading
for double taper and double cylinder
roller bearings (35% of the support
load)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
Roller Bearings
The roller bearings can be fixed by simple
bolt connections or welded to the contact
surface of the pipe support. In each case the
complete width of the base plate must be
supported and secured.
Due to the slotted holes, roller bearings can
easily be adjusted even with slightly misaligned anchor bolts.
Pipe Saddles
Welded pipe saddles are supplied coated with
a weldable primer (1.18 mil [30m]) (see
Technical Specification page 0.10).

whole support load can be carried

by just one roller of the double
cylinder type
absorption of lateral displacements by
sideways sliding designs
simple and safe design of lift-off
restraints
use of pipe saddles enables favorable
load transfer into the pipe wall
design of pipe saddles minimizes
heat transfer
hot dip galvanized corrosion protection
for all roller bearings
maintenance free operation

Care must be taken that the specified minimum weld size is applied.
Pipe saddles with clamps are supplied ready
to install.
Care must be taken to ensure the correct positioning and adequate presetting of the bolts.
Lift-off restraints
When installing the lift-off restraint plate, care
must be taken to ensure that the gap between plate and roller is sufficient for normal
movement along the whole travel range.

stainless steel roller axle

Teflon bronze compound bushes
large range of sizes (OD 23/8 inch
OD 53 inch [OD 60mm OD
1350mm])
large load range (max support load
27 kips [120kN])
short support height (see selection
chart for E dimension)

5.2

Single cylinder
roller bearing
type 51 08 19 to 51 35 19

Load FN
(lbs x 1000)
51 08 19
1.8
51 16 19
3.6
51 35 19
7.9

A1

A2

31/2
43/4
53/4

23/4
37/8
43/4

31/8
37/8
51/8

2
23/8
33/8

13/8
21/8
23/8

23/8
3
33/4

Type

Order details:
Type 51 .. 19

a
13/

16

15/

16

3/
8
1/
2
9/
16

3/
16
1/
4
3/
8

Weight
(lbs)
2.6
5.2
12.2

Double taper roller bearing

(single)
type 52 04 19 to 52 35 19

 E = 1.064 R +x

Order details:
Type 52 .. 19

Load FN
(lbs x 1000)
52 04 19
0.9
52 08 19
1.8
52 16 19
3.6
52 35 19
7.9
Type

R
11/8
31/4
43/8
53/8

- 37/8
- 51/8
- 61/2
-9

A
41/8
53/8
61/2
9

31/2
37/8
43/4
61/4

23/4
33/8
37/8
53/8

E
min. max.
31/4 61/4
6
8
71/2 97/8
93/4 135/8

21/8
3
31/2
51/8

23/4
3
31/2
43/4

13/
16
13/
16
15/
16

3/
8
3/
8
1/
2
9/
16

3/
16
1/
4
5/
16
1/
2

21/8
21/2
27/8
4

41/8
43/4
51/2
71/8

23/4
3
31/2
43/4

13/
16
13/
16
15/
16

3/

3/

1/

9/

16

Weight
(lbs)
4.0
7.2
12.0
30.8

Double taper roller

bearing (sideways movable)
type 52 04 29 to 52 35 29

travel 2 inch

 E = 1.064 R +x

Order details:
Type 52 .. 29

5.3

Load FN
(lbs x 1000)
11/8
0.9
52 04 29
1.8
31/4
52 08 29
3.6
43/8
52 16 29
7.9
53/8
52 35 29
Type

R
- 37/8
- 51/8
- 61/2
-9

61/8
71/4
81/2
11

31/2
37/8
43/4
61/4

23/4
33/8
37/8
53/8

E
min. max.
31/4 61/4
6
8
71/2 97/8
93/4 135/8

3/
16
1/
4
5/
16
1/
2

x
21/8
21/2
27/8
4

Weight
(lbs)
4.4
8.0
13.2
34.2

5
E

DOUBLE CYLINDER ROLLER BEARING

TYPE 53

Load FN
(lbs x 1000)
1.8 11/8
53 08 19
3.6 33/8
53 16 19
7.9 67/8
53 35 19
53 60 19 13.5 97/8
53 12 19 27.0 153/4
Type

R
-

71/2
121/4
173/8
201/2
265/8

A1

A2

81/4
121/4
161/2
191/4
243/8

71/2
111/4
145/8
167/8
205/8

31/8
37/8
51/8
57/8
71/8

21/2
31/2
43/8
53/8
61/2

E
min. max.
27/8 91/2
53/8 143/4
91/2 201/2
13
241/4
191/2 31

F
51/2
9
125/8
145/8
181/8

23/8 13/16
15/
3
16
1
/
3 2 1
37/8 11/4
41/2 11/4

3/
8
1/
2
9/
16
11/
16
7/
8

3/
16
1/
4
3/
8
1/
2
11/
16

x Weight
(lbs)
15/8
5.6
13/4 12.2
21/8 30.8
21/2 50.8
23/4 105.8

Double cylinder roller

bearing
type 53 08 19 to 53 12 19

 E = 1.064 R+x

Order details:
Type 53 .. 19
Double cylinder roller
bearing (sideways movable)
type 53 08 29 to 53 12 29

A + travel s 

Load FN
Type
(lbs x 1000)
53 08 29
1.8 11/8
53 16 29
3.6 33/8
53 35 29
7.9 67/8
53 60 29 13.5 97/8
53 12 29 27.0 153/4

R
-

71/2
121/4
173/8
201/2
265/8

A
101/4
133/4
183/4
207/8
271/2

B
81/4
113/4
161/8
181/4
25

C
2
2
23/8
23/4
31/8

d
3/
8
1/
2
9/
16
11/
16
7/
8

E
F
G
min. max.
27/8 9 1/2 53/4 6 1/2
53/8 143/4 61/4 7 1/4
91/2 201/2 81/2 9 5/8
13 241/4 97/8 113/8
191/2 31
123/8 141/8

 E = 1.064 R+x

21/2
31/2
43/8
51/8
61/4

23/8

1/
4
1/
4
1/
4
3/
8
3/
8

3
37/8
43/4
53/4

Weight
x
(lbs)
15/8 13.2
13/4 22.0
21/8 50.8
21/2 77.2
23/4 154.0

 Travel s = 4235/8inch
 Center fixing point from
Travel s = 117/8inch
Weight at s = 4inch

Order details:
Type 53 .. 29
with s = ...inch

5.4

WELD-ON PIPE SADDLES

TYPE 54
Weld-on pipe saddle
type 54 06 19 to 54 81 19
OD

OD

Up to
OD 16

From
OD 20

L=12

 Load at pipe
temperature 302F.

Order details:
Type 54 .. 19
R = ...inch

Type
54 06 19
54 08 19
54 09 19
54 11 19
54 14 19
54 17 19
54 19 19
54 22 19
54 27 19
54 32 19
54 36 19
54 41 19
54 51 19
54 61 19
54 71 19
54 81 19

Pipe saddle with

pipe clamp
type 54 06 29 to 54 81 29

Load FN
(lbs x 1000) 
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.9
0.9
1.1
1.8
2.7
4.5
4.5
8.5
11.2
14.6
22.5
27.0

OD
2.37
3.00
3.50
4.50
5.50
6.63
7.63
8.63
10.75
12.75
14.00
16.00
20.00
24.00
28.00
32.00

31/8
31/2
33/4
43/8
43/4
53/8
57/8
61/4
71/2
81/2
9
10
123/4
143/4
167/8
187/8

leg length
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
1/
4
1/
4
1/
4
1/
4
5/
16
5/
16
5/
16
3/
8
3/
8

71/8
71/2
75/8
81/4
85/8
91/4
97/8
101/4
113/8
123/8
13
14
163/8
181/4
201/2
221/2

s
1/

1/

1/

1/

8
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
1/
4
3/
8
1/
2
1/
2
9/
16
3/
8
1/
2
9/
16
13/
16

Weight
(lbs)
3.0 - 7.8
3.4 - 8.2
3.4 - 8.4
3.4 - 8.8
4.4 - 11.0
6.6 - 14.4
6.6 - 15.0
8.8 - 17.6
14.8 - 29.8
21.2 - 39.6
22.0 - 39.6
28.6 - 55.2
22.0 - 35.2
26.4 - 46.2
35.2 - 57.4
41.8 - 72.8

OD

OD

Up to
OD 16

From
OD 20

L=12

 Load at pipe
temperature 302F.

Order details:
Type 54 .. 29
R = ...inch

5.5

Type
54 06 29
54 08 29
54 09 29
54 11 29
54 14 29
54 17 29
54 19 29
54 22 29
54 27 29
54 32 29
54 36 29
54 41 29
54 51 29
54 61 29
54 71 29
54 81 29

Load FN
(lbs x 1000) 
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.9
0.9
1.1
1.8
2.7
4.5
4.5
8.5
11.2
14.6
22.5
27.0

OD
2.37
3.00
3.50
4.50
5.50
6.63
7.63
8.63
10.75
12.75
14.00
16.00
20.00
24.00
28.00
32.00

R
31/8
31/2
33/4
43/8
43/4
53/8
57/8
61/4
71/2
81/2
9
10
123/4
143/4
167/8
187/8

71/8
71/2
75/8
81/4
85/8
91/4
97/8
101/4
113/8
123/8
13
14
163/8
181/4
201/2
221/2

15/8
15/8
15/8
2
2
2
2
2
23/8
23/8
23/8
23/4
23/4
31/2
31/2
31/2

1/
8
1/
8
1/
8
1/
8
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
1/
4
3/
8
1/
2
1/
2
9/
16
3/
8
1/
2
9/
16
13/
16

Weight
(lbs)
5.6 - 10.6
6.2 - 12.8
6.8 - 13.2
11.0 - 15.4
13.2 - 19.8
15.4 - 26.4
17.6 - 28.6
19.8 - 33.0
33.0 - 44.0
41.8 - 57.4
46.2 - 66.2
66.2 - 88.2
70.6 - 83.8
139.0 - 159.0
165.0 - 190.0
185.0 - 216.0

PIPE TRAY WITH PIPE CLAMPS TYPE 54

LIFT-OFF RESTRAINT TYPE 55

Pipe tray with pipe clamps

type 54 06 39 to 54 81 39
OD

90

Type
54 06 39
54 08 39
54 09 39
54 11 39
54 14 39
54 17 39
54 19 39
54 22 39
54 27 39
54 32 39
54 36 39
54 41 39
54 51 39
54 61 39
54 71 39
54 81 39

Load FN
(lbs x 1000)
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.9
0.9
1.2
1.8
2.3
3.4
4.5
7.9
9.0
13.5
18.0
22.5

L=12

OD

2.37
3.00
3.50
4.50
5.50
6.63
7.63
8.63
10.75
12.75
14.00
16.00
20.00
24.00
28.00
32.00

1 3/8
1 5/8
1 7/8
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
4 5/8
5 5/8
6 3/4
7 3/8
8 3/8
10 3/8
12 1/2
14 5/8
16 5/8

Weight
(lbs)
3.5
4.5
5.5
10.5
12.0
13.0
14.5
16.5
24.5
31.0
35.5
53.0
61.5
123.0
150.0
165.0

s
1/

1/

3/

16

3/

16

3/

16

3/

16

3/

16

1/

1/

5/

16

3/

3/

3/

1/

9/

16

9/

16

Order details:
Type 54 .. 39
Lift-off restraint
type 55 08 19 to 55 12 19

OD

L=12

Type
55 08 19
55 16 19
55 35 19
55 60 19
55 12 19

compatible with
roller bearing, type
53 08 19
53 16 19
53 35 19
53 60 19
53 12 19

8 7/8
13 1/4
17 7/8
22
27 1/2

31/8
37/8
51/8
57/8
71/8

R
11/8
33/8
67/8
97/8
153/4

71/2
121/4
173/8
201/2
265/8

Order details:
Type 55 .. 19
for type 54 .. .9
R = ...inch

5.6

INSULATED PIPE SUPPORTS

TYPE 56
Pipe Supports for Cryogenic Applications
LISEGA offer a complete range of insulated
pipe supports for all types of cryogenic piping
applications. Typically, these include industrial
processes involving the production, transportation and distribution of liquefied gases
including methane, propane, butane (LNG),
ethylene, oxygen, nitrogen and ammonia (LPG).
LISEGA standard insulated pipe supports are
designed in accordance with recognized engineering specifications and international standards for pipes ranging in size from OD 0.84
inch [21.3mm] to OD 36 inch [914mm] with
insulation thicknesses from 1 inch [25mm]
up to 10 inch [250mm]. The supports are
manufactured using materials suitable for
the loads specified and for temperatures
ranging from ambient to 321F [196C].

Insulation Material
The insulation material that forms an integral
part of the insulated pipe support assembly
is manufactured using fire-retarding highdensity polyurethane (PUF) foam. For the
supply of the PUF components and consumables, LISEGA have
formed an alliance with Bains Harding
Industries Pty. Ltd., Australia. With more than
twenty five years experience in industrial
insulation, the company has extensive
experience in the manufacture of rigid
polyurethane insulation materials including
highdensity moulded products and provide
construction and maintenance services to
the liquefied natural gas industry (LNG) in
Australia and South East Asia.
PUF Manufacture
The PUF is monolithically molded in heavy
duty steel molds under carefully controlled
temperature and humidity conditions. This
ensures compliance with dimensional specifications and provides clean, sharp edges
that fit neatly with the adjacent line insulation material on site. Careful attention is
given to the curing of the PUF after molding
to ensure dimensional stability.

5.7

Both single and multilayer PUF cradle

systems are manufactured in accordance
with ASTM C-585 and incorporate stepped
radial and offset longitudinal joints. This provides a reliable interlocking interface with
each layer of the adjacent line insulation on
site and prevents a direct vapor path to the
insulation surface.
All exposed PUF cradle surfaces are sealed
with cryogenic fire-retarding elastomeric vapor
barrier mastic to prevent moisture ingress.
A laminated aluminum/polyester foil is bonded to the outermost surface of the PUF
cradle assembly. This has an overlap allowance designed to cover the adjacent line
insulation material on site. Finally, a sheet
metal jacket forms part of the PUF cradle
assembly and fits over the aluminum/polyester foil to provide additional support and
insulation protection.
The PUF cradles are available in three standard densities to
provide for varying
load requirements
10 lbs/ft3 [160 kg/m3],
14 lbs/ft3 [224 kg/m3],
20 lbs/ft3 [320 kg/m3].

5
Material properties of insulation
Unit
Density
Compressive strength
Linear coefficient of
expansion
Closed cell content
Thermal conductivity

Steel Clamp Base

LISEGA standard insulated pipe supports are
designed to clamp onto the pipe mechanically.
The steel clamp base support that the PUF
cradle assembly fits into is manufactured
from carbon steel and supplied with a hot
dip galvanized finish as standard.
Material grades, welding and surface treatment
are in accordance with the LISEGA standard
specifications shown on pages 0.9 and 0.10
of the catalog.

Nominal thickness
Type
of insulation (inch)
88 06 3. 3
88 07 3. 4
88 09 3. 5
88 11 3. 6
7
8
10

lbs/ft3
68F lbs/inch2
-265F
1/F
%
68F Btu inch/
-265F (HR ft2 F)

Test
standard
ASTM
D1622
ASTM
D1621
BS 4370
ASTM
D2856
ASTM
C177

14

10

20

580  1015

290 
834  1777

533 
-6
-6
 38.9x10-6  38.9x10  38.9x10


90

 0.222
 0.146

90 

90

 0.243  0.284
 0.187  0.236

Thickness
of layering (inch)
1.5 / 1.5
2/2
1/2/2
2/2/2
2/3/2
2/4/2
2/2/4/2

The quality control system employed by LISEGA

in the manufacture and assembly of pipe
supports is described on page 0.15. The inspection and test procedure includes a trial
fitting of each pipe support to a suitable
section of pipe to ensure compliance with
the specification.

5.8

CRYOGENIC CLAMP BASES

TYPE 56 .. 10 TO 56 .. 69
Cryogenic clamp bases
Type 56 01 10 to 56 91 69

9
12
171/2
231/2
311/2

Width of the
clamp base B
4
6
8
12
16
20

sheet metal jacket

2 3/4
>9
>12
>17 1/2
>23 1/2
>31 1/2

OD

C minus 3/4

 61/4

Type
56 01 ..
56 02 ..
56 03 ..
56 06 ..
56 09 ..
56 11 ..
56 17 ..
56 22 ..
56 27 ..
56 32 ..
56 36 ..
56 41 ..
56 46 ..
56 51 ..
56 56 ..
56 61 ..
56 66 ..
56 71 ..
56 76 ..
56 81 ..
56 91 ..

Permissible load
(lbs x 1000) at 275F [-170C] 

Table of outer diameter D of the insulation (excluding sheet metal jacket)

Nominal insulation thickness
OD
0.84
1.06
1.33
2.37
3.50
4.50
6.63
8.63
10.75
12.75
14.00
16.00
18.00
20.00
22.00
24.00
26.00
28.00
30.00
32.00
36.00

1
2 3/4
3
3 1/4
4 3/8
5 1/2
6 1/2
8 5/8
10 5/8
12 3/4

11/2
4
4 1/4
4 1/2
5 1/2
6 5/8
7 5/8
9 3/4
11 3/4
13 7/8
15 7/8

2
4 3/4
5
5 1/4
6 1/4
7 1/2
8 3/8
10 1/2
12 1/2
14 5/8
16 3/4
18

3
7 1/8
7 3/8
7 5/8
8 5/8
9 3/4
10 3/4
12 7/8
14 7/8
17
19
20 3/8
22 1/4

4
8 3/4
8 7/8
9 1/4
10 1/4
11 3/8
12 3/8
14 1/2
16 1/2
18 5/8
20 5/8
21 7/8
23 7/8
25 7/8
27 7/8
29 7/8
31 7/8
33 7/8
35 7/8
37 7/8
39 7/8
43 7/8

11 1/4
11 5/8
12 5/8
13 3/4
14 3/4
16 7/8
18 7/8
21
23
24 1/4
26 1/4
28 1/4
30 1/4
32 1/4
34 1/4
36 1/4
38 1/4
40 1/4
42 1/4
46 1/4

14 1/8
15 3/8
16 1/4
18 3/8
20 3/8
22 1/2
24 5/8
25 7/8
27 3/4
29 3/4
31 3/4
33 7/8
35 7/8
37 3/4
39 3/4
41 3/4
43 7/8
47 3/4

17 5/8
18 5/8
20 3/4
22 3/4
24 7/8
26 7/8
28 1/4
30 1/8
32 1/8
34 1/8
36 1/8
38 1/4
40 1/8
42 1/8
44 1/8
46 1/8
50 1/8

6th digit of type designation

20 1/4
22 3/8
24 3/8
26 1/2
28 1/2
29 3/4
31 3/4
33 3/4
35 3/4
37 3/4
39 3/4
41 3/4
43 3/4
45 3/4
47 3/4
51 3/4

10

24 1/8
26 1/4
28 1/4
30 3/8
32 1/2
33 3/4
35 5/8
37 5/8
39 5/8
41 3/4
43 3/4
45 5/8
47 5/8
49 5/8
51 3/4
55 5/8

0.52
0.65
0.83
1.51
2.20
2.70
4.05
5.40
6.74
8.09
8.77
10.10
11.20
12.50
13.90
15.00
16.40
17.70
18.80
20.20
22.40

..
..
..
..

 Maximum lateral loading 30% of vertical load

5.9

1.
2.
4.
6.

Length
Length
Length
Length

C:
C:
C:
C:

12;
20;
20;
20;

density
density
density
density

23.60
26.90
30.30
33.70 59.50
37.00 65.10
40.40 71.90
43.80 77.50
47.20 83.10
50.50 89.90
53.90 95.50
61.80 107.90

5th digit of type designation

56 .. .0 56 .. .1 56 .. .2 56 .. .3 56 .. .4 56 .. .5 56 .. .6 56 .. .7 56 .. .8 56 .. .9 56 .. 1.
..
..
..
..

0.52
0.65
0.83
1.51
2.20
4.72
6.97
8.99
11.20
13.40
14.60
16.80
18.80
21.10
22.40
24.70
26.90
29.20
31.40
33.70
37.00

of
of
of
of

insulation
insulation
insulation
insulation

10
10
14
20

lb/ft3
lb/ft3
lb/ft3
lb/ft3

56 .. 2.

56 .. 4. 56 .. 6.

COLD BLOCK PIPE SUPPORTS

TYPE 56 .. 91
Pipe Supports for Cryogenic Applications
LISEGA standard cold block supports are designed in accordance with recognized engineering specifications and international standards for pipes ranging in size from OD 0.84
inch [21.3mm] to OD 36 inch [914mm]. The
supports are manufactured using materials
that are suitable for the loads specified and
temperatures ranging from ambient to
321F [196C].

Steel Clamp Bases

LISEGA standard cold block pipe supports are
designed to mechanically clamp onto the pipe.
The steel clamp base support is manufactured
from stainless steel and is supplied self-color
as standard. The cold block is bolted between
the underside of the clamp base and a carbon
steel base plate. Material grades, welding and
surface treatment are in accordance with the
LISEGA standard specifications.

Cold Block Material

The cold block insulation material forming
an integral part of the cold block pipe support
assembly is designed to provide a sufficient
thermal insulation barrier between the pipe
operating at subzero temperatures and the
supporting structure that is at ambient temperature.

Other pipe support configurations can be supplied (pipe support stanchions, cradles, anchors)
on request.

LISEGA standard cold block supports incorporate Lignostone densified wood blocks
that are manufactured from selected beech
veneers, impregnated under vacuum with
thermosetting synthetic resin and densified
under heat and pressure. The Lignostone
blocks combine high strength with low thermal conductivity, have proven cryogenic
capability and are used exclusively for cold
pipe applications throughout the world.

LISEGA cold block pipe supports are supplied

fully assembled and packed to protect the finished product from superficial damage and moisture ingress during storage and transportation.

Alternative cold block insulation materials

suitable for cryogenic applications are available on request.

Temperature
F
Thermal
Btu inch /
conductivity (HR ft2 F)

Type
56 01 91
56 02 91
56 03 91
56 06 91
56 09 91
56 11 91
56 17 91
56 22 91
56 27 91
56 32 91
56 36 91
56 41 91
56 46 91
56 51 91
56 56 91
56 61 91
56 66 91
56 71 91
56 76 91
56 81 91
56 91 91

OD
0.84
1.06
1.33
2.37
3.50
4.50
6.63
8.63
10.75
12.75
14.00
16.00
18.00
20.00
22.00
24.00
26.00
28.00
30.00
32.00
36.00

permissible load
(lbs x 1000) 
0.29
0.36
0.47
0.83
1.24
1.60
2.25
2.92
3.82
4.50
4.95
5.62
6.29
6.97
7.64
8.54
9.22
9.89
10.57
11.24
12.81

LISEGA cold block pipe supports are supplied

with detailed installation instructions. Each pipe
support is clearly marked in accordance with
the LISEGA Type Designation System.

+68

-148

-292

OD

-321

2.144 1.686 1.422 1.381

67/8
67/8
67/8
67/8
67/8
67/8
67/8
91/2
91/2
141/8
141/8
141/8
161/8
173/8
191/4
191/4
231/4
231/4
231/4
231/4
271/8

77/8
77/8
77/8
77/8
77/8
77/8
77/8
77/8
77/8
153/4
153/4
153/4
153/4
153/4
153/4
153/4
153/4
153/4
153/4
153/4
153/4

37/8
37/8
37/8
37/8
37/8
57/8
57/8
57/8
57/8
57/8
57/8
57/8
57/8
57/8
57/8
57/8
57/8
57/8
57/8
57/8
57/8

43/8
41/2
45/8
51/8
55/8
81/8
91/4
101/4
111/4
121/4
127/8
137/8
147/8
157/8
167/8
177/8
187/8
197/8
207/8
217/8
237/8

27/8
31/8
31/4
45/8
51/2
71/4
83/4
101/8
123/8
137/8
143/4
171/4
183/4
203/4
231/2
251/4
271/8
291/8
311/8
331/4
371/8

1 3/8
1 5/8
1 5/8
2 1/4
2 3/4
3 5/8
4 3/8
5 1/8
6 1/4
7
7 3/8
8 5/8
9 3/8
10 3/8
11 3/4
12 5/8
13 5/8
14 5/8
15 5/8
16 5/8
18 5/8

3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4

J
53/8
53/8
53/8
53/8
53/8
53/8
53/8
77/8
77/8
125/8
125/8
125/8
145/8
153/4
173/4
173/4
215/8
215/8
215/8
215/8
255/8

Length=B

 permissible loads at
cryogenic temperature

5.10

WELD-ON PIPE SHOES

TYPE 57 .. 11 AND 57 .. 12
Weld-on pipe shoes made
from T/C section
For use with small pipe
loads and temperature
 175F [80C]
type 57 .. 11 to 57 .. 12

Material: carbon steel

Surface: primer
Type designation:
57 .. 11 (T Shoe)
57 .. 12 (C Shoe)


2

 Field weld For the weld

size and permissible loads

specified, the stress in the
weld is less than 7.25 ksi
[50 N/mm2].

Order details:
Weld-on pipe shoe
type 57 .. 1.

5.11

Type
57 03 11
57 03 11
57 03 11
57 03 11
57 03 11
57 07 11
57 07 11
57 07 11
57 07 11
57 13 11
57 13 11
57 13 11
57 13 11
57 13 11
57 13 11
57 24 12
57 24 12
57 24 12
57 24 12
57 24 12
57 36 12
57 36 12
57 36 12
57 42 12
57 42 12
57 42 12
57 51 12
57 51 12
57 61 12
57 61 12

Load F [lbsx1000]
at 175F
0.22
0.22
0.22
0.22
0.22
0.34
0.34
0.34
0.34
0.45
0.45
0.45
0.45
0.45
0.45
1.35
1.35
1.35
1.35
1.35
1.80
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.70
3.37
3.37
4.50
4.50

OD

a
leg length

0.84
1.06
1.33
1.67
1.90
2.37
2.87
3.00
3.50
4.25
4.50
5.25
5.50
6.25
6.63
7.63
8.63
9.63
10.50
10.75
12.75
14.00
14.50
16.00
16.50
18.00
20.00
22.00
24.00
26.00

4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
12

31/4
33/8
31/2
35/8
33/4
4
41/4
43/8
45/8
61/8
61/4
65/8
63/4
71/8
71/4
51/8
53/4
61/4
63/4
67/8
81/4
87/8
91/4
101/8
103/8
103/4
121/4
133/8
143/8
151/2

3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
1/
4
1/
4
1/
4
1/
4
1/
4
1/
4
1/
4
1/
4
1/
4
1/
4
1/
4
1/
4
1/
4
1/
4
1/
4

Weight
(lbs)
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
15.6
15.6
15.6
18.3
18.3
25.8
25.8

58 05 .1
58 06 .1
58 06 .2
58 07 .1
58 07 .2
58 08 .1
58 08 .2
58 09 .1
58 09 .2
58 10 .1
58 10 .2
58 11 .1
58 11 .2
58 13 .1
58 13 .2
58 14 .1
58 14 .2
58 16 .1
58 16 .2
58 17 .1
58 17 .2
58 19 .1
58 19 .2
58 22 .1
58 22 .2
58 24 .1
58 24 .2
58 26 .1
58 26 .2
58 27 .1
58 27 .2
58 32 .1
58 32 .2
58 36 .1
58 36 .2
58 37 .1
58 37 .2
58 41 .1
58 41 .2
58 42 .1
58 42 .2
58 46 .1
58 46 .2
58 51 .1
58 51 .2
58 56 .1
58 56 .2
58 61 .1
58 66 .1
58 71 .1
58 76 .1
58 81 .1
58 91 .1

OD
1.90
2.37
2.37
2.87
2.87
3.00
3.00
3.50
3.50
4.25
4.25
4.50
4.50
5.25
5.25
5.50
5.50
6.25
6.25
6.63
6.63
7.63
7.63
8.63
8.63
9.63
9.63
10.50
10.50
10.75
10.75
12.75
12.75
14.00
14.00
14.50
14.50
16.00
16.00
16.50
16.50
18.00
18.00
20.00
20.00
22.00
22.00
24.00
26.00
28.00
30.00
32.00
36.00

Dxs
1
1
1.5
1
1.5
1
1.5
1
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
3
2.5
3
2.5
3
3
4
3
4
3
4
4
5
4
5
5
8
5
8
5
8
5
8
5
8
8
12
8
12
8
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch

80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
40
80
40
80
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
80
40
80
40
80
80
80
80
80
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

Stanchion
type
a
a
b
a
b
a
b
a
b
b
c
b
c
b
c
c
d
c
d
c
d
d
e
d
e
d
e
e
f
e
f
f
g
f
g
f
g
f
g
f
g
g
h
g
h
g
h
h
h
h
h
h
h

a leg 
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
1/
4
3/
16
1/
4
3/
16
1/
4
1/
4
3/
8
1/
4
3/
8
3/
8
1/
4
3/
8
1/
4
3/
8
1/
4
3/
8
1/
4
3/
8
1/
4
1/
4
3/
8
1/
4
3/
8
1/
4
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8

N
15/

16

1 3/16
1 3/16
1 7/16
1 7/16
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 3/4
1 3/4
2 1/8
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 1/4
2 5/8
2 5/8
2 3/4
2 3/4
3 1/8
3 1/8
3 5/16
3 5/16
313/16
313/16
4 5/16
4 5/16
413/16
413/16
5 1/4
5 1/4
5 3/8
5 3/8
6 3/8
6 3/8
7
7
7 1/4
7 1/4
8
8
8 1/4
8 1/4
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
13
14
15
16
18

E min

E max

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
16
16
16
16
16
16
18
18
18
18
18
18
20
20
20
20
22
22
24
24
26
28

44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
52
52
52
52
54
54
54
56
56
58
58
60

Type 58 .. 11
2

OD

Type

OD

STANCHIONS FOR HORIZONTAL PIPES

TYPE 58 .. 1. AND 58 .. 2.

Type 58 .. 21
2
 ...  see page 5.15

Example: Telescopic stanchion for pipe OD = 9.63inch,

E = 311/2inch (sliding)
The length of the stanchion is: L = E-N see data from
the selection table L = 311/2 - 413/16 = 2611/16inch.
For stanchion D = 3sch40 (designation d)
Permissible load = 0.36 x 2470lbs (see tables on
page 5.15) = 890lbs

Order details:
Type 58 24 21, E = 311/2inch

5.12

STANCHIONS FOR SHORT RADIUS ELBOWS

(R OD) TYPE 58 .. 1. AND 58 .. 2.
OD

Type

Type 58 .. 13
4
OD

Type 58 .. 23
4
 ...  see page 5.15

Example: Stanchion for short radius elbow R  OD,

OD = 161/2inch, E = 291/2inch (anchor)
Length of stanchion: L = E-N (see data from the
selection table), L = 291/2 - 2 = 271/2inch.
For stanchion D = 5 sch 80 (designation f)
Permissible load = 0.41 x 5050lbs (see tables on
page 5.15) = 2070lbs

Order details:
Stanchions for short radius elbows
R  OD type 58 42 23, E = 291/2inch

5.13

58 05 .3
58 06 .3
58 06 .4
58 07 .3
58 07 .4
58 08 .3
58 08 .4
58 09 .3
58 09 .4
58 10 .3
58 10 .4
58 11 .3
58 11 .4
58 13 .3
58 13 .4
58 14 .3
58 14 .4
58 16 .3
58 16 .4
58 17 .3
58 17 .4
58 19 .3
58 19 .4
58 22 .3
58 22 .4
58 24 .3
58 24 .4
58 26 .3
58 26 .4
58 27 .3
58 27 .4
58 32 .3
58 32 .4
58 36 .3
58 36 .4
58 37 .3
58 37 .4
58 41 .3
58 41 .4
58 42 .3
58 42 .4
58 46 .3
58 46 .4
58 51 .3
58 51 .4
58 56 .3
58 56 .4
58 61 .3
58 66 .3
58 71 .3
58 76 .3
58 81 .3
58 91 .3

OD
1.90
2.37
2.37
2.87
2.87
3.00
3.00
3.50
3.50
4.25
4.25
4.50
4.50
5.25
5.25
5.50
5.50
6.25
6.25
6.63
6.63
7.63
7.63
8.63
8.63
9.63
9.63
10.50
10.50
10.75
10.75
12.75
12.75
14.00
14.00
14.50
14.50
16.00
16.00
16.50
16.50
18.00
18.00
20.00
20.00
22.00
22.00
24.00
26.00
28.00
30.00
32.00
36.00

Dxs
1 sch 80
1 sch 80
1.5 sch 80
1 sch 80
1.5 sch 80
1 sch 80
1.5 sch 80
1 sch 80
1.5 sch 80
1.5 sch 80
2.5 sch 40
1.5 sch 80
2.5 sch 40
1.5 sch 80
2.5 sch 40
2.5 sch 40
3 sch 40
2.5 sch 40
3 sch 40
2.5 sch 40
3 sch 40
3 sch 40
4 sch 80
3 sch 40
4 sch 80
3 sch 40
4 sch 80
4 sch 80
5 sch 80
4 sch 80
5 sch 80
5 sch 80
8 sch 40
5 sch 80
8 sch 40
5 sch 80
8 sch 40
5 sch 80
8 sch 40
5 sch 80
8 sch 40
8 sch 40
12 sch 40
8 sch 40
12 sch 40
8 sch 40
12 sch 40
12 sch 40
12 sch 40
12 sch 40
12 sch 40
12 sch 40
12 sch 40

Stanchion
type
a
a
b
a
b
a
b
a
b
b
c
b
c
b
c
c
d
c
d
c
d
d
e
d
e
d
e
e
f
e
f
f
g
f
g
f
g
f
g
f
g
g
h
g
h
g
h
h
h
h
h
h
h

a leg
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
1/
4
3/
16
1/
4
3/
16
1/
4
1/
4
3/
8
1/
4
3/
8
3/
8
1/
4
3/
8
1/
4
3/
8
1/
4
3/
8
1/
4
3/
8
1/
4
1/
4
3/
8
1/
4
3/
8
1/
4
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8
3/
8

E min

E max

1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
11/8
11/8
11/4
11/4
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
15/8
15/8
15/8
15/8
17/8
17/8
15/8
15/8
13/4
13/4
17/8
17/8

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
16
16
16
16
16
16
18
18
18
18
18
20

42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
46
46
46
46
46
46

2
2
21/8
21/8
23/8
23/8
25/8
25/8
27/8
31/8
31/4
31/2
33/4
41/4

STANCHIONS FOR LONG RADIUS ELBOWS

R 1.5 OD, TYPE 58 .. 1. AND 58 .. 2.
Type

58 05 .5
58 06 .5
58 06 .6
58 07 .5
58 07 .6
58 08 .5
58 08 .6
58 09 .5
58 09 .6
58 10 .5
58 10 .6
58 11 .5
58 11 .6
58 13 .5
58 13 .6
58 14 .5
58 14 .6
58 16 .5
58 16 .6
58 17 .5
58 17 .6
58 19 .5
58 19 .6
58 22 .5
58 22 .6
58 24 .5
58 24 .6
58 26 .5
58 26 .6
58 27 .5
58 27 .6
58 32 .5
58 32 .6
58 36 .5
58 36 .6
58 37 .5
58 37 .6
58 41 .5
58 41 .6
58 42 .5
58 42 .6
58 46 .5
58 46 .6
58 51 .5
58 51 .6
58 56 .5
58 56 .6
58 61 .5
58 66 .5
58 71 .5
58 76 .5
58 81 .5
58 91 .5

OD
1.90
2.37
2.37
2.87
2.87
3.00
3.00
3.50
3.50
4.25
4.25
4.50
4.50
5.25
5.25
5.50
5.50
6.25
6.25
6.63
6.63
7.63
7.63
8.63
8.63
9.63
9.63
10.50
10.50
10.75
10.75
12.75
12.75
14.00
14.00
14.50
14.50
16.00
16.00
16.50
16.50
18.00
18.00
20.00
20.00
22.00
22.00
24.00
26.00
28.00
30.00
32.00
36.00

Dxs
1
1
1.5
1
1.5
1
1.5
1
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
3
2.5
3
2.5
3
3
4
3
4
3
4
4
5
4
5
5
8
5
8
5
8
5
8
5
8
8
12
8
12
8
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch

80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
40
80
40
80
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
80
40
80
40
80
80
80
80
80
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
80
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

Stanchion 
a leg
type
3/
a
16
3/
a
16
3/
b
16
3/
a
16
3/
b
16
3/
a
16
3/
b
16
3/
a
16
3/
b
16
3/
b
16
3/
c
16
3/
b
16
3/
c
16
3/
b
16
3/
c
16
3/
c
16
3/
d
16
3/
c
16
3/
d
16
3/
c
16
3/
d
16
3/
d
16
1/
e
4
3/
d
16
1/
e
4
3/
d
16
1/
e
4
1/
e
4
3/
f
8
1/
e
4
3/
f
8
3/
f
8
1/
g
4
3/
f
8
1/
g
4
3/
f
8
1/
g
4
3/
f
8
1/
g
4
3/
f
8
1/
g
4
1/
g
4
3/
h
8
1/
g
4
3/
h
8
1/
g
4
3/
h
8
3/
h
8
3/
h
8
3/
h
8
3/
h
8
3/
h
8
3/
h
8

Emin

Emax

8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
16
16
18
18
20

42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
38
38
38
38
38
38
36
36
36
36

1/
8
1/
8
1/
8
1/
8
1/
8
1/
8
1/
8
1/
8
1/
4
1/
4
3/
8
3/
8
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
7/
8
7/
8

1
1
1
1
11/8
11/8
11/4
11/4
11/2
11/2
21/2
21/2
25/8
25/8
27/8
27/8
27/8
27/8
31/4
31/4
31/2
31/2
37/8
37/8
41/4
45/8
5
53/8
55/8
63/8

Type 58 .. 15
6
OD

Type 58 .. 25
6
 ...  see page 5.15

Example: Stanchion for long radius elbow R  1.5 OD,

OD = 161/2inch, E = 291/2inch (anchor)
Length of stanchion: L = E+N (see data from the selection table), L = 291/2 + 27/8 = 323/8inch.
For stanchion D = 5 sch 80 (designation f)
Permissible load = 0.37 x 5050lbs (see tables on
page 5.15) = 1870lbs

Order details:
Stanchions for long radius elbows
R  1.5OD
type 58 42 25, E = 291/2inch

5.14

STANCHIONS
TYPE 58
 Field

weld

 For weld size and permissible loads specified,

stress in weld less than
7.25ksi [50 N/mm2]


Type designation:

58 .. 1. Stanchion
58 .. 2. Telescopic
stanchion


Permissible load for

actual stanchion length
taken from chart

Type
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h

1
1.5
2.5
3
4
5
8
12

Dxs

Axt

sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch
sch

31/2 x 3/8
41/2 x 3/8
5 x 3/8
6 x 3/8
1
7 /2 x 1/2
81/2 x 5/8
12 x 3/4

80
80
40
40
80
80
40
40

16 x 1

Max. permissible load at 175F (lbs)

Weight (lbs)
only
for L= 8inch
per add.


58 .. 1.
58 .. 2. inch
vertical
sliding
fixed
load
anchor
0.18
4.0
2.8
240
420
2130
0.30
8.8
4.5
510
830
4940
0.52
9.2
6.8
1120
1770
7640
0.64
14.5
8.7
1590
2470
8990
1.28
23.9
17.0
3590
5620
17530
1.79
34.8
25.8
5050
7860
21580
2.33
59.0
48.7
9770
15510
33720
4.33
119.0
101.0
25400
41580
74180

Permissible load against length of sliding / fixed (anchor) stanchions.

 Maximum lateral load

is 100% of specified
vertical load

Material: carbon steel

Surface: primer

L (inch)

Elbow pads for long radius

elbows (R1.5OD)

.5OD
R1

Type 58 06 3. to 58 11 3.


Field weld
6th digit of type
designation:

OD

1 = Material: carbon steel

Surface: primer

Type

2 = Material: 1.4301
(stainless steel)
OD

58 06 3.
58 07 3.
58 09 3.
58 11 3.

2.37
2.87
3.50
4.50

31/8
23/4
23/4
43/4

37/8
37/8
31/2
61/4

3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
1/
4

Order details:
Type 58 .. 3.

5.15

Weight
(lbs)
0.56
0.60
0.54
2.00

THREADED CONNECTING ELEMENTS

PRODUCT
GROUP

THREADED CONNECTING COMPONENTS

CONTENTS

PAGE

Rod connecting elements __________________________________________6.1

Eye nut type 60 __________________________________________________6.2

Clevis with pin type 61 __________________________________________ 6.2

Turnbuckle type 62

______________________________________________6.3

Rod coupling type 64 ____________________________________________ 6.3

Connecting rods__________________________________________________ 6.4

Hexagon nut type 63 ______________________________________________6.5
Tie rod LR type 65 ________________________________________________6.5

Stud bolt type 67 ________________________________________________ 6.5

Tie rod type 66 __________________________________________________6.6

Threaded rod type 67 ____________________________________________ 6.6

5
PRODUCT
GROUP

7
8
9
6.0

ROD CONNECTING ELEMENTS

TYPE 60 TO 64
In the connection component field, precision fit
threads, reliable material
grades and designs with
safe load reserves are the
prerequisite for the dependability of the entire load
chain.

The components in Product Group 6 are

specially designed threaded elements for
connecting the attachment rods to other
support components. In the load chains,
they connect components that in part have
differently designed connections such as
lugs, clevises or eye nuts.
The connecting parts in Product Group 6
form an independent group within the
modular system and have been specially
designed for optimum suitability as pipe
support components.

Eye nut, type 60

The components are drop forged, and designed (apart from turnbuckles type 62) to
allow slight length adjustments, despite
their limited installation height.
The permissible loads correspond with the
load table for statically determined pipe
supports on page 0.5 of the Technical
Specifications.
Eye nut Type 60 is used to join the rod to a
pin connection, the clevis Type 61 to join it
to a lug connection.

Clevis with pin, type 61

Turnbuckle Type 62 is supplied with a

right-hand thread at one end and a lefthand thread at the other. It is used together
with the tie rod Type 65 to provide length
adjustment and presetting of the load chains.
Coupling Type 64 is used to produce rod
lengths greater than 12 feet [3.65m].
All threads (except in turnbuckles Type 62)
are right-hand and available in metric or UNC
standard.

Turnbuckle, type 62

For corrosion protection, all components are

supplied complete with a standard electrogalvanized finish (zinc thickness approx.
0.59 mil [15m], yellow chromatized for
metric and white for UNC threads). For use in
particularly aggressive environments, the
components can be supplied with a hot dip
galvanized finish.
Material certification can be supplied for all
components if required.

Rod Coupling, type 64

6.1

LISEGA connecting components offer

special advantages:
universal application
load and connection compatibility with
the LISEGA modular system
drop forged and heat treated
standard electrogalvanized or if
required, hot dip galvanized finish
qualification by special type testing

EYE NUT TYPE 60

CLEVIS WITH PIN TYPE 61

Eye nut
type 60 D9 29 to 60 50 22
Material: carbon steel
drop forged
from load group 40:
Welded design
Material: Carbon steel

Type

60 D9 29
60 29 22
60 39 22
60 49 22
60 59 22
60 69 22
60 79 22
60 89 22
60 99 22
60 10 22
60 20 22
60 30 22
60 40 22
60 50 22

1
1 1/4
1 3/4
2 3/8
2 7/8
3 1/2
3 7/8
4 3/8
4 3/4
5 3/8
5 7/8
6 1/4
8 5/8
9 7/8

1 5/8
2 3/8
3
3 1/2
4 3/8
5
5 1/2
6 1/8
7 1/8
7 7/8
9
9
9 7/8
11

d2

d3

UNC
UNC
5/ UNC
8
3/ UNC
4
1 UNC
11/4 UNC
11/2 UNC
13/4 UNC
2 UNC
21/4 UNC
21/2 UNC
23/4 UNC
3 UNC
31/4 UNC

0.51
0.66
0.98
1.14
1.37
1.65
1.85
2.04
2.44
2.44
2.83
2.83
3.22
3.62

1
1 5/8
1 3/4
2 1/8
2 1/2
3
3
3 3/8
3 3/8
4 1/8
5 1/8
5 1/8
3 7/8
4 3/4

3/
8
5/
8
3/
4

1
1 1/8
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 3/8
2 1/2
2 3/4
2 3/4
4 3/4
5 1/2

5/
8

1
1 1/8
1 3/8
1 3/4
2
2 3/8
2 3/4
3 1/8
3 3/4
4 1/8
4 3/8
4 7/8
5 1/2

3/

1/

3/
16
1/
4
7/
16
7/
16
5/
8
11/
16
13/
16

5/
8
3/
4

1
1 3/8
1 3/4
2 1/8
2 1/2
2 7/8
3 1/8
3 1/8
3 3/8
3 1/2
4 3/8
4 7/8

1
13/16
15/8
15/8
15/8
2
23/8

Weight
(lbs)
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.9
1.8
2.6
4.4
6.4
10.4
17.0
19.4
20.5
60.0
99.0

x
5/
8
3/
4
1 1/8
1 3/8
1 3/4

2
2 1/2
2 7/8
3 3/4
3 3/4
3 7/8
3 7/8
5 7/8
6 1/4

Order details:
Eye nut type 60 .. 2.
Clevis with pin
type 61 D9 29 to 61 50 22
Material: carbon steel
drop forged
from load group 40:
flame cut design

Shape type 614022, 615022

Type
61 D9 29
61 29 22
61 39 22
61 49 22
61 59 22
61 69 22
61 79 22
61 89 22
61 99 22
61 10 22
61 20 22
61 30 22
61 40 22
61 50 22

7/
8 2
1 1/4 2 3/4
1 5/8 3 1/8
2 1/8 3 1/2
2 1/2 4 3/8
2 7/8 5 1/8
3 3/8 5 7/8
3 7/8 6 3/4
4 3/4 7 1/8
5 1/8 8 1/2
6 1/8 9
6 1/8 9
5 7/8 9 1/2
6 1/2 10 1/4

C
3/
8
5/
8
3/
4

1
1 1/8
1 3/8
1 5/8
2
2 3/8
2 1/2
2 3/4
2 3/4
3 1/8
3 1/2

D
5/
8

1
1 1/4
1 5/8
1 3/4
2
2 3/8
2 7/8
3 1/4
3 1/2
4 3/8
4 3/8

d1

d2

0.40
0.48
0.63
0.79
0.95
1.30
1.58
1.78
1.97
2.37
2.76
2.76
3.15
3.55

UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
1 UNC
11/4 UNC
11/2 UNC
13/4 UNC
2 UNC
21/4 UNC
21/2 UNC
23/4 UNC
3 UNC
31/4 UNC
3/
8
1/
2
5/
8
3/
4

1 3/8
2
2
2 1/8
2 1/2
3 1/8
3 1/2
3 7/8
3 3/4
4 3/4
5 1/8
4 7/8
5 1/8
5 1/2

3/
8
7/
16
5/
8
3/
4
13/
16
1 1/16
1 1/4
1 7/16
1 5/8
1 15/16
2 5/16
2 5/16
2 3/16
2 1/2

2
2 3/8
2 3/4
3 1/2
4 1/8
4 7/8
5 1/2
6 1/2
7 1/4
8 1/4
9 5/8
9 5/8
9
9 1/2

1
1 3/8
1 3/4
2 1/4
2 5/8
3 1/8
3 5/8
4 3/8
5 1/8
5 7/8
6 7/8
6 7/8
5 7/8
6 1/2

1
1 3/8
1 7/8
2 1/8
2 5/8
3 1/4
3 5/8
4
4 3/4
6
6
6
7 1/8

7/
8

1
1
1
1
1

3/
16
5/
16
7/
16
5/
8
3/
4
3/
4
7/
8
1/
16
5/
16
3/
16
3/
8
3/
8

x 3/8
x 1/2
x 9/16
x 13/16
x1
x 1 1/8
x 1 7/16
x 1 9/16
x 1 3/4
x 1 3/4
x 2 3/16
x 2 3/16

Weight
(lbs)
5/
0.2

8
3/
0.4

4
0.9
1 1/8
2.2
1 3/8
3.5
1 3/4
6.0
2
9.7
2 3/8
2 3/4 15.9
3 3/8 22.9
3 3/4 32.6
3 7/8 53.8
4 1/8 53.8
3 1/2 4 3/8 93.0
4 3/8 4 3/4 132.0
M

Order details:
Clevis type 61 .. 2.

6.2

TURNBUCKLE TYPE 62
ROD COUPLING TYPE 64
Turnbuckle
type 62 D9 29 to 62 50 25
Material: carbon steel
drop forged
from load group 10:
Flame cut design

 one end right-hand thread,

the other left-hand.

Order details:
Turnbuckle type 62 .. 2.

SW

Type

62 D9 29
62 29 22
62 39 29
62 49 29
62 59 29
62 69 22
62 79 22
62 89 22
62 99 22
62 10 25
62 20 25
62 30 25
62 40 25
62 50 25

1 1/8
1 3/8
1 5/8
2
2 1/2
2 7/8
3 3/8
4 1/8
5 1/8
4 3/8
5 1/8
5 1/2
5 7/8
6 1/2

4 7/8
4 7/8
5 7/8
6 3/4
9 1/2
10
11 5/8
13
14
11 3/4
12 5/8
13
15 3/8
16 1/8

Type

64 D9 29
64 29 28
64 39 28
64 49 28
64 59 28
64 69 28
64 79 28
64 89 28
64 99 28
64 10 25
64 20 25
64 30 25
64 40 25
64 50 25

1 3/8
1 3/8
1 5/8
2
2 1/2
2 7/8
3 3/8
4 1/8
5 1/8
4 3/8
5 1/8
5 1/2
5 7/8
6 1/2

1 3/4
1 3/4
2 3/8
3
3 1/2
4 1/8
4 3/4
5 7/8
7 1/8
7 1/2
8 5/8
9 1/2
9 7/8
11

SW

d2

0.63
0.71
0.95
1.19
1.42
1.82
2.17
2.56
2.96
3.15
3.55
3.94
3.94
4.73

UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
1 UNC
11/4 UNC
11/2 UNC
13/4 UNC
2 UNC
21/4 UNC
21/2 UNC
23/4 UNC
3 UNC
31/4 UNC

1 3/8
1 3/8
1 7/8
2 1/2
3 1/4
3 1/4
3 7/8
4
4 1/4
3
3 1/8
3 1/4
3 5/8
3 5/8

C
3/

7/

1 1/8
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2 1/8
2 1/2
3
2 3/8
2 3/4
3
3 1/8
3 1/2

3/
8
1/
2
5/
8
3/
4

1
1
1
3
3
3
3
4

3/
8
3/
8
1/
2
5/
8
7/
8
7/
8
1/
8
1/
4
5/
8
1/
8
1/
2
7/
8
7/
8
3/
4

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
5/
16
3/
8
7/
16
9/
16
11/
16
13/
16
7/
8
1 1/16
1 3/8
7/
8
1 1/8
1 3/16
1 5/16
1 7/16

1 3/4
1 3/4
2
2 1/8
3 1/8
3 3/8
3 7/8
4 1/2
4 7/8
4 3/8
4 3/4
4 7/8
5 7/8
6 1/4

Weight
(lbs)
0.3
0.4
0.9
1.5
2.6
4.0
6.6
10.6
17.2
22.0
34.0
40.0
48.0
70.0

Rod coupling
type 64 D9 29 to 64 50 25
Material: carbon steel
drop forged
from load group 10:
Flame cut design

Order details:
Rod coupling 64 .. 2.

6.3

C
5/
8
5/
8
3/
4

1
1 1/8
1 3/8
1 5/8
2
2 3/8
2 3/8
2 3/4
3
3 1/8
3 1/2

Xd2

7/
8
7/
8
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2 1/8
2 1/2

UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
1 UNC
11/4 UNC
11/2 UNC
13/4 UNC
2 UNC
21/4 UNC
21/2 UNC
23/4 UNC
3 UNC
31/4 UNC

3
3 1/8
3 1/2
3 7/8
3 7/8
4 3/4

3/
8
1/
2
5/
8
3/
4

L
3/
8
3/
8
1/
2
5/
8
7/
8
7/
8
11/8
11/4
15/8
31/8
31/2
37/8
37/8
43/4

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

3/
8
3/
8
7/
16
9/
16
11/
16
13/
16
7/
8
11/16
13/8
7/
8
11/8
13/16
15/16
17/16

Weight
(lbs)
0.2
0.2
0.4
1.1
1.5
2.6
3.5
5.7
11.2
16.0
24.0
30.0
34.0
50.0

CONNECTING RODS
TYPE 63 TO 67
Piping systems are embedded in load chains
where connecting rods form an indispensable
component. When selecting them, special
attention must be paid to quality to prevent
these seemingly simple units from becoming the weakest link in the chain. Decisive
factors for their loading capacity are, beside
adequate dimensions, material quality and
design.
Applications
Threaded rods and tie rods connect support
components to each other to bridge installation heights. In conjunction with connecting components they can be used as rigid
supports, and in elastic load chains can be
used with spring and constant hangers.
Materials and loadings
For the attachment rods, only materials with
guaranteed mechanical properties, with good
homogeneity and sufficient cold ductility are
used. The permissible loads correspond to
the load sufficient table for statically defined
components (see Technical specifications
page 0.5).
Rolled threads
All threads are manufactured using a rolling
process. Thread rolling does not sever milling fibres as in thread cutting. By means of
this thread rolling process the material is
made to flow and thereby plastically formed.
In this way, additional strengthening of the
surface is achieved, free of notches and
offering high surface quality.
In this way, frictional resistance is
reduced, with a favorable effect on the
adjustment of the rods under loading.
In addition, additional reserves for the
bending and tensile strength properties
result from this by comparison with the
design calculations.

constant hanger. The longer one is the fitting length and can be cut on site according
to installation length.
Standard lengths
In general, larger tolerance ranges in the
building structure of plants frequently lead
to problems when lengths cut to measure
for the connecting rods are used; they often
prove to be too short. Offering more flexibility
in application, connecting rods in standard
lengths have come into increasing use.
Fitting can be simply carried out with hanging rods already mounted at the upper end.
Awkward measurement involving the risk of
errors is thereby avoided. Structural tolerances can be favorably compensated.
Length adjustment
Tie rods type 65 with left/right hand threads
are always used together with turnbuckle
type 62 and form standard lengths. They are
designed for length adjustment and loadactuated presetting of load chains. All other
thread connections are exclusively righthand and have to be locked using hexagon
nut type 63.
Corrosion protection
All rods are electrogalvanized as standard
(coat thickness 0.59mil [15m], chromatized
yellow for metric and white for UNC
standards).
Hot dip galvanizing is available on request.

Manufacturing process of threaded

rods.

Certification
Material certification can be supplied for all
components on request.

Special advantages:
materials with guaranteed properties
rolled threads

Types
Fully threaded rods type 67 up to 2 UNC
and tie rods type 66 (from 3/4 UNC) are available in 24 inch length increments from 24
inch up to 12 feet. Tie rods are threaded 12
inch at one end and 24 inch at the other.
The shorter thread is for adjustment and,
for example, for connection to a variable or

notch-free surfaces
electrogalvanized finish
standard lengths
in-house manufacture

6.4

TIE ROD LR, TYPE 65

STUD BOLT, TYPE 67
HEXAGON NUTS, TYPE 63
Tie rod left/right
type 65 D1 29 to 65 50 23
Material:
3/ UNC to 2 UNC: A36
8
21/4 UNC to 31/4 UNC: A675Gr.70
LISEGA threaded rods should
only be replaced in kind

Order details:
Tie rod LR type 65 .. 2.

right

left

Type

d

d2

65 D1 29
65 21 23
65 31 23
65 41 23
65 51 23
65 61 23
65 71 23
65 81 23
65 91 23
65 10 23
65 20 23
65 30 23
65 40 23
65 50 23

0.33
0.45
0.56
0.68
0.91
1.15
1.39
1.62
1.85
2.10
2.33
2.58
2.83
3.08

3/
8
1/
2
5/
8
3/
4

UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
1 UNC
11/4 UNC
11/2 UNC
13/4 UNC
2 UNC
21/4 UNC
21/2 UNC
23/4 UNC
3 UNC
31/4 UNC

10
10
10
10
14
14
14
18
18
22
22
22
24
24

Hexagon nut
type 63 D9 19 to 63 50 18
Material: carbon steel
Hexagon nuts as counter
nuts for tie rods and threaded
rods 3/8 UNC to 31/4 UNC.

6.5

L2
left
51/8
51/8
51/8
51/8
71/2
71/2
71/2
85/8
85/8
105/8
105/8
105/8
113/4
113/4

Weight
(lbs)
0.25
0.45
0.70
1.05
2.60
4.15
6.00
10.50
13.70
21.70
26.70
32.70
42.90
50.90

Stud bolt
type 67 D1 29 to 67 91 23
Material: A36
LISEGA threaded
rods should only
be replaced in kind

Type

Order details:
Hexagon nut
type 63 .. 1.

L1
right
31/8
31/8
31/8
31/8
43/4
43/4
43/4
61/4
61/4
77/8
77/8
77/8
85/8
85/8

63 D9 19
63 29 18
63 39 18
63 49 18
63 59 18
63 69 18
63 79 18
63 89 18
63 99 18
63 10 18
63 20 18
63 30 18
63 40 18
63 50 18

Size
3/
8
1/
2
5/
8
3/
4

UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
1 UNC
11/4 UNC
11/2 UNC
13/4 UNC
2 UNC
21/4 UNC
21/2 UNC
23/4 UNC
3 UNC
31/4 UNC

Weight
(lbs)
0.03
0.07
0.12
0.20
0.45
0.83
1.40
2.15
3.20
4.40
6.00
7.90
10.10
12.70

Type

67 D1 29
67 21 23
67 31 23
67 41 23
67 51 23
67 61 23
67 71 23
67 81 23
67 91 23

11/8
13/8
2
23/8
3
31/2
43/8
47/8
53/4

Order details:
Stud bolt type 67 .. 2.

d2
3/
8
1/
2
5/
8
3/
4

UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
1 UNC
11/4 UNC
11/2 UNC
13/4 UNC
2 UNC

Weight
(lbs)
0.03
0.06
0.14
0.25
0.56
1.05
1.90
2.85
4.40

TIE ROD, TYPE 66

THREADED ROD, TYPE 67

Material:
3/ UNC to 2 UNC: A36
8
21/4 UNC to 31/4 UNC: A675Gr.70
LISEGA threaded rods should
only be replaced in kind

Threaded rod type 67

Tie rod type 66

d2
3/

1/

UNC
UNC
5/ UNC
8
3/ UNC
4
1 UNC
11/4 UNC
11/2 UNC
13/4 UNC
2 UNC

67
67
67
67
67
67
67
67
67

2
D2 29
22 23
32 23
42 23
52 23
62 23
72 23
82 23
92 23

67
67
67
67
67
67
67
67
67

4
D3 29
23 23
33 23
43 23
53 23
63 23
73 23
83 23
93 23

67
67
67
67
67
67
67
67
67

Type at L=(in feet)

8
6
67 D5 29
D4 29
67 25 23
24 23
67 35 23
34 23
67 45 23
44 23
67 55 23
54 23
67 65 23
64 23
67 75 23
74 23
67 85 23
84 23
67 95 23
94 23

67
67
67
66
66
66
66
66
66

10
D6 29
26 23
36 23
46 23
56 23
66 23
76 23
86 23
96 23

67
67
67
66
66
66
66
66
66

12
D7 29
27 23
37 23
47 23
57 23
67 23
77 23
87 23
97 23

Weight per
foot (lbs)
0.30
0.53
0.85
1.25
2.25
3.55
5.15
7.00
9.20

Standard lengths avoid

problems from undersized
installation lengths and
allow flexibility by cutting
to length on site if required.

Connecting rods from

21/4 UNC upwards can be
ordered both as threaded
rods type 67 or as tie rods
type 66 with individual
rolled thread lengths.


L1

L2

Order details:
Threaded rod / Tie rod
type ...

 L = max 236inch, longer lengths on request

d2
21/4 UNC
21/2 UNC
23/4 UNC
3 UNC
31/4 UNC

66
66
66
66
66

Type
(L / L1 / L2 please note at order)
67 10
10 23
67 20
20 23
67 30
30 23
67 40
40 23
67 50
50 23

23
23
23
23
23

Weight per
foot (lbs)
11.8
14.6
17.9
21.5
25.4

(at 21/4 UNC:)

Threaded rod / Tie rod
type ...
L = ...
L1 = ...
L2 = ...

6.6

STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENT ELEMENTS

PRODUCT
GROUP

STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS,
TRAPEZES
CONTENTS

PAGE

Structural attachments, trapezes ____________________________________ 7.1

Weld-on clevis type 73 ____________________________________________ 7.2

Weld-on eye plate type 75 ________________________________________ 7.2

Weld-on plate with spherical washer type 74 ________________________ 7.3
Beam clamp type 78

____________________________________________ 7.4

Trapeze type 79__________________________________________________ 7.4

Beam adapter type 76 ____________________________________________ 7.7

3
4
5
6
PRODUCT
GROUP

8
9
7.0

STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS, TRAPEZES

PRODUCT GROUP 7
The attachment of pipe
supports to the load bearing structure is produced
by means of special components to be welded or
clamped. The safety of the
connections depends on
their adaptation to the
prevailing situation and
their particular suitability
in each case.

Product Group 7
As well as trapezes, the components of
Product Group 7 include attachment elements
connecting directly to the structure, such as
trapezes.
The permissible loads correspond with the
load table for statically determined components on page 0.5 of the Technical
Specification.

Type 73

For weld-on clevis type 73 and weld-on eye

plate type 75, the minimum weld thicknesses
must be considered. These are designed in
such a way that the maximum weld stresses
do not exceed 10.9ksi [75N/mm2] during
normal operating conditions.
The stress analysis is based on a load
applied conically at under 6 angulation.

Type 74

The weld-on clevis type 73 is particularly

suited for attachment to hollow sections.
The beam clamp type 78 is designed for
unwelded on site attachment. The beam
width is to be specified when ordering.
Trapeze types 79 are suitable for use with
clamp base type 49 and can be used as
rigid hangers or in conjunction with variable
and constant hangers.

Type 75

For protection against corrosion, the components are coated with a weldable primer
(1.18mil [30m] ) or electrogalvanized and
then yellow chromatized (zinc thickness
0.59mil [15m] ). The trapeze sections are
coated to the LISEGA standard.
Material certification can be supplied for all
components on request.

Standardized connecting parts

7.1

Type 76

Type 78

WELD-ON CLEVIS TYPE 73

WELD-ON EYE PLATE TYPE 75

Weld on clevis
type 73 29 13 to 73 50 12
Material: carbon steel
Drop forged

From load group 20:

Flame cut design
Shape type 73 20 12 to 73 50 12

Type

A

d1

min.
Seam (leg length)

73 29 13
73 39 13
73 49 13
73 59 13
73 69 12
73 79 12
73 89 12
73 99 12
73 10 12
73 20 12
73 30 12
73 40 12
73 50 12

1 5/8
2
2 1/2
3
3 3/4
4 3/4
4 3/4
4 3/4
5 7/8
3
6 /4 x 67/8
63/4 x 67/8
57/8 x 71/2
71/8 x 85/8

0.48
0.63
0.79
0.95
1.30
1.58
1.78
1.97
2.37
2.76
2.76
3.15
3.55

13/8
15/8
2
23/8
31/2
43/8
43/4
51/8
51/2
57/8
57/8
63/4
75/8

7/
16
5/
8
3/
4
13/
16
11/16
11/4
17/16
15/8
115/16
25/16
25/16
23/16
21/2

23/8
23/4
31/2
41/8
47/8
51/2
61/2
71/4
81/4
95/8
95/8
9
91/2

13/8
13/4
21/4
25/8
31/8
35/8
43/8
43/4
57/8
61/2
61/2
57/8
61/2

1
11/4
13/4
21/8
21/2
31/8
31/2
37/8
43/4
63/4
63/4
57/8
71/8

3
3
31/2
43/8

3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
3/
16
1/
4
1/
4
5/
16
7/
16
1/
2
9/
16
5/
8
3/
4
13/
16

Weight
(lbs)
0.7
0.9
2.4
4.6
8.4
15.0
20.3
24.5
40.8
82.0
82.0
84.0
128.0

 Weld thickness is calculated

from the stress analysis and
based on a permissible stress of
10.9ksi [75N/mm2] at normal
load.

Order details:
Weld-on clevis type 73 .. 1.

Weld-on eye plate

type 75 D1 19 to 75 50 12
Material: carbon steel

Type

d3

75 D1 19
75 21 12
75 31 12
75 41 12
75 51 12
75 61 12
75 71 12
75 81 12
75 91 12
75 10 12
75 20 12
75 30 12
75 40 12
75 50 12

11/8
13/8
13/4
23/8
21/2
31/8
37/8
43/4
51/8
57/8
63/4
71/8
85/8
97/8

0.41
0.49
0.64
0.80
0.96
1.33
1.61
1.81
2.00
2.40
2.79
2.79
3.18
3.58

15/8
13/4
2
21/8
23/8
23/4
31/8
31/2
37/8
43/8
43/4
51/8
51/2
57/8

C
3/
7/

min. 
Seam (leg length.)

S
4
8

11/8
11/2
15/8
2
21/2
3
31/8
31/2
37/8
43/8
43/4
53/8

1/

5/

16
3/
8
1/
2
5/
8
3/
4

1
11/4
11/4
15/8
13/4
13/4
2
23/8

3/

16
1/
4

5/

16
3/
8
7/
16
1/

9/

16

5/
13/

16
7/
8
11/16
13/16
11/16
11/8

Weight
(lbs)
0.22
0.28
0.52
1.00
1.44
2.76
5.18
8.60
10.20
17.00
23.40
27.80
40.80
60.60

 Weld thickness is calculated

from the stress analysis and
based on a permissible stress of
10.9ksi [75N/mm2] at normal
load.

Order details:
Weld-on eye plate
type 75 .. 1.

7.2

SPHERICAL WASHER WITH

WELD-ON PLATE TYPE 74
Spherical washer with
weld-on plate
type 74 D1 19 to 74 50 13
Material:
carbon steel

Type

Order details:
Spher. washer with
weld-on plate
type 74 .. ..

7.3

74 D1 19
74 21 13
74 31 13
74 32 13
74 33 13
74 41 13
74 42 13
74 43 13
74 51 23
74 52 23
74 61 23
74 62 23
74 71 23
74 72 23
74 81 23
74 82 23
74 91 23
74 92 23
74 10 13
74 20 13
74 30 13
74 40 23
74 50 13

for
rod
3/ UNC
8
1/ UNC
2
5/ UNC
8
5/ UNC
8
5/ UNC
8
3/ UNC
4
3/ UNC
4
3/ UNC
4
1 UNC
1 UNC
11/4 UNC
11/4 UNC
11/2 UNC
11/2 UNC
13/4 UNC
13/4 UNC
2 UNC
2 UNC
21/4 UNC
21/2 UNC
23/4 UNC
3 UNC
31/4 UNC

A

B

23/8
23/4
23/4
33/4
51/8
23/4
33/4
51/8
33/4
51/8
51/8
63/4
51/8
63/4
51/8
63/4
51/8
63/4
87/8
97/8
97/8
113/4
133/4

1
11/8
11/8
11/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/4
13/4
21/4
21/4
25/8
25/8
31/8
31/8
35/8
35/8
4
43/4
5
53/8
6

7/
8

D
5/
8
3/
4

1
1
1
11/8
11/8
11/8
13/8
13/8
13/4
13/4
2
2
23/8
23/8
25/8
25/8
3
31/2
33/4
37/8
43/8

d4

max. F

13/
32
17/
32
21/
32
21/
32
21/
32
13/
16
13/
16
13/
16
11/32
11/32
19/32
19/32
117/32
117/32
125/32
125/32
21/32
21/32
29/32
219/32
225/32
31/32
39/32

7/
16
11/
16
11/
16
13/
16
13/
16
3/
4
7/
8
7/
8
15/
16
15/
16
17/16
17/16
11/2
11/2
15/

13/8
11/2
13/4
13/4
13/4
17/8
17/8
17/8
21/8
21/8
21/4
21/4
23/4
23/4
31/2
31/2
45/8
45/8
51/2
57/8
61/4
61/4
7

3/
8
3/
8
5/
8
5/
8
5/
8
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
7/
8
7/
8
11/8
11/8
11/4
11/4
11/2
11/2
15/8
15/8

5/
8
5/
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/4
11/4
15/8
15/8

3/
8
5/
8
5/
8
3/
4
3/
4
5/
8
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
13/8
11/4
13/8
15/8
13/4
13/4
13/4

15/8
113/16
111/16
17/8
23/16
23/8
23/8
21/2

2
23/8
21/2
23/4
31/8

2
2
21/4
21/4
25/8
25/8
31/8
35/8
37/8
41/4
43/4

Weight
(lbs)
0.6
1.4
1.4
3.0
6.0
1.4
3.0
6.0
3.0
6.0
8.8
15.0
8.8
15.0
8.8
15.0
10.0
15.0
30.6
43.2
48.6
70.2
95.4

BEAM CLAMP
TYPE 78

Beam clamp
type 78 21 11 to 78 71 11

Type

d3

78 21 11 0.65
78 31 11 0.81
78 41 11 1.00
78 51 11 1.34
78 61 11 1.60
78 71 112.00

A
31/8
31/8
47/8
47/8
71/8
71/8

E0 up to beam dim. b=
315/16 415/16 51/2 71/16 811/16 101/4 1113/16
21/2 21/2 21/2 3
33/8

23/4 23/4 23/4 31/8 31/2 37/8 43/8

33/8 31/2 31/2 37/8 41/8 41/2

33/4 33/4 41/8 41/2 51/8 51/2

37/8 37/8 43/8 43/8

41/2 41/2 47/8 51/8

113/16 31/4
21/8 21/8
23/4

tmax 

5/
16
3/
8
9/
16
9/
16
13/
16
13/
16

5/
8
13/
16

1
1
13/16
13/16

Weight
(lbs)
1.8 - 3.6
4.4 - 8.0
14.8 - 19.6
15.0 - 21.0
39.0 - 43.6
40.2 - 45.8

 Load groups 8 & 9 can be

connected. Permissible load
22480 lbs [100 kN] during normal
operating condition.
 A larger t dimension can be
accommodated by increasing Eo
accordingly. Indicate complete
beam size when ordering.

Order details:
Beam clamp
type 78 .1 11 beam size

TRAPEZE
TYPE 79
Trapezes for small loads and
pipe diameters  31/4 inch
type 79 C2 37 to 79 42 37

31/4

 The permissible center load is

limited by the load group of the
individual trapeze (3rd digit of type
number).

Type

Lmax

79 C2 37
79 D2 37
79 12 37
79 12 37
79 22 37
79 22 37
79 32 37
79 32 37
79 42 37
79 42 37

40
40
24
40
24
44
24
48
24
48

1
1
1
1
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/4
13/4

11/2
21/2
21/2
3
3
3
3
4
4
5

b
7/
8

1
1
11/8
11/8
11/4
11/4
13/8
11/2
15/8

d4
7/
16
7/
16
7/
16
7/
16
9/
16
9/
16
9/
16
9/
16
11/
16
11/
16

Weight (lbs) for L=

20inch
+/- per 1inch
0.20
4.3
0.34
7.9
0.34
7.9
0.41
9.8
0.41
9.8
0.60
14.4
0.60
14.4
0.82
20.6
0.82
20.6
1.35
36.1

Order details:
Trapeze
type 79 .2 37, L=...

7.4

TRAPEZE
TYPE 79
Trapeze
type 79 22 34 to 79 20 34

 The permissible center load is

limited by the load group of the
individual trapeze (3rd or 3rd and 4th
digit of type number).
 The L max dimension can be
extended to 941/2inch by reducing
the permissible load by 5% for
every 4inch of extension.
 The trapeze is dimensionally
compatible with other components
in the LISEGA modular system
within the load groups specified.

Order details:
Trapeze
type 79 .2 34, L=...

Load- 
group
D-4
D-4

d3

0.81
0.81

3/
8
3/
8

79 42 34

3-4

0.81

1/
2

79 52 34

4-5

1.00

3/
4

79 62 34

5-6

1.34

13/
16

79 72 34

6-7

1.60

79 82 34

6-8

1.80

79 92 34

7-9

2.00

11/4

79 10 34
79 20 34

8 - 10
9 - 10

2.40
2.40

11/4
11/4

Type
79 22 34
79 32 34

s


L max 

67
67
351/2
703/4
55
703/4
491/4
703/4
55
703/4
491/4
941/2
703/4
941/2
783/4
703/4

3/

3/

3/

15/8
15/8
15/8
15/8
21/8
23/8
21/2
23/4
31/8
33/8
31/2
33/4
33/4

4
4
4
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10 1/4
10 1/4
12
12
12

51/2
51/2
51/2
71/2
71/2
81/8
81/8
91/2
91/2
97/8
97/8
13
13
133/4
133/4
14

Weight (lbs)
L=3feet +per 1inch
1.20
50
1.20
50
1.20
50
1.74
76
1.74
76
2.00
92
2.00
92
3.12
144
3.12
144
3.12
152
3.12
152
4.74
240
4.74
240
5.15
286
5.15
286
7.50
390

Trapeze
type 79 23 39 to 79 93 39
 The permissible center load is
limited by the load group of the
individual trapeze (3rd digit of
type number).
 The L max dimension 67 inch
& 703/4 inch of type 79 23 39 to
79 73 39 can be extended to
941/2inch by reducing the permissible load by 5% for every 4inch
of extension.
 The trapeze is dimensionally
compatible with other components in the LISEGA modular
system within the load groups
specified.

Order details:
Trapeze
type 79 .3 39, L=...

7.5

Type
79 23 39
79 33 39
79 43 39
79 53 39
79 63 39
79 73 39
79 83 39
79 93 39

Load- 
group
D- 4
D- 4
3- 5
4- 6
5- 7
6- 8
6- 9
7 - 10

d3
0.81
0.81
1.00
1.34
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.40

L max 
67
67
703/4
703/4
703/4
703/4
941/2
941/2

2
2
23/4
23/8
31/8
21/2
33/4
43/4

4
4
6
6
8
8
101/4
12

5 1/2
5 1/2
7 1/2
8 1/8
9 1/2
9 7/8
13
133/4

15/8
15/8
2
23/8
27/8
31/4
35/8
4

3/
8
3/
8
1/
2
3/
4
13/
16

1
1
11/4

Weight (lbs)
1 inch
L=3feet
50
1.20
50
1.20
80
1.74
96
2.00
152
3.12
154
3.12
258
4.74
316
5.16

7.6

BEAM ADAPTER
TYPE 76
For alterations or extensions to
pipe systems or structural steel
in existing plants, clamp connections are often preferred to welding for the necessary attachment
to the existing structure of pipe
supports or additional steel. The
use of this method is obligatory
when welding is ruled out for
safety reasons.
The long-lasting security of this
type of connection depends essentially on the condition of the contact
surfaces and the preset forces
applied. For a reliable connection,
the specific design of the clamp
elements used is decisive.

Offering the utmost reliability, LISEGA beam

adapters type 76 serve as secure connections
for this purpose.
These newly developed components enable
the attachment of diverse components to
existing steel without welding or drilling,
while installation is simple and time-saving.
LISEGA beam adapters adjust automatically
on tightening to the thickness of the component to be clamped. If the given torque
values are observed, the lasting security of
the connection is guaranteed. Existing corrosion protection, e.g. hot-dip galvanizing or
color coating, is not impaired.

Beam adapter
type 76 D2 11 to 76 42 11

Type
76 D2 11
76 22 11
76 32 11
76 42 11

Order details:
Beam adapter
type 76 .. 11

7.7

Bolts A193B7
support load
torque value
(lbs)
(lbs ft)

560
1350
1900
3370

25
50
110
220

17/8
21/4
23/4
33/8

13/16
11/2
17/8

 The tabulated loads are normal operating loads

(load condition H). For emergency (HZ) and faulted
loads (HS) see table Max. permissible loads
on page 0.5

15/
3
16 /8
1/
2
5/
8
3/
4

d2
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC

min

11/4
11/2
13/4
21/8

max

11/2
13/4
21/8
25/8

t (clamp thickness) Weight

min
max
(lbs)
1/
5/
0.25
8
8
1/
11/
0.40
8
16
1/
13/
0.70
4
16
1/
1.30
1
4

Hex. Bolt, Grade 8.8,

inclusive Hex. Nut, Grade 8
Bolt-Type

Dimensions

Weight (lbs)

76 D2 11 - 065
76 D2 11 - 080
76 D2 11 - 100
76 22 11 - 070
76 22 11 - 090
76 22 11 - 120
76 32 11 - 090
76 32 11 - 120
76 32 11 - 150
76 42 11 - 120
76 42 11 - 150
76 42 11 - 180

M10 x 65
M10 x 80
M10 x100
M12 x 70
M12 x 90
M12 x120
M16 x 90
M16 x120
M16 x150
M20 x120
M20 x150
M20 x180

0.13
0.15
0.17
0.19
0.22
0.27
0.42
0.51
0.60
0.85
1.00
1.12

The unique feature of the LISEGA beam

adapters is represented by the special
contact elements. They adjust automatically
due to their shape to any position and any
existing sectional flange angles.

The hardened contact elements have a rounded grooved profile which presses into the
contact surface on tightening. This provides
a form-fit grip which offers mechanical security against shifting in any direction.
Cross connection:
The safe connection of beam sections to
each other is simple effected with an inlay
plate and eight LISEGA beam adapters. The
load capacity of a cross connection is given
in the table below.

Cross connection

Cross connection with LISEGA

beam adapters
Type
76 D2 11
76 22 11
76 32 11
76 42 11

Loading capacity (lbs)

with 4 bolts A193B7
2240
5400
7600
13480

Thickness of
intermed. plate
3/
8
1/
2
5/
8
3/
4

Interconnection of sections can be made directly or by

the use of a support plate. The load capacity of a
cross connection can be taken from the table on the
left.

7.8

GUIDE WITH BEAM ADAPTERS

FOR CLAMP BASES TYPE 49 .. .3/4/5
Guide with beam adapters
for clamp bases
type 76 00 11 up to
76 00 14
Material:
Guide: carbon steel

lift-off restraints

Order details:
Lateral guide
type 76 00 1.; b =
Order details:
Lateral guide with lift-off
restraint
type 76 00 2. - 49 .. ..
(Clamp base type); b =

type  with
lift-off restraint
76 00 11
76 00 21
76 00 12
76 00 22
76 00 13
76 00 23
76 00 14
76 00 24
Type

torque
value (lbs/ft)
25
50
110
220

Fx
(lbs)
225
380
630
1060

Fz 
(lbs)
790
1010
1460
1460

a1

a2

bmin

1 3/16
1 3/16
1 5/8
1 5/8

2
2 3/ 8
3 1/8
3 1/8

1 5/8
2
2 1/2
2 7/8

1 5/8
1 3/4
2 1/8
2 1/2

tmax

total weight (lbs)

for b=4inch +per inch

5/
8
11/
16
13/
16

0.34
0.53
0.78
0.78

3.7
6.2
10.8
15.9

 The guides can be supplied if required with an additional lift-off restraint (width: 31/8 inch [80mm])
(when ordering, give details in addition to designation of clamp base type).
Fz: the permissible short-term lift-off load is limited to 10% of the respective clamp base nominal load.

CANTILEVER WITH BEAM ADAPTERS

TYPE 76 .. 16
Cantilever with beam
adapters
type 76 C1 16 up to
76 21 16
Material:
Cantilever: carbon steel

Lmin = Zero
Order details:
Cantilever with beam
adapters
type 76 .1 16;
b=L=

7.9

Type
76 C1 16
76 D1 16
76 11 16
76 21 16

Lmax = b/2 + c

torque value
(lbs/ft)
25
50
110
220

axs
1 5/8
2 1/2
3
3 1/8

x
x
x
x

1/
4
1/
4
5/
16
3/
8

bmin

bmax

d4

tmax

1 5/8
2
2 3/16
2 1/2

11 3/4
11 3/4
11 3/4
11 3/4

1 5/8
1 3/4
2 1/8
2 1/2

7/
16
7/
16
9/
16
11/
16

1
1 3/4
1 7/8
2 1/8

5/
8
11/
16
13/
16

Weight (lbs)

Weight (lbs)

for b=4inch L=2inch

+per inch

2.0
3.8
6.4
9.8

0.20
0.34
0.51
0.60

CANTILEVER WITH BEAM ADAPTER

TYPE 76 .. 17

Cantilever with beam

adapter
type 76 C1 17 up to
76 21 17
Material:
Cantilever: carbon steel

L  b/2 + c
torque value a
(lbs/ft)
76 C1 17
25
1 5/8
76 D1 17
50
2 1/2
76 11 17
110
3
76 21 17 220
3 1/8
Type

x s bmin c d3 e

E tmax

x 1/4 113/16
x 1/4 2 3/16
x 5/16 2 1/2
x 3/8 2 7/8

3/ 5/
4
8
3/ 11/
4
16
1 13/16

15/8
13/4
21/8
21/2

7/
16
7/
16
9/
16
9/
16

7/
8

1
11/8
11/8 1 1

31/4
43/4
41/8
43/8
53/4

Lmax up to beam dim. b=

4 5 51/2 71/8 85/8 101/4
9 105/8 121/4 125/8 133/8 141/8
63/4 77/8 97/8 11 133/8 141/8
51/2 63/4 77/8 9 113/8 133/4
61/4 71/2 91/4 103/8 113/8 121/4

Weight (lbs)
for b=4 inch
113/4 L=4 inch

+per
inch

15
15
15
13

0.20
0.34
0.51
0.60

2.3
4.2
6.8
10.1

Order details:
Cantilever with beam
adapter
type 76 .1 17;
b=L=

APPLICATION EXAMPLES
LISEGA beam adapters can be used in combination with all components suitable for
seating or flanging on beams. Here are two
further typical examples with LISEGA standard components:
Clamp base as fixed point

Roller bearing with side plates fitted at works

7.10

DESIGN DEVELOPMENT TOOLS

LICAD
EASYSTEEL

PRODUCT
GROUP

LISEGA DESIGN DEVELOPMENT TOOLS

CONTENTS

PAGE

LISEGA engineering software tools __________________________________8.1

LICAD design program ____________________________________________8.2

EASYSTEEL design program ________________________________________8.5

Component libraries ______________________________________________8.11
Interfaces to CAD programs________________________________________8.11

NAVISWORKS design viewer ______________________________________8.12

3
4
5
6
7
PRODUCT
GROUP

9
8.0

LISEGA DESIGN DEVELOPMENT TOOLS

The intelligent solution for support planning

LISEGAs unique modular system was the
prerequisite for the creation of highly sophisticated user software. The solutions on hand
open up new opportunities for increased
engineering design efficiency, improved quality
and significant savings in project manhours.
The general introduction of 2D and 3D CAD
modelling has already had a dramatic effect
on the design process for pipework systems.
However, the benefits for pipe support design
have been limited because supports were not
included in the 3D CAD programs.
The LICAD program has set new standards in
this field. It allows the generation of pipe support drawings, bills of materials and 3-D
models in minutes rather than hours. LICAD is
an intelligent front-end program that provides
all the required interface data for all common
CAD software programs from a single source.
From the point of view of quality this single
source function cannot be overemphasised.
To exploit further fields of application for

the LICAD user, LISEGA has also developed

supplementary software. The complete package includes:
LICAD planning and design software for
pipe supports
EASYSTEEL design program for
secondary steel
import and export interfaces for tables
and databases
interfaces with 3D CAD component
packages
2D / 3D libraries for different CAD
programs
interfaces to independent 3D
viewer programs
Internet communication systems for
downloading program updates and
transmitting project information
including drawings and orders

LICAD and EASYSTEEL are trademarks of LISEGA GmbH.

All other products, fonts and company names mentioned are
trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.

LICAD
EASYSTEEL

Via the export function, the

support designs can be integrated into complex 3D views

8.1

LICAD

SOFTWARE WITH PROFIT EFFECT

Needed first - designed last
As a rule, the planning and design of complex pipe systems runs through numerous
phases of optimization. Inevitably, the design
of pipe supports takes place at the end of
the whole process, and therefore often
comes too late to ensure prompt delivery.
Although the supports are needed on site
beforehand in order to ensure optimum
installation of the piping, they lie right at
the end of the planning chain.

The latest version is now

available as Release 8 in
the following languages:
English, German, Spanish,
Polish, French, Japanese
and Chinese

At this point, it is even more vital to avoid

unnecessary delay. The time factor is now all
important.
LICAD speeds up the planning process
LICAD, the unique LISEGA design program
for pipe supports, sets the highest standards
in efficiency. With LICAD, poring over catalogs
and the painstaking preparation of bills of
material can be dispensed with. The design
of supports and load chains no longer needs
to be configured manually and then drawn
up at great expense in time and money.
What otherwise takes hours to produce can
be done in minutes electronically - at the
click of a mouse!

Future orientated logistics

Via LICAD, savings in time are possible in
the logistics process from planning right
through to delivery. For example, if required
the LICAD data can be sent directly by a
customer to our main
computer system for order processing on the
same day. This fits in well with ever tighter
order schedules!

AutoCAD drawing based on

a LICAD design

8.2

LICAD is simple to use

The relevant data for individual support
points is entered using a menu driven program control. Only 6 parameters are required
in order to find the optimum solution.

Free designation of axes

Simple registration of extra data

required

LICAD drawing generated

by a standard printer

pipe diameter
temperature of the medium
operating load
travel
installation height
support configuration

From this input, the appropriate load chains

are created automatically and in fractions of
a second. The optimum selection of variable
spring and constant hangers is made by the
program simultaneously. Specific customer
requirements, such as travel and load reserves
in accordance with ASME, B 31.3, VGB or other
codes, are taken into account. This is provided for by the corresponding input in a special menu. Considering these requirements,
the programmed algorithm always ensures
that the most economical solution will be
selected from the possible options.

LISEGA modular system forms the basis

A database system forms the basis of the
program which the complete LISEGA product
range is incorporated into as a functional
modular system. From more than 8000 standard items, compatible herein with regard to
loads and connections, more than 100 standard configurations cover practically any
installation situation.

All essential functions at a glance

True to scale drawings

The support chains created are automatically
saved as complete assemblies and can be
printed or plotted as a drawing at any time.
They are true to scale and contain all
relevant details, including parts lists with
weights and material, and if required, pricing
and location plan.

Clear prompts for all significant data on the

relevant support

Selection of support configurations

8.3

8
The fully designed support with detailed bill
of material

Interference checks
For larger plant projects, the design of the
building structure, including steelwork, main
components and piping, is carried out via
3D CAD programs, such as PDS/Microstation
(Intergraph), Plant Space (Bentley) or PDMS
(CADCENTRE). Planning continuity, as well as
the need to consider possible interferences,
necessitate the inclusion of the pipe supports in the process. Using defined interfaces,
LICAD support designs can be transferred
with no additional effort three-dimensionally
and true to scale into the leading CAD
programs .
The standard LICAD drawings are automatically
transposed into 3D using special data files.

Location plan with axis markings

and dimensions

LICAD saves up to 50% of planning costs

LICAD runs smoothly on any modern PC with
Windows and is easy to use. Due to its particular effectiveness, LICAD has already become
an indispensable tool for numerous engineering departments when designing supports.
Potential cost savings of up to 50% simply
cannot be ignored!
Simple uniform surface for export function

Auxiliary steelwork
LICAD creates ready to install load chains
from standard supports, from the building
connection right through to the pipesurrounding attachment. In order to produce
the connection to the existing structure,
supplementary auxiliary structures are frequently required.
Via a special interface, the appropriate LICAD
designs are transferred to a separate CAD
program (e.g. AutoCAD), where they can be
supplemented as desired. In most cases,
where designs are not to complicated,
EASYSTEEL (see page 8.5) offers the ideal
solution.

Detailed display in 3D models

8.4

EASYSTEEL

The ideal task when designing pipe supports is to connect a pipe directly to the
existing plant structure.
However, due to the given
support positions, in most
cases the existing plant
structure does not allow a
suitable connenction. The
support designer is then
required to plan additional
secondary steel, so-called
auxiliary structures.

Selected beam with different

attachment and connecting
options

Standard supports
With LICAD, the most appropriate support
configurations in each case are determined,
then the corresponding standard supports in
all their individual elements selected. A support drawing, parts list and 3D model can all
be automatically generated using this
system. If the standard supports cannot be
connected directly to the existing plant structure, the next step is to use additional steel
elements for the necessary adaptation.
Planning secondary steel
Although this steel may consist of only 1 or
2 items, each design is invariably unique, its
manufacture being both labour-intensive and
costly using traditional techniques.
Creating the design and producing a drawing
and a bill of materials with the cut lengths
and economic load calculations requires a
significant amount of time, even for simple
designs.
With EASYSTEEL, LISEGA has now developed
a powerful tool to reduce this time to a minimum and improve the quality of the design
process. At the same time it ensures interface
compatibility for electronic integration. The
new LISEGA EASYSTEEL design program is a
logical complement to the LISEGA modular
system and the LICAD program.

40

20

75 51/2

7.3 kips
X = 0.86 inch
Y = 1.45 inch
Z = 1.70 inch (UP)
790F
31/4

66

Concept sketch

The program can be used either independently or in conjunction with data imported
from a LICAD file. The user is guided menucontrolled through the design process, using
easy selection screens.
EASYSTEEL provides the user with the most
frequently used forms of steel designs as
basic elements. The most common connection types are also supplied. The user selects
the appropriate design shape from the corresponding selection screens and puts in
the relevant dimensions and interface data.
The program then suggests beam sizes that
are compatible in dimension and loading
with the LISEGA attachment component. A
further feature is the possibility of adaptation
to the surrounding structure.
After the user has decided on the preferred
section size, the program generates a true
to scale drawing with bill of materials and
cut list.
For the design elements available, EASYSTEEL contains a series of load capacity
data bases. The information needed for the
design-related selection of frame elements
regarding weld sizes or bolt dimensions can
be found here.

8.5

8
SPEZIAL FEATURES OF THE PROGRAM
Connection of the pipe support to the
secondary steel
All LISEGA standard elements that can be
attached to the secondary steel are included
as an option, e. g.:
weld-on eye plates, weld-on clevises,
types 73, 75
weld-on brackets, type 35
spherical washers, beam clamps,
types 74, 78
clamp bases, type 49
constant hangers with supports,
constant supports, types 11+71, type 16
seated spring hangers,
spring supports, types 25, 26, 29
U-bolts, type 40
weld-on pipe shoes, stanchions,
types 57, 58
roller bearings, types 51, 52, 53
beam adapters, type 76

Selection screen for support attachment

Available options among the LISEGA standard pipe support connections

8.6

//////

//////

//////

//////

//////

//////

Beam systems
The program allows the selection of beam
arrangements most commonly used for
secondary steel designs as standard:
beam between two
existing structures

//////////////

/////////////

//////
//////

//////////////

///////////////

Due to the modular program, and the use of

virtual section sizes, further specific national
standards can be included.

Standardized beam arrangements

American Profiles
USA
C4x7.25

C12x30
W4x13

W12x79
W6x9

W14x38
L2x2x0.25

L4x4x0.375
TS3x3x0.25

TS8x8x3/8

8.7

Section sizes
The program uses virtual section sizes and
covers a sufficiently wide range of commonly
used beam sections for various countries.
The list of programed beam sections considers American, European, Japanese and
Chinese standards. After determination of a
range of suitable steel sizes the designer can
decide which national standards shall be
used to generate the drawings.

///////////////

post types
Loading of beams is possible from above
or below.

////////////

//////////////

cantilever types

European Profiles
British Profiles
Height x Width
D, F
GB
approx.
Sections (Channels)
C102x51
100 x 50
U100

C305x102
300 x 100
U300
Wide flange sections
2*(C102x51)
100 x 100
HEB100

UC305x305
300 x 300
HEB300
Small flange sections
UB127x76
140 x 75
IPE140

UB356x171
360 x 170
IPE360
Angle sections
L50x50x6
50 x 50
L50x6

L100x100x12
100 x 100
L100x10
Square hollow sections
TS80x80x6
80 x 80
SHP80x6.3

TS200x200x10
200 x 200
SHP200x10

Internal
design.

This system allows the flexibility to

design independently of specific national
standards.

SC10
SC30
SH10
SH30
SI14
SI36
SL05
SL10
SQ08
SQ20

Ranges of selected section sizes

8
Attachment to existing structure
The most common techniques for attachment
to the existing structure are available in the
program:
beam directly welded
beam with shim plates or beam with
end-plate to spread the load
beam with bolt-on plates
welded clip-angle connections
cut-out flange connection to fit inbetween
two beams (with or without end/shim plate)
beam end support on or under a roof
girder.

Options of
steel attachment

Weld sizes
The weld sizes selected by the program are
load compatible with the LISEGA modular
system whether the weld is measured in
throat thickness (mm) or leg length (inch,
acc. to American standard).
Weld sizes
Throat thickness 3 5
6
7
9 11 13 mm
Leg length
3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 inch

Connection compatibility
Geometric checks are performed to avoid
designs which would not fit when assembled
on site. These checks include:
1. for welded attachments:
comparison of the width of the attachment
(incl. weld seam) with beam width
determination of the weld size suitable
for the section and attachment according to
prevailing rules and recommendations
2. for bolted connections:
selection of section sizes that allow compatibility of bolt holes with each other

8.8

How the program works

The program is database driven, working with
load capacity tables to determine the correct
section, bolting and weld sizes. The concept
allows the addition of other national section
standards.
Codes and regulations
The permissible load values used to select
beam and weld sizes are based on commonly
recognized steelwork codes such as AISC, BS,
DIN. Additionally, user specifications can be
defined and considered during the selection
process.

All relevant data can be

entered in one step

USE OF THE PROGRAM

User input
The program requires the following inputs:
type designation of the attachment part
operating load acting on the beam
notation of the connection point
This input can be taken directly from the
LICAD file.
Four continuous screens guide the user in
defining:
positioning of the attachment
the beam system
the necessary length information
the type of connection to surrounding
structure
The scaled drawing includes all dimensions
and the bill of material. The weld sizes are
shown according to requirements in throat
thickness (mm) or leg length (inch). The language desired can be selected from a range
of the most common languages.

8.9

8
A logical menu follow up
guides the user through
the design process

8.10

COMPONENT LIBRARIES

Component libraries
For further design in the 2D and 3D fields,
LISEGA component libraries are available for
the following CAD programs:

AutoCAD, Autodesk
PDS, INTERGRAPH
PDMS, CADCENTRE
SUPPORT MODELER,
Pelican Forge Corp.
NAVISWORKS, LightWork Design
The LISEGA catalog items (Standard Supports
2010) are available both as text and database files.
INTERFACES
2D application
Via a DFX export file, the support design incl.
dimensions can be transferred, with bills of
materials, location plans and letter heads as
an option, to CAD programs, e.g. AutoCAD
or MicroStation.
3D application
Via defined interfaces, the LICAD support
designs can be transferred true to scale and
without additional effort into the leading
CAD programs. Using the component libraries
as a basis, the standard CAD drawings can
be converted to 3D in the respective CAD
programs. Among others, this is possible
with:
PDS, INTERGRAPH
PDMS, CADCENTRE
SUPPORT MODELER, Pelican Forge
Corp.
NAVISWORKS, LightWork Design
Updates
LICAD, EASYSTEEL and other software packages are being constantly updated and expanded. The respective valid program versions and interfaces can be downloaded from
the LISEGA homepage. The necessary license
numbers are thereby issued to the user via
e-mail as an automatic function. Additional
numbers can also be supplied by phone.

8.11

VIEWER

NAVISWORK 3D Design Viewer

In partnership with LIGHTWORK DESIGN in
the UK, LISEGA has created an economical
and easy to utilize 3D design system for
pipe supports. NAVISWORKS ROAMER is a
proven 3D design review program independent
of any CAD design package. It contains all the
functions that a support designer requires to
check a 3D plant model, the main features
being:
navigation, communication and
interaction in real-time with very
large 3D models on a desktop or
laptop computer.
interface to MicroStation
(incl. PDS) and AutoCAD formats
(incl. AutoPlant).
speed and ease in locating key
components.
snap-on measuring tool with the
ability to copy and paste dimensions
into LICAD.
Fast Open GL graphics, enabling the
quick and easy real-time navigation
and viewing of very large models.

ease of use non-CAD-trained staff can

efficiently use the system after minimal
training.
interference check (Clash Detector)
module available.
export of JPEG and AVI files for
transmitting design review information
(pictures).
QA enhanced by access to a single
model with up to date model description.
lifetime record storage of support
information with reduction in lifetime
maintenance costs using as-built model.
Users can import 3D plant models from
MicroStation and/or AutoCAD.
3D pipe support models (generated in LICAD)
can also be imported.
LISEGA customers have the opportunity to
use a full working version of the program for
a 15 day trial. The program can be installed
from the LISEGA Multimedia CD. Specimen
models are also included on the CD.
If the program is required for only one project, a program copy can be obtained through
LISEGA licensed only for this project.

8.12

EXTRA SERVICES

SERVICE

SERVICES

CONTENTS

PAGE

Supplementary services __________________________________________ 9.1

Engineering______________________________________________________ 9.5

Field service ____________________________________________________ 9.11

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PRODUCT
GROUP
9.0

SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES
PRODUCT GROUP 9
The LISEGA product program introduced in the
STANDARD SUPPORTS
2010 catalog corresponds
to current technological
developments in appropriate supports for piping
systems in industrial plant
construction.
The relevant international
requirements are satisfied
at the highest level.

Special fields of application

The standard designs described cover the
usual range of application. For special areas,
e.g. nuclear plants or offshore operations,
extended measures in the question of material quality or corrosion protection are required
occasionally. The fulfilment of special customer
requirements is guaranteed by the integrated
quality assurance system. The applicable
certification is supplied with the order.
Service areas
Increasing pressure from costs through international competition has led to the dispersal
of service areas (outsourcing). Following the
growing demand, LISEGA has readjusted its
capacity in the fields of engineering and onsite
service at all locations. For support design,
the use of specially developed computer software enables particularly effective support,
e.g. in the 3D sector.
Standardized supplementary services
By way of specific supplementary services the
LISEGA standard program can be adjusted to
particular needs. The field of product application is widened in this way and the LISEGA
performance package further optimised. All
the significant supplementary services are
standardized according to the LISEGA modular
system and cataloged in Product Group 9.

9.2 Quality management

9.2.1 Inspection reports
When required, inspection reports with digitally recorded values can be supplied as
functional certification for constant and
spring hangers and shock absorbers.
9.2.2 In service testing
In service testing for the mechanically functioning components of all makes can be
carried out in the relevant LISEGA plants or
on mobile test benches in the installation
itself.
9.2.3 Material certification
The following material certificates can be
supplied on request:

9.0 Supplementary services

9.1 Adjustment work
Constant and spring hangers are set and
blocked for cold load by electronic force
and travel measurement on a hydraulic test
bench.
9.1.1 Storage of blocking devices
If required, spring hangers can be supplied
with storage points for blocking devices on
the housing (after deblocking). This is standard on the constant hangers.

Compilation of component documentation. 

9.1

9.2.4 Supplier COC

Manufacture and dispatch as per order can be
confirmed with a Certificate of Compliance.
9.2.5 Material certificates 2.2
The material in all catalog components can
be certified by material certificates according
to EN 10204 - 2.2 (not in US).

9
9.2.6 Material certificates 3.1 B for special
components
Components affected by the direct flux of
force, e.g. the springs of constant and spring
hangers, can be supplied with material certificates acc. to EN 10204 - 3.1 B (not in US).
9.2.7 Complete traceability through CMTR
The complete traceability of material for all
catalog product components by way of separate manufacture is possible acc. to Certified
Material Test Report.
9.2.8 Pre-examination documents
The standardized products have largely been
qualified through independent authorities
(TV or VGB) by specified type and suitability
tests.
For special, particularly non-standardized
designs, pre-examination documents such as
design drawings, parts lists, calculations, test
sequence schedules and welding plans can
be supplied.
9.2.9 Stricter quality requirements
For fields of application with stricter security
and quality requirements, such as nuclear
installations, the quality assurance program
is applied at the highest quality level. All the
stages of order processing and handling follow recognized procedures corresponding to
the quality requirements of standard codes
and guidelines such as KTA or TV suitability
tests, as well as ASME Sect. III, NCA and NF.
The following aspects are particularly considered:
materials acquisition from approved
suppliers

9.3.1 Spring hangers and spring supports up

to load group 9
In addition to galvanizing, all exterior surfaces
of components are treated with a barrier
coating, layer thickness 1.18mil [30m], and
a dual-component acrylic-polyurethane blue
topcoat, layer thickness 2.36mil [60m].
Total layer thickness:  3.93mil [100m].

 Immersion painting

9.3.2 Constant hangers and supports, variable

spring hangers from load size 9, rigid struts
and trapezes.
In addition to the standard coating, all outer
surfaces of components are treated with a
dual-component acrylic-polyurethane blue
topcoat, coating thickness 2.36mil [60m].
Total layer thickness:  7.085mil [180m].
9.3.3 Connecting elements
The connecting elements in Product Group 6
can be supplied hot dip galvanized from
stock.

complete traceability of material

special supervision of manufacture
All sectors are fully documented.
9.3 Surface treatment
In addition to specified, standardized surface
treatment, extended corrosion protection
according to Technical Specification, Section
8, page 0.10, can be supplied.
Spray painting

9.2

9.4.2 Preassembly of pipe clamps and pipe

bearings
Pipe clamp and pipe bearing halves are
bolted together and supplied as complete
units.
9.5. Designation and marking
If not otherwise agreed, the components
are sorted and packaged according to type
and marked for quantity, type number and
order number. Additional designations and
markings can be supplied if required.

Load chain assembly

9.5.1 Designation of individual parts

If required, all components can be individually marked as to type, support or order
number.
9.3.4 Pipe bearings and pipe clamps
Pipe-surrounding components can be treated with a special coating on a blasted surface.
9.3.5 Special treatment
Besides the above-mentioned processes,
other kinds of corrosion protection can be
agreed upon for all products. Due to storagerelated availability of standard designs,
separate manufacture may be required in
this respect. This applies particularly to hot
dip galvanizing.
9.4 Preassembly
If not otherwise agreed, the components
making up a shipment are packaged in
bundles according to type.

9.5.2 Second name plate

Variable spring hangers and constant hangers
can be fitted with a second name plate if
required.
9.5.3 Second load and travel scale
Constant and variable spring hangers can
be fitted with a second travel scale and
constant hangers with a second load scale
if required.
9.6 Packaging
For the various packaging requirements
appropriate types of packaging are available:

For easier handling and economical assembly on site, individual components can
however be supplied pre-assembled in load
chains, bundled and marked.
9.4.1 Preassembly of load chains
The load chains are pre-assembled according to support drawings and marked with
the support position number. Constant and
variable spring hangers, as well as larger
pipe clamps (bulky components), are kept
separate for easier handling and marked
accordingly.
Load chains, preassembled, bundled and marked

9.3

9
9.6.1 Inland packaging
Sturdy wooden crates or pallets fitted with
skids for fork-lifting are supplied for road or
rail transport.
9.6.2 Seaworthy packaging
Special wooden crates are used with skids
for fork-lifting and reinforced side walls for
crane operations. The inside of the crate lid
is covered with plastic sheeting to prevent
moisture ingression.
9.6.3 Further special types of packaging
can be agreed upon in detail.
9.7. Transport
If required, we can take responsibility for
the logistics of shipment of goods to the
site or other destinations (FCA, FOB, etc.)

Part of dispatch section

Seaworthy packaging

Project-related order logistics

9.4

ENGINEERING, SUPPORT DESIGN

The proper functional integration of pipe supports
into the existing piping
and plant concept has a
decisive influence on the
long-term behavior of pipe
systems. The same care
and attention should therefore be paid to support
planning as to the pipe
systems themselves. In
this respect, the choice of
product and the availability
of up-to-date design software has a major effect on
the quality of planning.

9.8 Engineering, support design

Besides high quality requirements, it is
essential in the planning of supports to
keep to tight schedules and economic targets. At the same time, plant operators
keep a consciously tight rein on the resources required. To avoid thereby endangering
the budgeting and logistics of entire projects,
the planning arrangements are placed in the
hands of suitable engineering firms (outsourcing).
LISEGA has been a specialist for a long period in the provision of the relevant facilities
for the execution of complex planning activities. Highly qualified and experienced technicians and engineers are available at all LISEGA
locations. For the optimum fulfilment of
all customer requirements, the different
areas are equipped with the latest, most

systematically considered. For the design

and dimensioning of both supports and
secondary steel, the relevant pipe system
calculation data as well as detailed plans
of the piping layout and structural factors
are taken into account.
For the effective transfer of the support
arrangements into 2D or 3D models, and to
guarantee the economical preparation of
drawings, the most sophisticated software is
applied. In addition to our own specially
developed material the following standard
programs are currently in use:
LICAD
AutoCAD (2D-CAD)
MicroStation (2D and 3D-CAD)
PDMS (3D-CAD)
Staad III (static / dynamic calculation of
secondary steel)
PSA 5 (pipe system calculation program)
CAE-pipe (pipe system calculation
program)

Engineering in Newport, TN, USA

sophisticated software. In internationally

overlapping projects, and whenever required,
the engineering sections at the various locations work in close association.
Pipe supports for complete plant systems
including secondary steel are conceived,
planned and drawn up according to project
requirements. On the basis of the LISEGA
modular system and decades of experience,
ready-to-install load chains from structural
attachment right through to pipe-surrounding
component are generated from standard supports. The relevant international
technical codes and standards as well as
particular customer requirements are thereby

9.5

Engineering in Zeven, Germany

Analysis of complex support arrangements

9
The following engineering services are available according to requirements:
9.8.1 Design of support arrangements (load
chain designs) with LICAD:
The following data should ideally be supplied by the customer:
pipe diameter
loads
movements
temperatures
insulation thickness, if necessary
piping material
installation length and position, or
corresponding piping and structural plans

LICAD drawing

specifications
On the basis of these data, ready-to-install
load chains are generated with the LISEGA
design program LICAD from standard supports, from structural attachment right through
to pipe-surrounding component. The designs
so prepared are stored and printed out as
scale drawings, including parts lists with load
and material data. As an option, location
plans and pricing details can be included with
the LICAD drawings.
9.8.2 Generation of 2D CAD drawings without supplementary steel
For the preparation of 2D CAD drawings the
following information on the drawing layout,
in addition to the details in 9.8.1, is required:
drawing sheet in format DXF, DWG or
DGN

CAD drawing according to customer requirements

drawing numbers
location plans

As the basis for the CAD drawing, a LICAD

support configuration together with dimensioning, parts list and relevant adjustment data
is supplied via a special interface. The drawing
sheet required is inserted in the customer's

specific drawing layout. The CAD drawing is

supplemented by a location plan and drawing
number.

9.6

9.8.3 Generation of 2D CAD drawings incl.

supplementary steel
As well as customer details mentioned in
9.8.1 and 9.8.2, data as to dimension and
position of the steelwork is required for CAD
drawings including supplementary steel
(secondary steel). The CAD drawings are
generated as in 9.8.2 but additionally supplemented by the steelwork required.
9.8.4 Complete planning with preparation of
CAD drawings
For complete support planning (engineering),
the following documentation is supplied by
the customer beside the data according to
9.8.1:

CAD drawing with supplementary steel

drawing sheet in format DXF, DWG

or DGN
drawing numbers
piping isometrics
piping calculations
pipe plans
structural plans

The planning of the support designs and the

secondary steel required is based on the
documentation supplied. The results are
generated as 2D CAD drawings in the
AutoCAD program as described in 9.8.2
and 9.8.3.

CAD drawing for complex support situation

9.7

9.8.5 Preparation of 3D models with

MicroStation for PDS
For the generation of 3D models on
MicroStation the pipe supports are first prepared as 2D models. The 2D data are then
transposed into 3D data by LICAD and
transferred via an interface into the
MicroStation 3D model. The secondary steel
required is supplemented in the 3D model.
In PDS the 3D models so generated can be
used for interference checks.

9
9.8.6 Support design of 3D models in
PDMS
For the design of 3D pipe system supports
in the PDMS program, the customer makes
a PDMS model complete with pipe systems,
steel and all structural components available.
In addition, the data listed in 9.8.1 is
required for the design of pipe supports.
The support points, including the necessary
secondary steel, are planned and laid out
directly in the PDMS 3D model by experienced designers. LICAD provides the well-tried
basis for this. The load chains generated in
LICAD, transposed into 3D data, are integrated into the model with the aid of a PDMS
interface. Any secondary steel required can
be directly supplemented in PDMS.
Finally, an examination of possible obstructions
(interference check) is carried out in the 3D
model. The customer receives a complete,
fully checked 3D model with all planned
support positions and the relevant 2D draw-

3D PDMS display

3D PDS display

2D support drawing generated directly from PDMS 3D

model

ings, including parts lists. The support drawings can also be generated in the 3D mode
if required.

9.8

9.8.7 Static calculation of secondary steel

including structural attachment loads.
LISEGA provides the design report summary
for the dimensioning of the planned secondary steel according to Code AISC or
DIN18800.
SUPPORT REACTIONS
KNT.

LOADCASE

IN KNS

METER

X FORCE Y FORCE

STATIC SYS. = SPACE

Z FORCE

Design of steelwork with

STAAD III

X MOM.

Y MOM.

Z MOM.

This summary is supplied with the STAAD III

statics program.
9.8.8 Pipe system calculation
In older installations it is often necessary for
reasons of operational safety to renew pipe
systems and supports in order to meet current standards in technology. There is often
insufficient documentation available offering
information on calculations regarding the
original design. If so desired, a static calculation of pipe systems can be provided. The
following typical load conditions per support
point are calculated:
weight
temperature
static G
emergency shutdown
hydrostatic test
The codes ASME B31.1, ASME B31.3 and
BS806 are observed for the calculations. The
relevant code is to be defined on ordering
according to version and year.

9.9

9
2D support drawings and PDS 3D model
generated from them

The following advantages are available to the customer when

using LISEGA planning capacity to the fullest:
economical limitation of your own capacity
complete certainty of expert performance by experienced
specialists
fast and flexible processing of whole project from initial
order through to delivery on the principle of
everything under one roof
complete and lasting computerized documentation
availability of highly skilled personnel for any subsequent
services required

9.10

ON SITE SERVICE
The operational safety of
pipe systems and therefore
the availability and long
life of the plants is dependent to a large degree on
the condition and functional
capacity of the supports
employed.
To avoid costly damage
and operational breakdown
the regular inspection of
thermal movement in
piping systems and the
condition of supports especially in older installations - is urgently advised.

9.9 Plant service

Additional stress and strain caused by lowquality pipe supports during pipe system
operation can lead to long-term damage
that considerably increases the risk of malfunction and breakdown when the plant is
in operation.
Faults frequently occurring in pipe supports
are:
poor support designs
faulty installation
incorrect load settings
inappropriate instructions
deficient quality of support components
A particular problem often arises in older
installations when variable spring and constant hangers are installed with springs that
are not pre-relaxed (see page 1.16 in this
respect). Through the increasing relaxation
over a period of time a growing loss of ultimate load gradually occurs. Load deviations
resulting from this can lead to impermissible
additional stress in sensitive areas, e.g. at
connection points. Timely inspection in the
plant can contribute to the prompt identification and elimination of critical stresses.

Specimen of a hanger check list

from a plant

9.11

Checking piping movements

For this special service LISEGA offers the

resources of an internationally leading
manufacturer maintaining a team of qualified and experienced specialists at all group
locations.
This team inspects the thermal movement in
the piping system and checks the support
systems. They produce comprehensive
reports and provide the appropriate recommendations for a solution. Special software
is implemented for the presentation and
documentation of findings.
The service team is expressly trained for the
execution of specific services in the field of
pipe supports and works strictly according
to the guidelines laid down by quality
management and the relevant safety standards.

The range of services includes the following

performance sectors:
9.9.1 Inspection of pipe supports
inspection of general condition of pipe
supports
load and travel checks for spring supports
function testing of constant and variable
spring hangers with mobile test equipment
at the plant or on stationary test benches
at a LISEGA facility. The findings are
automatically recorded.
9.9.2 Inspection of piping movements
inspection of the general condition of the
piping itself and if necessary the geometrical positioning.

9.9.4 Supervision of construction, installation

and commissioning

checking of piping system for unrestricted

freedom of movement in all three planes.

material reception and control

determination of vertical movements at all

support points, and in all three planes at
piping connections and selected points.

organization and administration of

warehouse stocks
pre-assembly and arrangement of complete
support configurations

9.9.3 Design of supports at the plant

installation of supports at the designated

points

design and planning of pipe supports in

the event of renewal and modification in
older installations

supervision of installation of piping systems

into the supports prepared

measurement work at the plant

solving problems posed by restricted space
design of pipe supports with LICAD,
EASYSTEEL and AutoCAD
preparation of parts lists and material data

Graphic display of piping system

movements

inspection of the system as to correct

installation according to drawings and
installation and operation instructions
deblocking and commissioning the supports
according to an agreed procedure
load and travel checks according to requirements after commissioning
inspection for freedom of movement of the
pipe system in all three planes
later regulation of the hangers in the event
of any load differences detected

Testing constant hangers on site

with a mobile test bench.

Discussion on findings and observations in pipe

systems inspected.

9.12

9.9.5 Maintenance, inspection and checking

of shock absorbers
visual inspection to identify signs of
possible functional disorders
function testing on mobile benches at
the plant or on corresponding testing
facilities at the works
installation and dismounting, with subsequent transportation to the testing
facilities
Check on correct installation

the function testing with corresponding

electronic documentation of findings can
be carried out for all makes
9.9.6 Servicing of shock absorbers after
lengthy operational use or after overloading
dismounting of shock absorbers and
documentation of external state and
environmental conditions

Supervision of support installation

function testing after dismounting and

documentation of results
dismounting of shock absorbers and
inspection of individual components for
wear or damage
exchange of all seals and hydraulic fluid
as well as other components with
noticeable wear
final function testing in line with test
program and according to relevant
specifications
reinstallation at the plant
preparation of complete final documentation

The LISEGA on-site service spectrum

applies especially to the use of pipe supports and their effect on pipe systems. On
corresponding utilization, the LISEGA service
package provides a valuable contribution
to the functional safety and long life of
complex pipe systems.

Testing PSA shock absorbers at

the plant with a mobile LISEGA
test bench.

9.13

11:11 Uhr

Seite 2

LISEGA Inc. - USA

370 East Dumplin Valley Rd.
Kodak, TN 37764
Tel.: +1 (0) 865 940 5200
Fax: +1 (0) 865 940 5140
E-Mail: info@us.lisega.com
www.lisega.com
LISEGA SE - Germany
Hochkamp 5
27404 Zeven
Postfach 1357
27393 Zeven
Tel.: +49 (0) 42 81 - 713 - 0
Fax: +49 (0) 42 81 - 713 - 214
E-Mail: info@de.lisega.com
www.lisega.de
LISEGA SAS - France
Z.I. La Marinire
21, Rue Gutenberg
91919 Bondoufle, Cedex
Tel.: +33 (0)1 60 86 40 21
Fax: +33 (0)1 60 86 48 28
E-Mail: info@fr.lisega.com
www.lisega.fr
LISEGA Ltd. - Great Britain
Unit 3, Washington Centre
Halesowen Road
Netherton
West Midlands, DY2 9RE
Tel.: +44 (0) 13 84 458 660
Fax: +44 (0) 13 84 213 301
E-Mail: info@uk.lisega.com
www.lisega.co.uk
LISEGA - China
LISEGA Pipe Support Technologies
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
7800 Songze Av., Qingpu Industrial Zone
Shanghai, ZIP 201700, PR China
Tel.: +86 (0) 21 69 21 2888
Fax: +86 (0) 21 69 21 2999
E-Mail: info@cn.lisega.com
www.lisega.com.cn

LISEGA - 2011

US

01.08.2013

US

Umschlag US 2011.qxp